| 1 | /* ELF executable support for BFD. |
| 2 | |
| 3 | Copyright 1993-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
| 4 | |
| 5 | This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library. |
| 6 | |
| 7 | This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify |
| 8 | it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by |
| 9 | the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or |
| 10 | (at your option) any later version. |
| 11 | |
| 12 | This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, |
| 13 | but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of |
| 14 | MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the |
| 15 | GNU General Public License for more details. |
| 16 | |
| 17 | You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License |
| 18 | along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software |
| 19 | Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, |
| 20 | MA 02110-1301, USA. */ |
| 21 | |
| 22 | |
| 23 | /* |
| 24 | SECTION |
| 25 | ELF backends |
| 26 | |
| 27 | BFD support for ELF formats is being worked on. |
| 28 | Currently, the best supported back ends are for sparc and i386 |
| 29 | (running svr4 or Solaris 2). |
| 30 | |
| 31 | Documentation of the internals of the support code still needs |
| 32 | to be written. The code is changing quickly enough that we |
| 33 | haven't bothered yet. */ |
| 34 | |
| 35 | /* For sparc64-cross-sparc32. */ |
| 36 | #define _SYSCALL32 |
| 37 | #include "sysdep.h" |
| 38 | #include "bfd.h" |
| 39 | #include "bfdlink.h" |
| 40 | #include "libbfd.h" |
| 41 | #define ARCH_SIZE 0 |
| 42 | #include "elf-bfd.h" |
| 43 | #include "libiberty.h" |
| 44 | #include "safe-ctype.h" |
| 45 | #include "elf-linux-psinfo.h" |
| 46 | |
| 47 | #ifdef CORE_HEADER |
| 48 | #include CORE_HEADER |
| 49 | #endif |
| 50 | |
| 51 | static int elf_sort_sections (const void *, const void *); |
| 52 | static bfd_boolean assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *); |
| 53 | static bfd_boolean prep_headers (bfd *); |
| 54 | static bfd_boolean swap_out_syms (bfd *, struct bfd_strtab_hash **, int) ; |
| 55 | static bfd_boolean elf_read_notes (bfd *, file_ptr, bfd_size_type) ; |
| 56 | static bfd_boolean elf_parse_notes (bfd *abfd, char *buf, size_t size, |
| 57 | file_ptr offset); |
| 58 | |
| 59 | /* Swap version information in and out. The version information is |
| 60 | currently size independent. If that ever changes, this code will |
| 61 | need to move into elfcode.h. */ |
| 62 | |
| 63 | /* Swap in a Verdef structure. */ |
| 64 | |
| 65 | void |
| 66 | _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (bfd *abfd, |
| 67 | const Elf_External_Verdef *src, |
| 68 | Elf_Internal_Verdef *dst) |
| 69 | { |
| 70 | dst->vd_version = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_version); |
| 71 | dst->vd_flags = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_flags); |
| 72 | dst->vd_ndx = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_ndx); |
| 73 | dst->vd_cnt = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_cnt); |
| 74 | dst->vd_hash = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_hash); |
| 75 | dst->vd_aux = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_aux); |
| 76 | dst->vd_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_next); |
| 77 | } |
| 78 | |
| 79 | /* Swap out a Verdef structure. */ |
| 80 | |
| 81 | void |
| 82 | _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (bfd *abfd, |
| 83 | const Elf_Internal_Verdef *src, |
| 84 | Elf_External_Verdef *dst) |
| 85 | { |
| 86 | H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_version, dst->vd_version); |
| 87 | H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_flags, dst->vd_flags); |
| 88 | H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_ndx, dst->vd_ndx); |
| 89 | H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_cnt, dst->vd_cnt); |
| 90 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_hash, dst->vd_hash); |
| 91 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_aux, dst->vd_aux); |
| 92 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_next, dst->vd_next); |
| 93 | } |
| 94 | |
| 95 | /* Swap in a Verdaux structure. */ |
| 96 | |
| 97 | void |
| 98 | _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (bfd *abfd, |
| 99 | const Elf_External_Verdaux *src, |
| 100 | Elf_Internal_Verdaux *dst) |
| 101 | { |
| 102 | dst->vda_name = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vda_name); |
| 103 | dst->vda_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vda_next); |
| 104 | } |
| 105 | |
| 106 | /* Swap out a Verdaux structure. */ |
| 107 | |
| 108 | void |
| 109 | _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (bfd *abfd, |
| 110 | const Elf_Internal_Verdaux *src, |
| 111 | Elf_External_Verdaux *dst) |
| 112 | { |
| 113 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vda_name, dst->vda_name); |
| 114 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vda_next, dst->vda_next); |
| 115 | } |
| 116 | |
| 117 | /* Swap in a Verneed structure. */ |
| 118 | |
| 119 | void |
| 120 | _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (bfd *abfd, |
| 121 | const Elf_External_Verneed *src, |
| 122 | Elf_Internal_Verneed *dst) |
| 123 | { |
| 124 | dst->vn_version = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vn_version); |
| 125 | dst->vn_cnt = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vn_cnt); |
| 126 | dst->vn_file = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_file); |
| 127 | dst->vn_aux = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_aux); |
| 128 | dst->vn_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_next); |
| 129 | } |
| 130 | |
| 131 | /* Swap out a Verneed structure. */ |
| 132 | |
| 133 | void |
| 134 | _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (bfd *abfd, |
| 135 | const Elf_Internal_Verneed *src, |
| 136 | Elf_External_Verneed *dst) |
| 137 | { |
| 138 | H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vn_version, dst->vn_version); |
| 139 | H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vn_cnt, dst->vn_cnt); |
| 140 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_file, dst->vn_file); |
| 141 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_aux, dst->vn_aux); |
| 142 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_next, dst->vn_next); |
| 143 | } |
| 144 | |
| 145 | /* Swap in a Vernaux structure. */ |
| 146 | |
| 147 | void |
| 148 | _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (bfd *abfd, |
| 149 | const Elf_External_Vernaux *src, |
| 150 | Elf_Internal_Vernaux *dst) |
| 151 | { |
| 152 | dst->vna_hash = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_hash); |
| 153 | dst->vna_flags = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vna_flags); |
| 154 | dst->vna_other = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vna_other); |
| 155 | dst->vna_name = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_name); |
| 156 | dst->vna_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_next); |
| 157 | } |
| 158 | |
| 159 | /* Swap out a Vernaux structure. */ |
| 160 | |
| 161 | void |
| 162 | _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (bfd *abfd, |
| 163 | const Elf_Internal_Vernaux *src, |
| 164 | Elf_External_Vernaux *dst) |
| 165 | { |
| 166 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_hash, dst->vna_hash); |
| 167 | H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vna_flags, dst->vna_flags); |
| 168 | H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vna_other, dst->vna_other); |
| 169 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_name, dst->vna_name); |
| 170 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_next, dst->vna_next); |
| 171 | } |
| 172 | |
| 173 | /* Swap in a Versym structure. */ |
| 174 | |
| 175 | void |
| 176 | _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (bfd *abfd, |
| 177 | const Elf_External_Versym *src, |
| 178 | Elf_Internal_Versym *dst) |
| 179 | { |
| 180 | dst->vs_vers = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vs_vers); |
| 181 | } |
| 182 | |
| 183 | /* Swap out a Versym structure. */ |
| 184 | |
| 185 | void |
| 186 | _bfd_elf_swap_versym_out (bfd *abfd, |
| 187 | const Elf_Internal_Versym *src, |
| 188 | Elf_External_Versym *dst) |
| 189 | { |
| 190 | H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vs_vers, dst->vs_vers); |
| 191 | } |
| 192 | |
| 193 | /* Standard ELF hash function. Do not change this function; you will |
| 194 | cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */ |
| 195 | |
| 196 | unsigned long |
| 197 | bfd_elf_hash (const char *namearg) |
| 198 | { |
| 199 | const unsigned char *name = (const unsigned char *) namearg; |
| 200 | unsigned long h = 0; |
| 201 | unsigned long g; |
| 202 | int ch; |
| 203 | |
| 204 | while ((ch = *name++) != '\0') |
| 205 | { |
| 206 | h = (h << 4) + ch; |
| 207 | if ((g = (h & 0xf0000000)) != 0) |
| 208 | { |
| 209 | h ^= g >> 24; |
| 210 | /* The ELF ABI says `h &= ~g', but this is equivalent in |
| 211 | this case and on some machines one insn instead of two. */ |
| 212 | h ^= g; |
| 213 | } |
| 214 | } |
| 215 | return h & 0xffffffff; |
| 216 | } |
| 217 | |
| 218 | /* DT_GNU_HASH hash function. Do not change this function; you will |
| 219 | cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */ |
| 220 | |
| 221 | unsigned long |
| 222 | bfd_elf_gnu_hash (const char *namearg) |
| 223 | { |
| 224 | const unsigned char *name = (const unsigned char *) namearg; |
| 225 | unsigned long h = 5381; |
| 226 | unsigned char ch; |
| 227 | |
| 228 | while ((ch = *name++) != '\0') |
| 229 | h = (h << 5) + h + ch; |
| 230 | return h & 0xffffffff; |
| 231 | } |
| 232 | |
| 233 | /* Create a tdata field OBJECT_SIZE bytes in length, zeroed out and with |
| 234 | the object_id field of an elf_obj_tdata field set to OBJECT_ID. */ |
| 235 | bfd_boolean |
| 236 | bfd_elf_allocate_object (bfd *abfd, |
| 237 | size_t object_size, |
| 238 | enum elf_target_id object_id) |
| 239 | { |
| 240 | BFD_ASSERT (object_size >= sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata)); |
| 241 | abfd->tdata.any = bfd_zalloc (abfd, object_size); |
| 242 | if (abfd->tdata.any == NULL) |
| 243 | return FALSE; |
| 244 | |
| 245 | elf_object_id (abfd) = object_id; |
| 246 | if (abfd->direction != read_direction) |
| 247 | { |
| 248 | struct output_elf_obj_tdata *o = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof *o); |
| 249 | if (o == NULL) |
| 250 | return FALSE; |
| 251 | elf_tdata (abfd)->o = o; |
| 252 | elf_program_header_size (abfd) = (bfd_size_type) -1; |
| 253 | } |
| 254 | return TRUE; |
| 255 | } |
| 256 | |
| 257 | |
| 258 | bfd_boolean |
| 259 | bfd_elf_make_object (bfd *abfd) |
| 260 | { |
| 261 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
| 262 | return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd, sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata), |
| 263 | bed->target_id); |
| 264 | } |
| 265 | |
| 266 | bfd_boolean |
| 267 | bfd_elf_mkcorefile (bfd *abfd) |
| 268 | { |
| 269 | /* I think this can be done just like an object file. */ |
| 270 | if (!abfd->xvec->_bfd_set_format[(int) bfd_object] (abfd)) |
| 271 | return FALSE; |
| 272 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (*elf_tdata (abfd)->core)); |
| 273 | return elf_tdata (abfd)->core != NULL; |
| 274 | } |
| 275 | |
| 276 | static char * |
| 277 | bfd_elf_get_str_section (bfd *abfd, unsigned int shindex) |
| 278 | { |
| 279 | Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp; |
| 280 | bfd_byte *shstrtab = NULL; |
| 281 | file_ptr offset; |
| 282 | bfd_size_type shstrtabsize; |
| 283 | |
| 284 | i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd); |
| 285 | if (i_shdrp == 0 |
| 286 | || shindex >= elf_numsections (abfd) |
| 287 | || i_shdrp[shindex] == 0) |
| 288 | return NULL; |
| 289 | |
| 290 | shstrtab = i_shdrp[shindex]->contents; |
| 291 | if (shstrtab == NULL) |
| 292 | { |
| 293 | /* No cached one, attempt to read, and cache what we read. */ |
| 294 | offset = i_shdrp[shindex]->sh_offset; |
| 295 | shstrtabsize = i_shdrp[shindex]->sh_size; |
| 296 | |
| 297 | /* Allocate and clear an extra byte at the end, to prevent crashes |
| 298 | in case the string table is not terminated. */ |
| 299 | if (shstrtabsize + 1 <= 1 |
| 300 | || (shstrtab = (bfd_byte *) bfd_alloc (abfd, shstrtabsize + 1)) == NULL |
| 301 | || bfd_seek (abfd, offset, SEEK_SET) != 0) |
| 302 | shstrtab = NULL; |
| 303 | else if (bfd_bread (shstrtab, shstrtabsize, abfd) != shstrtabsize) |
| 304 | { |
| 305 | if (bfd_get_error () != bfd_error_system_call) |
| 306 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated); |
| 307 | shstrtab = NULL; |
| 308 | /* Once we've failed to read it, make sure we don't keep |
| 309 | trying. Otherwise, we'll keep allocating space for |
| 310 | the string table over and over. */ |
| 311 | i_shdrp[shindex]->sh_size = 0; |
| 312 | } |
| 313 | else |
| 314 | shstrtab[shstrtabsize] = '\0'; |
| 315 | i_shdrp[shindex]->contents = shstrtab; |
| 316 | } |
| 317 | return (char *) shstrtab; |
| 318 | } |
| 319 | |
| 320 | char * |
| 321 | bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd *abfd, |
| 322 | unsigned int shindex, |
| 323 | unsigned int strindex) |
| 324 | { |
| 325 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; |
| 326 | |
| 327 | if (strindex == 0) |
| 328 | return ""; |
| 329 | |
| 330 | if (elf_elfsections (abfd) == NULL || shindex >= elf_numsections (abfd)) |
| 331 | return NULL; |
| 332 | |
| 333 | hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex]; |
| 334 | |
| 335 | if (hdr->contents == NULL |
| 336 | && bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd, shindex) == NULL) |
| 337 | return NULL; |
| 338 | |
| 339 | if (strindex >= hdr->sh_size) |
| 340 | { |
| 341 | unsigned int shstrndx = elf_elfheader(abfd)->e_shstrndx; |
| 342 | (*_bfd_error_handler) |
| 343 | (_("%B: invalid string offset %u >= %lu for section `%s'"), |
| 344 | abfd, strindex, (unsigned long) hdr->sh_size, |
| 345 | (shindex == shstrndx && strindex == hdr->sh_name |
| 346 | ? ".shstrtab" |
| 347 | : bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shstrndx, hdr->sh_name))); |
| 348 | return NULL; |
| 349 | } |
| 350 | |
| 351 | return ((char *) hdr->contents) + strindex; |
| 352 | } |
| 353 | |
| 354 | /* Read and convert symbols to internal format. |
| 355 | SYMCOUNT specifies the number of symbols to read, starting from |
| 356 | symbol SYMOFFSET. If any of INTSYM_BUF, EXTSYM_BUF or EXTSHNDX_BUF |
| 357 | are non-NULL, they are used to store the internal symbols, external |
| 358 | symbols, and symbol section index extensions, respectively. |
| 359 | Returns a pointer to the internal symbol buffer (malloced if necessary) |
| 360 | or NULL if there were no symbols or some kind of problem. */ |
| 361 | |
| 362 | Elf_Internal_Sym * |
| 363 | bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd *ibfd, |
| 364 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr, |
| 365 | size_t symcount, |
| 366 | size_t symoffset, |
| 367 | Elf_Internal_Sym *intsym_buf, |
| 368 | void *extsym_buf, |
| 369 | Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *extshndx_buf) |
| 370 | { |
| 371 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *shndx_hdr; |
| 372 | void *alloc_ext; |
| 373 | const bfd_byte *esym; |
| 374 | Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *alloc_extshndx; |
| 375 | Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *shndx; |
| 376 | Elf_Internal_Sym *alloc_intsym; |
| 377 | Elf_Internal_Sym *isym; |
| 378 | Elf_Internal_Sym *isymend; |
| 379 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed; |
| 380 | size_t extsym_size; |
| 381 | bfd_size_type amt; |
| 382 | file_ptr pos; |
| 383 | |
| 384 | if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour) |
| 385 | abort (); |
| 386 | |
| 387 | if (symcount == 0) |
| 388 | return intsym_buf; |
| 389 | |
| 390 | /* Normal syms might have section extension entries. */ |
| 391 | shndx_hdr = NULL; |
| 392 | if (symtab_hdr == &elf_tdata (ibfd)->symtab_hdr) |
| 393 | shndx_hdr = &elf_tdata (ibfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr; |
| 394 | |
| 395 | /* Read the symbols. */ |
| 396 | alloc_ext = NULL; |
| 397 | alloc_extshndx = NULL; |
| 398 | alloc_intsym = NULL; |
| 399 | bed = get_elf_backend_data (ibfd); |
| 400 | extsym_size = bed->s->sizeof_sym; |
| 401 | amt = symcount * extsym_size; |
| 402 | pos = symtab_hdr->sh_offset + symoffset * extsym_size; |
| 403 | if (extsym_buf == NULL) |
| 404 | { |
| 405 | alloc_ext = bfd_malloc2 (symcount, extsym_size); |
| 406 | extsym_buf = alloc_ext; |
| 407 | } |
| 408 | if (extsym_buf == NULL |
| 409 | || bfd_seek (ibfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0 |
| 410 | || bfd_bread (extsym_buf, amt, ibfd) != amt) |
| 411 | { |
| 412 | intsym_buf = NULL; |
| 413 | goto out; |
| 414 | } |
| 415 | |
| 416 | if (shndx_hdr == NULL || shndx_hdr->sh_size == 0) |
| 417 | extshndx_buf = NULL; |
| 418 | else |
| 419 | { |
| 420 | amt = symcount * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx); |
| 421 | pos = shndx_hdr->sh_offset + symoffset * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx); |
| 422 | if (extshndx_buf == NULL) |
| 423 | { |
| 424 | alloc_extshndx = (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *) |
| 425 | bfd_malloc2 (symcount, sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx)); |
| 426 | extshndx_buf = alloc_extshndx; |
| 427 | } |
| 428 | if (extshndx_buf == NULL |
| 429 | || bfd_seek (ibfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0 |
| 430 | || bfd_bread (extshndx_buf, amt, ibfd) != amt) |
| 431 | { |
| 432 | intsym_buf = NULL; |
| 433 | goto out; |
| 434 | } |
| 435 | } |
| 436 | |
| 437 | if (intsym_buf == NULL) |
| 438 | { |
| 439 | alloc_intsym = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) |
| 440 | bfd_malloc2 (symcount, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym)); |
| 441 | intsym_buf = alloc_intsym; |
| 442 | if (intsym_buf == NULL) |
| 443 | goto out; |
| 444 | } |
| 445 | |
| 446 | /* Convert the symbols to internal form. */ |
| 447 | isymend = intsym_buf + symcount; |
| 448 | for (esym = (const bfd_byte *) extsym_buf, isym = intsym_buf, |
| 449 | shndx = extshndx_buf; |
| 450 | isym < isymend; |
| 451 | esym += extsym_size, isym++, shndx = shndx != NULL ? shndx + 1 : NULL) |
| 452 | if (!(*bed->s->swap_symbol_in) (ibfd, esym, shndx, isym)) |
| 453 | { |
| 454 | symoffset += (esym - (bfd_byte *) extsym_buf) / extsym_size; |
| 455 | (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B symbol number %lu references " |
| 456 | "nonexistent SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX section"), |
| 457 | ibfd, (unsigned long) symoffset); |
| 458 | if (alloc_intsym != NULL) |
| 459 | free (alloc_intsym); |
| 460 | intsym_buf = NULL; |
| 461 | goto out; |
| 462 | } |
| 463 | |
| 464 | out: |
| 465 | if (alloc_ext != NULL) |
| 466 | free (alloc_ext); |
| 467 | if (alloc_extshndx != NULL) |
| 468 | free (alloc_extshndx); |
| 469 | |
| 470 | return intsym_buf; |
| 471 | } |
| 472 | |
| 473 | /* Look up a symbol name. */ |
| 474 | const char * |
| 475 | bfd_elf_sym_name (bfd *abfd, |
| 476 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr, |
| 477 | Elf_Internal_Sym *isym, |
| 478 | asection *sym_sec) |
| 479 | { |
| 480 | const char *name; |
| 481 | unsigned int iname = isym->st_name; |
| 482 | unsigned int shindex = symtab_hdr->sh_link; |
| 483 | |
| 484 | if (iname == 0 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info) == STT_SECTION |
| 485 | /* Check for a bogus st_shndx to avoid crashing. */ |
| 486 | && isym->st_shndx < elf_numsections (abfd)) |
| 487 | { |
| 488 | iname = elf_elfsections (abfd)[isym->st_shndx]->sh_name; |
| 489 | shindex = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx; |
| 490 | } |
| 491 | |
| 492 | name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shindex, iname); |
| 493 | if (name == NULL) |
| 494 | name = "(null)"; |
| 495 | else if (sym_sec && *name == '\0') |
| 496 | name = bfd_section_name (abfd, sym_sec); |
| 497 | |
| 498 | return name; |
| 499 | } |
| 500 | |
| 501 | /* Elf_Internal_Shdr->contents is an array of these for SHT_GROUP |
| 502 | sections. The first element is the flags, the rest are section |
| 503 | pointers. */ |
| 504 | |
| 505 | typedef union elf_internal_group { |
| 506 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr; |
| 507 | unsigned int flags; |
| 508 | } Elf_Internal_Group; |
| 509 | |
| 510 | /* Return the name of the group signature symbol. Why isn't the |
| 511 | signature just a string? */ |
| 512 | |
| 513 | static const char * |
| 514 | group_signature (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *ghdr) |
| 515 | { |
| 516 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; |
| 517 | unsigned char esym[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym)]; |
| 518 | Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx; |
| 519 | Elf_Internal_Sym isym; |
| 520 | |
| 521 | /* First we need to ensure the symbol table is available. Make sure |
| 522 | that it is a symbol table section. */ |
| 523 | if (ghdr->sh_link >= elf_numsections (abfd)) |
| 524 | return NULL; |
| 525 | hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd) [ghdr->sh_link]; |
| 526 | if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_SYMTAB |
| 527 | || ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, ghdr->sh_link)) |
| 528 | return NULL; |
| 529 | |
| 530 | /* Go read the symbol. */ |
| 531 | hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr; |
| 532 | if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, hdr, 1, ghdr->sh_info, |
| 533 | &isym, esym, &eshndx) == NULL) |
| 534 | return NULL; |
| 535 | |
| 536 | return bfd_elf_sym_name (abfd, hdr, &isym, NULL); |
| 537 | } |
| 538 | |
| 539 | /* Set next_in_group list pointer, and group name for NEWSECT. */ |
| 540 | |
| 541 | static bfd_boolean |
| 542 | setup_group (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr, asection *newsect) |
| 543 | { |
| 544 | unsigned int num_group = elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group; |
| 545 | |
| 546 | /* If num_group is zero, read in all SHT_GROUP sections. The count |
| 547 | is set to -1 if there are no SHT_GROUP sections. */ |
| 548 | if (num_group == 0) |
| 549 | { |
| 550 | unsigned int i, shnum; |
| 551 | |
| 552 | /* First count the number of groups. If we have a SHT_GROUP |
| 553 | section with just a flag word (ie. sh_size is 4), ignore it. */ |
| 554 | shnum = elf_numsections (abfd); |
| 555 | num_group = 0; |
| 556 | |
| 557 | #define IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER(shdr, minsize) \ |
| 558 | ( (shdr)->sh_type == SHT_GROUP \ |
| 559 | && (shdr)->sh_size >= minsize \ |
| 560 | && (shdr)->sh_entsize == GRP_ENTRY_SIZE \ |
| 561 | && ((shdr)->sh_size % GRP_ENTRY_SIZE) == 0) |
| 562 | |
| 563 | for (i = 0; i < shnum; i++) |
| 564 | { |
| 565 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i]; |
| 566 | |
| 567 | if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr, 2 * GRP_ENTRY_SIZE)) |
| 568 | num_group += 1; |
| 569 | } |
| 570 | |
| 571 | if (num_group == 0) |
| 572 | { |
| 573 | num_group = (unsigned) -1; |
| 574 | elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group = num_group; |
| 575 | } |
| 576 | else |
| 577 | { |
| 578 | /* We keep a list of elf section headers for group sections, |
| 579 | so we can find them quickly. */ |
| 580 | bfd_size_type amt; |
| 581 | |
| 582 | elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group = num_group; |
| 583 | elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr = (Elf_Internal_Shdr **) |
| 584 | bfd_alloc2 (abfd, num_group, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr *)); |
| 585 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr == NULL) |
| 586 | return FALSE; |
| 587 | |
| 588 | num_group = 0; |
| 589 | for (i = 0; i < shnum; i++) |
| 590 | { |
| 591 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i]; |
| 592 | |
| 593 | if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr, 2 * GRP_ENTRY_SIZE)) |
| 594 | { |
| 595 | unsigned char *src; |
| 596 | Elf_Internal_Group *dest; |
| 597 | |
| 598 | /* Add to list of sections. */ |
| 599 | elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr[num_group] = shdr; |
| 600 | num_group += 1; |
| 601 | |
| 602 | /* Read the raw contents. */ |
| 603 | BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (*dest) >= 4); |
| 604 | amt = shdr->sh_size * sizeof (*dest) / 4; |
| 605 | shdr->contents = (unsigned char *) |
| 606 | bfd_alloc2 (abfd, shdr->sh_size, sizeof (*dest) / 4); |
| 607 | /* PR binutils/4110: Handle corrupt group headers. */ |
| 608 | if (shdr->contents == NULL) |
| 609 | { |
| 610 | _bfd_error_handler |
| 611 | (_("%B: Corrupt size field in group section header: 0x%lx"), abfd, shdr->sh_size); |
| 612 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); |
| 613 | return FALSE; |
| 614 | } |
| 615 | |
| 616 | memset (shdr->contents, 0, amt); |
| 617 | |
| 618 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, shdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 |
| 619 | || (bfd_bread (shdr->contents, shdr->sh_size, abfd) |
| 620 | != shdr->sh_size)) |
| 621 | return FALSE; |
| 622 | |
| 623 | /* Translate raw contents, a flag word followed by an |
| 624 | array of elf section indices all in target byte order, |
| 625 | to the flag word followed by an array of elf section |
| 626 | pointers. */ |
| 627 | src = shdr->contents + shdr->sh_size; |
| 628 | dest = (Elf_Internal_Group *) (shdr->contents + amt); |
| 629 | while (1) |
| 630 | { |
| 631 | unsigned int idx; |
| 632 | |
| 633 | src -= 4; |
| 634 | --dest; |
| 635 | idx = H_GET_32 (abfd, src); |
| 636 | if (src == shdr->contents) |
| 637 | { |
| 638 | dest->flags = idx; |
| 639 | if (shdr->bfd_section != NULL && (idx & GRP_COMDAT)) |
| 640 | shdr->bfd_section->flags |
| 641 | |= SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD; |
| 642 | break; |
| 643 | } |
| 644 | if (idx >= shnum) |
| 645 | { |
| 646 | ((*_bfd_error_handler) |
| 647 | (_("%B: invalid SHT_GROUP entry"), abfd)); |
| 648 | idx = 0; |
| 649 | } |
| 650 | dest->shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[idx]; |
| 651 | } |
| 652 | } |
| 653 | } |
| 654 | } |
| 655 | } |
| 656 | |
| 657 | if (num_group != (unsigned) -1) |
| 658 | { |
| 659 | unsigned int i; |
| 660 | |
| 661 | for (i = 0; i < num_group; i++) |
| 662 | { |
| 663 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr[i]; |
| 664 | Elf_Internal_Group *idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) shdr->contents; |
| 665 | unsigned int n_elt = shdr->sh_size / 4; |
| 666 | |
| 667 | /* Look through this group's sections to see if current |
| 668 | section is a member. */ |
| 669 | while (--n_elt != 0) |
| 670 | if ((++idx)->shdr == hdr) |
| 671 | { |
| 672 | asection *s = NULL; |
| 673 | |
| 674 | /* We are a member of this group. Go looking through |
| 675 | other members to see if any others are linked via |
| 676 | next_in_group. */ |
| 677 | idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) shdr->contents; |
| 678 | n_elt = shdr->sh_size / 4; |
| 679 | while (--n_elt != 0) |
| 680 | if ((s = (++idx)->shdr->bfd_section) != NULL |
| 681 | && elf_next_in_group (s) != NULL) |
| 682 | break; |
| 683 | if (n_elt != 0) |
| 684 | { |
| 685 | /* Snarf the group name from other member, and |
| 686 | insert current section in circular list. */ |
| 687 | elf_group_name (newsect) = elf_group_name (s); |
| 688 | elf_next_in_group (newsect) = elf_next_in_group (s); |
| 689 | elf_next_in_group (s) = newsect; |
| 690 | } |
| 691 | else |
| 692 | { |
| 693 | const char *gname; |
| 694 | |
| 695 | gname = group_signature (abfd, shdr); |
| 696 | if (gname == NULL) |
| 697 | return FALSE; |
| 698 | elf_group_name (newsect) = gname; |
| 699 | |
| 700 | /* Start a circular list with one element. */ |
| 701 | elf_next_in_group (newsect) = newsect; |
| 702 | } |
| 703 | |
| 704 | /* If the group section has been created, point to the |
| 705 | new member. */ |
| 706 | if (shdr->bfd_section != NULL) |
| 707 | elf_next_in_group (shdr->bfd_section) = newsect; |
| 708 | |
| 709 | i = num_group - 1; |
| 710 | break; |
| 711 | } |
| 712 | } |
| 713 | } |
| 714 | |
| 715 | if (elf_group_name (newsect) == NULL) |
| 716 | { |
| 717 | (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: no group info for section %A"), |
| 718 | abfd, newsect); |
| 719 | } |
| 720 | return TRUE; |
| 721 | } |
| 722 | |
| 723 | bfd_boolean |
| 724 | _bfd_elf_setup_sections (bfd *abfd) |
| 725 | { |
| 726 | unsigned int i; |
| 727 | unsigned int num_group = elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group; |
| 728 | bfd_boolean result = TRUE; |
| 729 | asection *s; |
| 730 | |
| 731 | /* Process SHF_LINK_ORDER. */ |
| 732 | for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) |
| 733 | { |
| 734 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr = &elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr; |
| 735 | if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_LINK_ORDER) != 0) |
| 736 | { |
| 737 | unsigned int elfsec = this_hdr->sh_link; |
| 738 | /* FIXME: The old Intel compiler and old strip/objcopy may |
| 739 | not set the sh_link or sh_info fields. Hence we could |
| 740 | get the situation where elfsec is 0. */ |
| 741 | if (elfsec == 0) |
| 742 | { |
| 743 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
| 744 | if (bed->link_order_error_handler) |
| 745 | bed->link_order_error_handler |
| 746 | (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"), |
| 747 | abfd, s); |
| 748 | } |
| 749 | else |
| 750 | { |
| 751 | asection *linksec = NULL; |
| 752 | |
| 753 | if (elfsec < elf_numsections (abfd)) |
| 754 | { |
| 755 | this_hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elfsec]; |
| 756 | linksec = this_hdr->bfd_section; |
| 757 | } |
| 758 | |
| 759 | /* PR 1991, 2008: |
| 760 | Some strip/objcopy may leave an incorrect value in |
| 761 | sh_link. We don't want to proceed. */ |
| 762 | if (linksec == NULL) |
| 763 | { |
| 764 | (*_bfd_error_handler) |
| 765 | (_("%B: sh_link [%d] in section `%A' is incorrect"), |
| 766 | s->owner, s, elfsec); |
| 767 | result = FALSE; |
| 768 | } |
| 769 | |
| 770 | elf_linked_to_section (s) = linksec; |
| 771 | } |
| 772 | } |
| 773 | } |
| 774 | |
| 775 | /* Process section groups. */ |
| 776 | if (num_group == (unsigned) -1) |
| 777 | return result; |
| 778 | |
| 779 | for (i = 0; i < num_group; i++) |
| 780 | { |
| 781 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr[i]; |
| 782 | Elf_Internal_Group *idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) shdr->contents; |
| 783 | unsigned int n_elt = shdr->sh_size / 4; |
| 784 | |
| 785 | while (--n_elt != 0) |
| 786 | if ((++idx)->shdr->bfd_section) |
| 787 | elf_sec_group (idx->shdr->bfd_section) = shdr->bfd_section; |
| 788 | else if (idx->shdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA |
| 789 | || idx->shdr->sh_type == SHT_REL) |
| 790 | /* We won't include relocation sections in section groups in |
| 791 | output object files. We adjust the group section size here |
| 792 | so that relocatable link will work correctly when |
| 793 | relocation sections are in section group in input object |
| 794 | files. */ |
| 795 | shdr->bfd_section->size -= 4; |
| 796 | else |
| 797 | { |
| 798 | /* There are some unknown sections in the group. */ |
| 799 | (*_bfd_error_handler) |
| 800 | (_("%B: unknown [%d] section `%s' in group [%s]"), |
| 801 | abfd, |
| 802 | (unsigned int) idx->shdr->sh_type, |
| 803 | bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, |
| 804 | (elf_elfheader (abfd) |
| 805 | ->e_shstrndx), |
| 806 | idx->shdr->sh_name), |
| 807 | shdr->bfd_section->name); |
| 808 | result = FALSE; |
| 809 | } |
| 810 | } |
| 811 | return result; |
| 812 | } |
| 813 | |
| 814 | bfd_boolean |
| 815 | bfd_elf_is_group_section (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, const asection *sec) |
| 816 | { |
| 817 | return elf_next_in_group (sec) != NULL; |
| 818 | } |
| 819 | |
| 820 | /* Make a BFD section from an ELF section. We store a pointer to the |
| 821 | BFD section in the bfd_section field of the header. */ |
| 822 | |
| 823 | bfd_boolean |
| 824 | _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (bfd *abfd, |
| 825 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr, |
| 826 | const char *name, |
| 827 | int shindex) |
| 828 | { |
| 829 | asection *newsect; |
| 830 | flagword flags; |
| 831 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed; |
| 832 | |
| 833 | if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL) |
| 834 | return TRUE; |
| 835 | |
| 836 | newsect = bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd, name); |
| 837 | if (newsect == NULL) |
| 838 | return FALSE; |
| 839 | |
| 840 | hdr->bfd_section = newsect; |
| 841 | elf_section_data (newsect)->this_hdr = *hdr; |
| 842 | elf_section_data (newsect)->this_idx = shindex; |
| 843 | |
| 844 | /* Always use the real type/flags. */ |
| 845 | elf_section_type (newsect) = hdr->sh_type; |
| 846 | elf_section_flags (newsect) = hdr->sh_flags; |
| 847 | |
| 848 | newsect->filepos = hdr->sh_offset; |
| 849 | |
| 850 | if (! bfd_set_section_vma (abfd, newsect, hdr->sh_addr) |
| 851 | || ! bfd_set_section_size (abfd, newsect, hdr->sh_size) |
| 852 | || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, newsect, |
| 853 | bfd_log2 (hdr->sh_addralign))) |
| 854 | return FALSE; |
| 855 | |
| 856 | flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS; |
| 857 | if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS) |
| 858 | flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS; |
| 859 | if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_GROUP) |
| 860 | flags |= SEC_GROUP | SEC_EXCLUDE; |
| 861 | if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0) |
| 862 | { |
| 863 | flags |= SEC_ALLOC; |
| 864 | if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS) |
| 865 | flags |= SEC_LOAD; |
| 866 | } |
| 867 | if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_WRITE) == 0) |
| 868 | flags |= SEC_READONLY; |
| 869 | if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_EXECINSTR) != 0) |
| 870 | flags |= SEC_CODE; |
| 871 | else if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0) |
| 872 | flags |= SEC_DATA; |
| 873 | if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_MERGE) != 0) |
| 874 | { |
| 875 | flags |= SEC_MERGE; |
| 876 | newsect->entsize = hdr->sh_entsize; |
| 877 | if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_STRINGS) != 0) |
| 878 | flags |= SEC_STRINGS; |
| 879 | } |
| 880 | if (hdr->sh_flags & SHF_GROUP) |
| 881 | if (!setup_group (abfd, hdr, newsect)) |
| 882 | return FALSE; |
| 883 | if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) != 0) |
| 884 | flags |= SEC_THREAD_LOCAL; |
| 885 | if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_EXCLUDE) != 0) |
| 886 | flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE; |
| 887 | |
| 888 | if ((flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0) |
| 889 | { |
| 890 | /* The debugging sections appear to be recognized only by name, |
| 891 | not any sort of flag. Their SEC_ALLOC bits are cleared. */ |
| 892 | if (name [0] == '.') |
| 893 | { |
| 894 | const char *p; |
| 895 | int n; |
| 896 | if (name[1] == 'd') |
| 897 | p = ".debug", n = 6; |
| 898 | else if (name[1] == 'g' && name[2] == 'n') |
| 899 | p = ".gnu.linkonce.wi.", n = 17; |
| 900 | else if (name[1] == 'g' && name[2] == 'd') |
| 901 | p = ".gdb_index", n = 11; /* yes we really do mean 11. */ |
| 902 | else if (name[1] == 'l') |
| 903 | p = ".line", n = 5; |
| 904 | else if (name[1] == 's') |
| 905 | p = ".stab", n = 5; |
| 906 | else if (name[1] == 'z') |
| 907 | p = ".zdebug", n = 7; |
| 908 | else |
| 909 | p = NULL, n = 0; |
| 910 | if (p != NULL && strncmp (name, p, n) == 0) |
| 911 | flags |= SEC_DEBUGGING; |
| 912 | } |
| 913 | } |
| 914 | |
| 915 | /* As a GNU extension, if the name begins with .gnu.linkonce, we |
| 916 | only link a single copy of the section. This is used to support |
| 917 | g++. g++ will emit each template expansion in its own section. |
| 918 | The symbols will be defined as weak, so that multiple definitions |
| 919 | are permitted. The GNU linker extension is to actually discard |
| 920 | all but one of the sections. */ |
| 921 | if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".gnu.linkonce") |
| 922 | && elf_next_in_group (newsect) == NULL) |
| 923 | flags |= SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD; |
| 924 | |
| 925 | bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
| 926 | if (bed->elf_backend_section_flags) |
| 927 | if (! bed->elf_backend_section_flags (&flags, hdr)) |
| 928 | return FALSE; |
| 929 | |
| 930 | if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, newsect, flags)) |
| 931 | return FALSE; |
| 932 | |
| 933 | /* We do not parse the PT_NOTE segments as we are interested even in the |
| 934 | separate debug info files which may have the segments offsets corrupted. |
| 935 | PT_NOTEs from the core files are currently not parsed using BFD. */ |
| 936 | if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_NOTE) |
| 937 | { |
| 938 | bfd_byte *contents; |
| 939 | |
| 940 | if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, newsect, &contents)) |
| 941 | return FALSE; |
| 942 | |
| 943 | elf_parse_notes (abfd, (char *) contents, hdr->sh_size, -1); |
| 944 | free (contents); |
| 945 | } |
| 946 | |
| 947 | if ((flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) |
| 948 | { |
| 949 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdr; |
| 950 | unsigned int i, nload; |
| 951 | |
| 952 | /* Some ELF linkers produce binaries with all the program header |
| 953 | p_paddr fields zero. If we have such a binary with more than |
| 954 | one PT_LOAD header, then leave the section lma equal to vma |
| 955 | so that we don't create sections with overlapping lma. */ |
| 956 | phdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr; |
| 957 | for (nload = 0, i = 0; i < elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum; i++, phdr++) |
| 958 | if (phdr->p_paddr != 0) |
| 959 | break; |
| 960 | else if (phdr->p_type == PT_LOAD && phdr->p_memsz != 0) |
| 961 | ++nload; |
| 962 | if (i >= elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum && nload > 1) |
| 963 | return TRUE; |
| 964 | |
| 965 | phdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr; |
| 966 | for (i = 0; i < elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum; i++, phdr++) |
| 967 | { |
| 968 | if (((phdr->p_type == PT_LOAD |
| 969 | && (hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) == 0) |
| 970 | || phdr->p_type == PT_TLS) |
| 971 | && ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (hdr, phdr)) |
| 972 | { |
| 973 | if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0) |
| 974 | newsect->lma = (phdr->p_paddr |
| 975 | + hdr->sh_addr - phdr->p_vaddr); |
| 976 | else |
| 977 | /* We used to use the same adjustment for SEC_LOAD |
| 978 | sections, but that doesn't work if the segment |
| 979 | is packed with code from multiple VMAs. |
| 980 | Instead we calculate the section LMA based on |
| 981 | the segment LMA. It is assumed that the |
| 982 | segment will contain sections with contiguous |
| 983 | LMAs, even if the VMAs are not. */ |
| 984 | newsect->lma = (phdr->p_paddr |
| 985 | + hdr->sh_offset - phdr->p_offset); |
| 986 | |
| 987 | /* With contiguous segments, we can't tell from file |
| 988 | offsets whether a section with zero size should |
| 989 | be placed at the end of one segment or the |
| 990 | beginning of the next. Decide based on vaddr. */ |
| 991 | if (hdr->sh_addr >= phdr->p_vaddr |
| 992 | && (hdr->sh_addr + hdr->sh_size |
| 993 | <= phdr->p_vaddr + phdr->p_memsz)) |
| 994 | break; |
| 995 | } |
| 996 | } |
| 997 | } |
| 998 | |
| 999 | /* Compress/decompress DWARF debug sections with names: .debug_* and |
| 1000 | .zdebug_*, after the section flags is set. */ |
| 1001 | if ((flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) |
| 1002 | && ((name[1] == 'd' && name[6] == '_') |
| 1003 | || (name[1] == 'z' && name[7] == '_'))) |
| 1004 | { |
| 1005 | enum { nothing, compress, decompress } action = nothing; |
| 1006 | char *new_name; |
| 1007 | |
| 1008 | if (bfd_is_section_compressed (abfd, newsect)) |
| 1009 | { |
| 1010 | /* Compressed section. Check if we should decompress. */ |
| 1011 | if ((abfd->flags & BFD_DECOMPRESS)) |
| 1012 | action = decompress; |
| 1013 | } |
| 1014 | else |
| 1015 | { |
| 1016 | /* Normal section. Check if we should compress. */ |
| 1017 | if ((abfd->flags & BFD_COMPRESS) && newsect->size != 0) |
| 1018 | action = compress; |
| 1019 | } |
| 1020 | |
| 1021 | new_name = NULL; |
| 1022 | switch (action) |
| 1023 | { |
| 1024 | case nothing: |
| 1025 | break; |
| 1026 | case compress: |
| 1027 | if (!bfd_init_section_compress_status (abfd, newsect)) |
| 1028 | { |
| 1029 | (*_bfd_error_handler) |
| 1030 | (_("%B: unable to initialize compress status for section %s"), |
| 1031 | abfd, name); |
| 1032 | return FALSE; |
| 1033 | } |
| 1034 | if (name[1] != 'z') |
| 1035 | { |
| 1036 | unsigned int len = strlen (name); |
| 1037 | |
| 1038 | new_name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len + 2); |
| 1039 | if (new_name == NULL) |
| 1040 | return FALSE; |
| 1041 | new_name[0] = '.'; |
| 1042 | new_name[1] = 'z'; |
| 1043 | memcpy (new_name + 2, name + 1, len); |
| 1044 | } |
| 1045 | break; |
| 1046 | case decompress: |
| 1047 | if (!bfd_init_section_decompress_status (abfd, newsect)) |
| 1048 | { |
| 1049 | (*_bfd_error_handler) |
| 1050 | (_("%B: unable to initialize decompress status for section %s"), |
| 1051 | abfd, name); |
| 1052 | return FALSE; |
| 1053 | } |
| 1054 | if (name[1] == 'z') |
| 1055 | { |
| 1056 | unsigned int len = strlen (name); |
| 1057 | |
| 1058 | new_name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len); |
| 1059 | if (new_name == NULL) |
| 1060 | return FALSE; |
| 1061 | new_name[0] = '.'; |
| 1062 | memcpy (new_name + 1, name + 2, len - 1); |
| 1063 | } |
| 1064 | break; |
| 1065 | } |
| 1066 | if (new_name != NULL) |
| 1067 | bfd_rename_section (abfd, newsect, new_name); |
| 1068 | } |
| 1069 | |
| 1070 | return TRUE; |
| 1071 | } |
| 1072 | |
| 1073 | const char *const bfd_elf_section_type_names[] = { |
| 1074 | "SHT_NULL", "SHT_PROGBITS", "SHT_SYMTAB", "SHT_STRTAB", |
| 1075 | "SHT_RELA", "SHT_HASH", "SHT_DYNAMIC", "SHT_NOTE", |
| 1076 | "SHT_NOBITS", "SHT_REL", "SHT_SHLIB", "SHT_DYNSYM", |
| 1077 | }; |
| 1078 | |
| 1079 | /* ELF relocs are against symbols. If we are producing relocatable |
| 1080 | output, and the reloc is against an external symbol, and nothing |
| 1081 | has given us any additional addend, the resulting reloc will also |
| 1082 | be against the same symbol. In such a case, we don't want to |
| 1083 | change anything about the way the reloc is handled, since it will |
| 1084 | all be done at final link time. Rather than put special case code |
| 1085 | into bfd_perform_relocation, all the reloc types use this howto |
| 1086 | function. It just short circuits the reloc if producing |
| 1087 | relocatable output against an external symbol. */ |
| 1088 | |
| 1089 | bfd_reloc_status_type |
| 1090 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
| 1091 | arelent *reloc_entry, |
| 1092 | asymbol *symbol, |
| 1093 | void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
| 1094 | asection *input_section, |
| 1095 | bfd *output_bfd, |
| 1096 | char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) |
| 1097 | { |
| 1098 | if (output_bfd != NULL |
| 1099 | && (symbol->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) == 0 |
| 1100 | && (! reloc_entry->howto->partial_inplace |
| 1101 | || reloc_entry->addend == 0)) |
| 1102 | { |
| 1103 | reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset; |
| 1104 | return bfd_reloc_ok; |
| 1105 | } |
| 1106 | |
| 1107 | return bfd_reloc_continue; |
| 1108 | } |
| 1109 | \f |
| 1110 | /* Copy the program header and other data from one object module to |
| 1111 | another. */ |
| 1112 | |
| 1113 | bfd_boolean |
| 1114 | _bfd_elf_copy_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd) |
| 1115 | { |
| 1116 | if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour |
| 1117 | || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour) |
| 1118 | return TRUE; |
| 1119 | |
| 1120 | if (!elf_flags_init (obfd)) |
| 1121 | { |
| 1122 | elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags; |
| 1123 | elf_flags_init (obfd) = TRUE; |
| 1124 | } |
| 1125 | |
| 1126 | elf_gp (obfd) = elf_gp (ibfd); |
| 1127 | |
| 1128 | /* Also copy the EI_OSABI field. */ |
| 1129 | elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_ident[EI_OSABI] = |
| 1130 | elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_ident[EI_OSABI]; |
| 1131 | |
| 1132 | /* Copy object attributes. */ |
| 1133 | _bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd, obfd); |
| 1134 | return TRUE; |
| 1135 | } |
| 1136 | |
| 1137 | static const char * |
| 1138 | get_segment_type (unsigned int p_type) |
| 1139 | { |
| 1140 | const char *pt; |
| 1141 | switch (p_type) |
| 1142 | { |
| 1143 | case PT_NULL: pt = "NULL"; break; |
| 1144 | case PT_LOAD: pt = "LOAD"; break; |
| 1145 | case PT_DYNAMIC: pt = "DYNAMIC"; break; |
| 1146 | case PT_INTERP: pt = "INTERP"; break; |
| 1147 | case PT_NOTE: pt = "NOTE"; break; |
| 1148 | case PT_SHLIB: pt = "SHLIB"; break; |
| 1149 | case PT_PHDR: pt = "PHDR"; break; |
| 1150 | case PT_TLS: pt = "TLS"; break; |
| 1151 | case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME: pt = "EH_FRAME"; break; |
| 1152 | case PT_GNU_STACK: pt = "STACK"; break; |
| 1153 | case PT_GNU_RELRO: pt = "RELRO"; break; |
| 1154 | default: pt = NULL; break; |
| 1155 | } |
| 1156 | return pt; |
| 1157 | } |
| 1158 | |
| 1159 | /* Print out the program headers. */ |
| 1160 | |
| 1161 | bfd_boolean |
| 1162 | _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd *abfd, void *farg) |
| 1163 | { |
| 1164 | FILE *f = (FILE *) farg; |
| 1165 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *p; |
| 1166 | asection *s; |
| 1167 | bfd_byte *dynbuf = NULL; |
| 1168 | |
| 1169 | p = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr; |
| 1170 | if (p != NULL) |
| 1171 | { |
| 1172 | unsigned int i, c; |
| 1173 | |
| 1174 | fprintf (f, _("\nProgram Header:\n")); |
| 1175 | c = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum; |
| 1176 | for (i = 0; i < c; i++, p++) |
| 1177 | { |
| 1178 | const char *pt = get_segment_type (p->p_type); |
| 1179 | char buf[20]; |
| 1180 | |
| 1181 | if (pt == NULL) |
| 1182 | { |
| 1183 | sprintf (buf, "0x%lx", p->p_type); |
| 1184 | pt = buf; |
| 1185 | } |
| 1186 | fprintf (f, "%8s off 0x", pt); |
| 1187 | bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_offset); |
| 1188 | fprintf (f, " vaddr 0x"); |
| 1189 | bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_vaddr); |
| 1190 | fprintf (f, " paddr 0x"); |
| 1191 | bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_paddr); |
| 1192 | fprintf (f, " align 2**%u\n", bfd_log2 (p->p_align)); |
| 1193 | fprintf (f, " filesz 0x"); |
| 1194 | bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_filesz); |
| 1195 | fprintf (f, " memsz 0x"); |
| 1196 | bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_memsz); |
| 1197 | fprintf (f, " flags %c%c%c", |
| 1198 | (p->p_flags & PF_R) != 0 ? 'r' : '-', |
| 1199 | (p->p_flags & PF_W) != 0 ? 'w' : '-', |
| 1200 | (p->p_flags & PF_X) != 0 ? 'x' : '-'); |
| 1201 | if ((p->p_flags &~ (unsigned) (PF_R | PF_W | PF_X)) != 0) |
| 1202 | fprintf (f, " %lx", p->p_flags &~ (unsigned) (PF_R | PF_W | PF_X)); |
| 1203 | fprintf (f, "\n"); |
| 1204 | } |
| 1205 | } |
| 1206 | |
| 1207 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic"); |
| 1208 | if (s != NULL) |
| 1209 | { |
| 1210 | unsigned int elfsec; |
| 1211 | unsigned long shlink; |
| 1212 | bfd_byte *extdyn, *extdynend; |
| 1213 | size_t extdynsize; |
| 1214 | void (*swap_dyn_in) (bfd *, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn *); |
| 1215 | |
| 1216 | fprintf (f, _("\nDynamic Section:\n")); |
| 1217 | |
| 1218 | if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, s, &dynbuf)) |
| 1219 | goto error_return; |
| 1220 | |
| 1221 | elfsec = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, s); |
| 1222 | if (elfsec == SHN_BAD) |
| 1223 | goto error_return; |
| 1224 | shlink = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elfsec]->sh_link; |
| 1225 | |
| 1226 | extdynsize = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn; |
| 1227 | swap_dyn_in = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->swap_dyn_in; |
| 1228 | |
| 1229 | extdyn = dynbuf; |
| 1230 | extdynend = extdyn + s->size; |
| 1231 | for (; extdyn < extdynend; extdyn += extdynsize) |
| 1232 | { |
| 1233 | Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn; |
| 1234 | const char *name = ""; |
| 1235 | char ab[20]; |
| 1236 | bfd_boolean stringp; |
| 1237 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
| 1238 | |
| 1239 | (*swap_dyn_in) (abfd, extdyn, &dyn); |
| 1240 | |
| 1241 | if (dyn.d_tag == DT_NULL) |
| 1242 | break; |
| 1243 | |
| 1244 | stringp = FALSE; |
| 1245 | switch (dyn.d_tag) |
| 1246 | { |
| 1247 | default: |
| 1248 | if (bed->elf_backend_get_target_dtag) |
| 1249 | name = (*bed->elf_backend_get_target_dtag) (dyn.d_tag); |
| 1250 | |
| 1251 | if (!strcmp (name, "")) |
| 1252 | { |
| 1253 | sprintf (ab, "0x%lx", (unsigned long) dyn.d_tag); |
| 1254 | name = ab; |
| 1255 | } |
| 1256 | break; |
| 1257 | |
| 1258 | case DT_NEEDED: name = "NEEDED"; stringp = TRUE; break; |
| 1259 | case DT_PLTRELSZ: name = "PLTRELSZ"; break; |
| 1260 | case DT_PLTGOT: name = "PLTGOT"; break; |
| 1261 | case DT_HASH: name = "HASH"; break; |
| 1262 | case DT_STRTAB: name = "STRTAB"; break; |
| 1263 | case DT_SYMTAB: name = "SYMTAB"; break; |
| 1264 | case DT_RELA: name = "RELA"; break; |
| 1265 | case DT_RELASZ: name = "RELASZ"; break; |
| 1266 | case DT_RELAENT: name = "RELAENT"; break; |
| 1267 | case DT_STRSZ: name = "STRSZ"; break; |
| 1268 | case DT_SYMENT: name = "SYMENT"; break; |
| 1269 | case DT_INIT: name = "INIT"; break; |
| 1270 | case DT_FINI: name = "FINI"; break; |
| 1271 | case DT_SONAME: name = "SONAME"; stringp = TRUE; break; |
| 1272 | case DT_RPATH: name = "RPATH"; stringp = TRUE; break; |
| 1273 | case DT_SYMBOLIC: name = "SYMBOLIC"; break; |
| 1274 | case DT_REL: name = "REL"; break; |
| 1275 | case DT_RELSZ: name = "RELSZ"; break; |
| 1276 | case DT_RELENT: name = "RELENT"; break; |
| 1277 | case DT_PLTREL: name = "PLTREL"; break; |
| 1278 | case DT_DEBUG: name = "DEBUG"; break; |
| 1279 | case DT_TEXTREL: name = "TEXTREL"; break; |
| 1280 | case DT_JMPREL: name = "JMPREL"; break; |
| 1281 | case DT_BIND_NOW: name = "BIND_NOW"; break; |
| 1282 | case DT_INIT_ARRAY: name = "INIT_ARRAY"; break; |
| 1283 | case DT_FINI_ARRAY: name = "FINI_ARRAY"; break; |
| 1284 | case DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ: name = "INIT_ARRAYSZ"; break; |
| 1285 | case DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ: name = "FINI_ARRAYSZ"; break; |
| 1286 | case DT_RUNPATH: name = "RUNPATH"; stringp = TRUE; break; |
| 1287 | case DT_FLAGS: name = "FLAGS"; break; |
| 1288 | case DT_PREINIT_ARRAY: name = "PREINIT_ARRAY"; break; |
| 1289 | case DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ: name = "PREINIT_ARRAYSZ"; break; |
| 1290 | case DT_CHECKSUM: name = "CHECKSUM"; break; |
| 1291 | case DT_PLTPADSZ: name = "PLTPADSZ"; break; |
| 1292 | case DT_MOVEENT: name = "MOVEENT"; break; |
| 1293 | case DT_MOVESZ: name = "MOVESZ"; break; |
| 1294 | case DT_FEATURE: name = "FEATURE"; break; |
| 1295 | case DT_POSFLAG_1: name = "POSFLAG_1"; break; |
| 1296 | case DT_SYMINSZ: name = "SYMINSZ"; break; |
| 1297 | case DT_SYMINENT: name = "SYMINENT"; break; |
| 1298 | case DT_CONFIG: name = "CONFIG"; stringp = TRUE; break; |
| 1299 | case DT_DEPAUDIT: name = "DEPAUDIT"; stringp = TRUE; break; |
| 1300 | case DT_AUDIT: name = "AUDIT"; stringp = TRUE; break; |
| 1301 | case DT_PLTPAD: name = "PLTPAD"; break; |
| 1302 | case DT_MOVETAB: name = "MOVETAB"; break; |
| 1303 | case DT_SYMINFO: name = "SYMINFO"; break; |
| 1304 | case DT_RELACOUNT: name = "RELACOUNT"; break; |
| 1305 | case DT_RELCOUNT: name = "RELCOUNT"; break; |
| 1306 | case DT_FLAGS_1: name = "FLAGS_1"; break; |
| 1307 | case DT_VERSYM: name = "VERSYM"; break; |
| 1308 | case DT_VERDEF: name = "VERDEF"; break; |
| 1309 | case DT_VERDEFNUM: name = "VERDEFNUM"; break; |
| 1310 | case DT_VERNEED: name = "VERNEED"; break; |
| 1311 | case DT_VERNEEDNUM: name = "VERNEEDNUM"; break; |
| 1312 | case DT_AUXILIARY: name = "AUXILIARY"; stringp = TRUE; break; |
| 1313 | case DT_USED: name = "USED"; break; |
| 1314 | case DT_FILTER: name = "FILTER"; stringp = TRUE; break; |
| 1315 | case DT_GNU_HASH: name = "GNU_HASH"; break; |
| 1316 | } |
| 1317 | |
| 1318 | fprintf (f, " %-20s ", name); |
| 1319 | if (! stringp) |
| 1320 | { |
| 1321 | fprintf (f, "0x"); |
| 1322 | bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, dyn.d_un.d_val); |
| 1323 | } |
| 1324 | else |
| 1325 | { |
| 1326 | const char *string; |
| 1327 | unsigned int tagv = dyn.d_un.d_val; |
| 1328 | |
| 1329 | string = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shlink, tagv); |
| 1330 | if (string == NULL) |
| 1331 | goto error_return; |
| 1332 | fprintf (f, "%s", string); |
| 1333 | } |
| 1334 | fprintf (f, "\n"); |
| 1335 | } |
| 1336 | |
| 1337 | free (dynbuf); |
| 1338 | dynbuf = NULL; |
| 1339 | } |
| 1340 | |
| 1341 | if ((elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef == NULL) |
| 1342 | || (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd)->verref == NULL)) |
| 1343 | { |
| 1344 | if (! _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (abfd, FALSE)) |
| 1345 | return FALSE; |
| 1346 | } |
| 1347 | |
| 1348 | if (elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0) |
| 1349 | { |
| 1350 | Elf_Internal_Verdef *t; |
| 1351 | |
| 1352 | fprintf (f, _("\nVersion definitions:\n")); |
| 1353 | for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef; t != NULL; t = t->vd_nextdef) |
| 1354 | { |
| 1355 | fprintf (f, "%d 0x%2.2x 0x%8.8lx %s\n", t->vd_ndx, |
| 1356 | t->vd_flags, t->vd_hash, |
| 1357 | t->vd_nodename ? t->vd_nodename : "<corrupt>"); |
| 1358 | if (t->vd_auxptr != NULL && t->vd_auxptr->vda_nextptr != NULL) |
| 1359 | { |
| 1360 | Elf_Internal_Verdaux *a; |
| 1361 | |
| 1362 | fprintf (f, "\t"); |
| 1363 | for (a = t->vd_auxptr->vda_nextptr; |
| 1364 | a != NULL; |
| 1365 | a = a->vda_nextptr) |
| 1366 | fprintf (f, "%s ", |
| 1367 | a->vda_nodename ? a->vda_nodename : "<corrupt>"); |
| 1368 | fprintf (f, "\n"); |
| 1369 | } |
| 1370 | } |
| 1371 | } |
| 1372 | |
| 1373 | if (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0) |
| 1374 | { |
| 1375 | Elf_Internal_Verneed *t; |
| 1376 | |
| 1377 | fprintf (f, _("\nVersion References:\n")); |
| 1378 | for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref; t != NULL; t = t->vn_nextref) |
| 1379 | { |
| 1380 | Elf_Internal_Vernaux *a; |
| 1381 | |
| 1382 | fprintf (f, _(" required from %s:\n"), |
| 1383 | t->vn_filename ? t->vn_filename : "<corrupt>"); |
| 1384 | for (a = t->vn_auxptr; a != NULL; a = a->vna_nextptr) |
| 1385 | fprintf (f, " 0x%8.8lx 0x%2.2x %2.2d %s\n", a->vna_hash, |
| 1386 | a->vna_flags, a->vna_other, |
| 1387 | a->vna_nodename ? a->vna_nodename : "<corrupt>"); |
| 1388 | } |
| 1389 | } |
| 1390 | |
| 1391 | return TRUE; |
| 1392 | |
| 1393 | error_return: |
| 1394 | if (dynbuf != NULL) |
| 1395 | free (dynbuf); |
| 1396 | return FALSE; |
| 1397 | } |
| 1398 | |
| 1399 | /* Display ELF-specific fields of a symbol. */ |
| 1400 | |
| 1401 | void |
| 1402 | bfd_elf_print_symbol (bfd *abfd, |
| 1403 | void *filep, |
| 1404 | asymbol *symbol, |
| 1405 | bfd_print_symbol_type how) |
| 1406 | { |
| 1407 | FILE *file = (FILE *) filep; |
| 1408 | switch (how) |
| 1409 | { |
| 1410 | case bfd_print_symbol_name: |
| 1411 | fprintf (file, "%s", symbol->name); |
| 1412 | break; |
| 1413 | case bfd_print_symbol_more: |
| 1414 | fprintf (file, "elf "); |
| 1415 | bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, file, symbol->value); |
| 1416 | fprintf (file, " %lx", (unsigned long) symbol->flags); |
| 1417 | break; |
| 1418 | case bfd_print_symbol_all: |
| 1419 | { |
| 1420 | const char *section_name; |
| 1421 | const char *name = NULL; |
| 1422 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed; |
| 1423 | unsigned char st_other; |
| 1424 | bfd_vma val; |
| 1425 | |
| 1426 | section_name = symbol->section ? symbol->section->name : "(*none*)"; |
| 1427 | |
| 1428 | bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
| 1429 | if (bed->elf_backend_print_symbol_all) |
| 1430 | name = (*bed->elf_backend_print_symbol_all) (abfd, filep, symbol); |
| 1431 | |
| 1432 | if (name == NULL) |
| 1433 | { |
| 1434 | name = symbol->name; |
| 1435 | bfd_print_symbol_vandf (abfd, file, symbol); |
| 1436 | } |
| 1437 | |
| 1438 | fprintf (file, " %s\t", section_name); |
| 1439 | /* Print the "other" value for a symbol. For common symbols, |
| 1440 | we've already printed the size; now print the alignment. |
| 1441 | For other symbols, we have no specified alignment, and |
| 1442 | we've printed the address; now print the size. */ |
| 1443 | if (symbol->section && bfd_is_com_section (symbol->section)) |
| 1444 | val = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_value; |
| 1445 | else |
| 1446 | val = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_size; |
| 1447 | bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, file, val); |
| 1448 | |
| 1449 | /* If we have version information, print it. */ |
| 1450 | if (elf_dynversym (abfd) != 0 |
| 1451 | && (elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0 |
| 1452 | || elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0)) |
| 1453 | { |
| 1454 | unsigned int vernum; |
| 1455 | const char *version_string; |
| 1456 | |
| 1457 | vernum = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->version & VERSYM_VERSION; |
| 1458 | |
| 1459 | if (vernum == 0) |
| 1460 | version_string = ""; |
| 1461 | else if (vernum == 1) |
| 1462 | version_string = "Base"; |
| 1463 | else if (vernum <= elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs) |
| 1464 | version_string = |
| 1465 | elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef[vernum - 1].vd_nodename; |
| 1466 | else |
| 1467 | { |
| 1468 | Elf_Internal_Verneed *t; |
| 1469 | |
| 1470 | version_string = ""; |
| 1471 | for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref; |
| 1472 | t != NULL; |
| 1473 | t = t->vn_nextref) |
| 1474 | { |
| 1475 | Elf_Internal_Vernaux *a; |
| 1476 | |
| 1477 | for (a = t->vn_auxptr; a != NULL; a = a->vna_nextptr) |
| 1478 | { |
| 1479 | if (a->vna_other == vernum) |
| 1480 | { |
| 1481 | version_string = a->vna_nodename; |
| 1482 | break; |
| 1483 | } |
| 1484 | } |
| 1485 | } |
| 1486 | } |
| 1487 | |
| 1488 | if ((((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->version & VERSYM_HIDDEN) == 0) |
| 1489 | fprintf (file, " %-11s", version_string); |
| 1490 | else |
| 1491 | { |
| 1492 | int i; |
| 1493 | |
| 1494 | fprintf (file, " (%s)", version_string); |
| 1495 | for (i = 10 - strlen (version_string); i > 0; --i) |
| 1496 | putc (' ', file); |
| 1497 | } |
| 1498 | } |
| 1499 | |
| 1500 | /* If the st_other field is not zero, print it. */ |
| 1501 | st_other = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_other; |
| 1502 | |
| 1503 | switch (st_other) |
| 1504 | { |
| 1505 | case 0: break; |
| 1506 | case STV_INTERNAL: fprintf (file, " .internal"); break; |
| 1507 | case STV_HIDDEN: fprintf (file, " .hidden"); break; |
| 1508 | case STV_PROTECTED: fprintf (file, " .protected"); break; |
| 1509 | default: |
| 1510 | /* Some other non-defined flags are also present, so print |
| 1511 | everything hex. */ |
| 1512 | fprintf (file, " 0x%02x", (unsigned int) st_other); |
| 1513 | } |
| 1514 | |
| 1515 | fprintf (file, " %s", name); |
| 1516 | } |
| 1517 | break; |
| 1518 | } |
| 1519 | } |
| 1520 | |
| 1521 | /* Allocate an ELF string table--force the first byte to be zero. */ |
| 1522 | |
| 1523 | struct bfd_strtab_hash * |
| 1524 | _bfd_elf_stringtab_init (void) |
| 1525 | { |
| 1526 | struct bfd_strtab_hash *ret; |
| 1527 | |
| 1528 | ret = _bfd_stringtab_init (); |
| 1529 | if (ret != NULL) |
| 1530 | { |
| 1531 | bfd_size_type loc; |
| 1532 | |
| 1533 | loc = _bfd_stringtab_add (ret, "", TRUE, FALSE); |
| 1534 | BFD_ASSERT (loc == 0 || loc == (bfd_size_type) -1); |
| 1535 | if (loc == (bfd_size_type) -1) |
| 1536 | { |
| 1537 | _bfd_stringtab_free (ret); |
| 1538 | ret = NULL; |
| 1539 | } |
| 1540 | } |
| 1541 | return ret; |
| 1542 | } |
| 1543 | \f |
| 1544 | /* ELF .o/exec file reading */ |
| 1545 | |
| 1546 | /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF section header. */ |
| 1547 | |
| 1548 | bfd_boolean |
| 1549 | bfd_section_from_shdr (bfd *abfd, unsigned int shindex) |
| 1550 | { |
| 1551 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; |
| 1552 | Elf_Internal_Ehdr *ehdr; |
| 1553 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed; |
| 1554 | const char *name; |
| 1555 | |
| 1556 | if (shindex >= elf_numsections (abfd)) |
| 1557 | return FALSE; |
| 1558 | |
| 1559 | hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex]; |
| 1560 | ehdr = elf_elfheader (abfd); |
| 1561 | name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, ehdr->e_shstrndx, |
| 1562 | hdr->sh_name); |
| 1563 | if (name == NULL) |
| 1564 | return FALSE; |
| 1565 | |
| 1566 | bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
| 1567 | switch (hdr->sh_type) |
| 1568 | { |
| 1569 | case SHT_NULL: |
| 1570 | /* Inactive section. Throw it away. */ |
| 1571 | return TRUE; |
| 1572 | |
| 1573 | case SHT_PROGBITS: /* Normal section with contents. */ |
| 1574 | case SHT_NOBITS: /* .bss section. */ |
| 1575 | case SHT_HASH: /* .hash section. */ |
| 1576 | case SHT_NOTE: /* .note section. */ |
| 1577 | case SHT_INIT_ARRAY: /* .init_array section. */ |
| 1578 | case SHT_FINI_ARRAY: /* .fini_array section. */ |
| 1579 | case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY: /* .preinit_array section. */ |
| 1580 | case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST: /* .gnu.liblist section. */ |
| 1581 | case SHT_GNU_HASH: /* .gnu.hash section. */ |
| 1582 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex); |
| 1583 | |
| 1584 | case SHT_DYNAMIC: /* Dynamic linking information. */ |
| 1585 | if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex)) |
| 1586 | return FALSE; |
| 1587 | if (hdr->sh_link > elf_numsections (abfd)) |
| 1588 | { |
| 1589 | /* PR 10478: Accept Solaris binaries with a sh_link |
| 1590 | field set to SHN_BEFORE or SHN_AFTER. */ |
| 1591 | switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd)) |
| 1592 | { |
| 1593 | case bfd_arch_i386: |
| 1594 | case bfd_arch_sparc: |
| 1595 | if (hdr->sh_link == (SHN_LORESERVE & 0xffff) /* SHN_BEFORE */ |
| 1596 | || hdr->sh_link == ((SHN_LORESERVE + 1) & 0xffff) /* SHN_AFTER */) |
| 1597 | break; |
| 1598 | /* Otherwise fall through. */ |
| 1599 | default: |
| 1600 | return FALSE; |
| 1601 | } |
| 1602 | } |
| 1603 | else if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link] == NULL) |
| 1604 | return FALSE; |
| 1605 | else if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_STRTAB) |
| 1606 | { |
| 1607 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *dynsymhdr; |
| 1608 | |
| 1609 | /* The shared libraries distributed with hpux11 have a bogus |
| 1610 | sh_link field for the ".dynamic" section. Find the |
| 1611 | string table for the ".dynsym" section instead. */ |
| 1612 | if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) != 0) |
| 1613 | { |
| 1614 | dynsymhdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd)]; |
| 1615 | hdr->sh_link = dynsymhdr->sh_link; |
| 1616 | } |
| 1617 | else |
| 1618 | { |
| 1619 | unsigned int i, num_sec; |
| 1620 | |
| 1621 | num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd); |
| 1622 | for (i = 1; i < num_sec; i++) |
| 1623 | { |
| 1624 | dynsymhdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i]; |
| 1625 | if (dynsymhdr->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM) |
| 1626 | { |
| 1627 | hdr->sh_link = dynsymhdr->sh_link; |
| 1628 | break; |
| 1629 | } |
| 1630 | } |
| 1631 | } |
| 1632 | } |
| 1633 | break; |
| 1634 | |
| 1635 | case SHT_SYMTAB: /* A symbol table */ |
| 1636 | if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == shindex) |
| 1637 | return TRUE; |
| 1638 | |
| 1639 | if (hdr->sh_entsize != bed->s->sizeof_sym) |
| 1640 | return FALSE; |
| 1641 | if (hdr->sh_info * hdr->sh_entsize > hdr->sh_size) |
| 1642 | { |
| 1643 | if (hdr->sh_size != 0) |
| 1644 | return FALSE; |
| 1645 | /* Some assemblers erroneously set sh_info to one with a |
| 1646 | zero sh_size. ld sees this as a global symbol count |
| 1647 | of (unsigned) -1. Fix it here. */ |
| 1648 | hdr->sh_info = 0; |
| 1649 | return TRUE; |
| 1650 | } |
| 1651 | BFD_ASSERT (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == 0); |
| 1652 | elf_onesymtab (abfd) = shindex; |
| 1653 | elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr = *hdr; |
| 1654 | elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr; |
| 1655 | abfd->flags |= HAS_SYMS; |
| 1656 | |
| 1657 | /* Sometimes a shared object will map in the symbol table. If |
| 1658 | SHF_ALLOC is set, and this is a shared object, then we also |
| 1659 | treat this section as a BFD section. We can not base the |
| 1660 | decision purely on SHF_ALLOC, because that flag is sometimes |
| 1661 | set in a relocatable object file, which would confuse the |
| 1662 | linker. */ |
| 1663 | if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0 |
| 1664 | && (abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0 |
| 1665 | && ! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, |
| 1666 | shindex)) |
| 1667 | return FALSE; |
| 1668 | |
| 1669 | /* Go looking for SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX too, since if there is one we |
| 1670 | can't read symbols without that section loaded as well. It |
| 1671 | is most likely specified by the next section header. */ |
| 1672 | if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_symtab_shndx (abfd)]->sh_link != shindex) |
| 1673 | { |
| 1674 | unsigned int i, num_sec; |
| 1675 | |
| 1676 | num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd); |
| 1677 | for (i = shindex + 1; i < num_sec; i++) |
| 1678 | { |
| 1679 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i]; |
| 1680 | if (hdr2->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX |
| 1681 | && hdr2->sh_link == shindex) |
| 1682 | break; |
| 1683 | } |
| 1684 | if (i == num_sec) |
| 1685 | for (i = 1; i < shindex; i++) |
| 1686 | { |
| 1687 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i]; |
| 1688 | if (hdr2->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX |
| 1689 | && hdr2->sh_link == shindex) |
| 1690 | break; |
| 1691 | } |
| 1692 | if (i != shindex) |
| 1693 | return bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, i); |
| 1694 | } |
| 1695 | return TRUE; |
| 1696 | |
| 1697 | case SHT_DYNSYM: /* A dynamic symbol table */ |
| 1698 | if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == shindex) |
| 1699 | return TRUE; |
| 1700 | |
| 1701 | if (hdr->sh_entsize != bed->s->sizeof_sym) |
| 1702 | return FALSE; |
| 1703 | if (hdr->sh_info * hdr->sh_entsize > hdr->sh_size) |
| 1704 | { |
| 1705 | if (hdr->sh_size != 0) |
| 1706 | return FALSE; |
| 1707 | /* Some linkers erroneously set sh_info to one with a |
| 1708 | zero sh_size. ld sees this as a global symbol count |
| 1709 | of (unsigned) -1. Fix it here. */ |
| 1710 | hdr->sh_info = 0; |
| 1711 | return TRUE; |
| 1712 | } |
| 1713 | BFD_ASSERT (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0); |
| 1714 | elf_dynsymtab (abfd) = shindex; |
| 1715 | elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr = *hdr; |
| 1716 | elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr; |
| 1717 | abfd->flags |= HAS_SYMS; |
| 1718 | |
| 1719 | /* Besides being a symbol table, we also treat this as a regular |
| 1720 | section, so that objcopy can handle it. */ |
| 1721 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex); |
| 1722 | |
| 1723 | case SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX: /* Symbol section indices when >64k sections */ |
| 1724 | if (elf_symtab_shndx (abfd) == shindex) |
| 1725 | return TRUE; |
| 1726 | |
| 1727 | BFD_ASSERT (elf_symtab_shndx (abfd) == 0); |
| 1728 | elf_symtab_shndx (abfd) = shindex; |
| 1729 | elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr = *hdr; |
| 1730 | elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr; |
| 1731 | return TRUE; |
| 1732 | |
| 1733 | case SHT_STRTAB: /* A string table */ |
| 1734 | if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL) |
| 1735 | return TRUE; |
| 1736 | if (ehdr->e_shstrndx == shindex) |
| 1737 | { |
| 1738 | elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr = *hdr; |
| 1739 | elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = &elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr; |
| 1740 | return TRUE; |
| 1741 | } |
| 1742 | if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_onesymtab (abfd)]->sh_link == shindex) |
| 1743 | { |
| 1744 | symtab_strtab: |
| 1745 | elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr = *hdr; |
| 1746 | elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr; |
| 1747 | return TRUE; |
| 1748 | } |
| 1749 | if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd)]->sh_link == shindex) |
| 1750 | { |
| 1751 | dynsymtab_strtab: |
| 1752 | elf_tdata (abfd)->dynstrtab_hdr = *hdr; |
| 1753 | hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynstrtab_hdr; |
| 1754 | elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr; |
| 1755 | /* We also treat this as a regular section, so that objcopy |
| 1756 | can handle it. */ |
| 1757 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, |
| 1758 | shindex); |
| 1759 | } |
| 1760 | |
| 1761 | /* If the string table isn't one of the above, then treat it as a |
| 1762 | regular section. We need to scan all the headers to be sure, |
| 1763 | just in case this strtab section appeared before the above. */ |
| 1764 | if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == 0 || elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0) |
| 1765 | { |
| 1766 | unsigned int i, num_sec; |
| 1767 | |
| 1768 | num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd); |
| 1769 | for (i = 1; i < num_sec; i++) |
| 1770 | { |
| 1771 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i]; |
| 1772 | if (hdr2->sh_link == shindex) |
| 1773 | { |
| 1774 | /* Prevent endless recursion on broken objects. */ |
| 1775 | if (i == shindex) |
| 1776 | return FALSE; |
| 1777 | if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, i)) |
| 1778 | return FALSE; |
| 1779 | if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == i) |
| 1780 | goto symtab_strtab; |
| 1781 | if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == i) |
| 1782 | goto dynsymtab_strtab; |
| 1783 | } |
| 1784 | } |
| 1785 | } |
| 1786 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex); |
| 1787 | |
| 1788 | case SHT_REL: |
| 1789 | case SHT_RELA: |
| 1790 | /* *These* do a lot of work -- but build no sections! */ |
| 1791 | { |
| 1792 | asection *target_sect; |
| 1793 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2, **p_hdr; |
| 1794 | unsigned int num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd); |
| 1795 | struct bfd_elf_section_data *esdt; |
| 1796 | bfd_size_type amt; |
| 1797 | |
| 1798 | if (hdr->sh_entsize |
| 1799 | != (bfd_size_type) (hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL |
| 1800 | ? bed->s->sizeof_rel : bed->s->sizeof_rela)) |
| 1801 | return FALSE; |
| 1802 | |
| 1803 | /* Check for a bogus link to avoid crashing. */ |
| 1804 | if (hdr->sh_link >= num_sec) |
| 1805 | { |
| 1806 | ((*_bfd_error_handler) |
| 1807 | (_("%B: invalid link %lu for reloc section %s (index %u)"), |
| 1808 | abfd, hdr->sh_link, name, shindex)); |
| 1809 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, |
| 1810 | shindex); |
| 1811 | } |
| 1812 | |
| 1813 | /* For some incomprehensible reason Oracle distributes |
| 1814 | libraries for Solaris in which some of the objects have |
| 1815 | bogus sh_link fields. It would be nice if we could just |
| 1816 | reject them, but, unfortunately, some people need to use |
| 1817 | them. We scan through the section headers; if we find only |
| 1818 | one suitable symbol table, we clobber the sh_link to point |
| 1819 | to it. I hope this doesn't break anything. |
| 1820 | |
| 1821 | Don't do it on executable nor shared library. */ |
| 1822 | if ((abfd->flags & (DYNAMIC | EXEC_P)) == 0 |
| 1823 | && elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_SYMTAB |
| 1824 | && elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_DYNSYM) |
| 1825 | { |
| 1826 | unsigned int scan; |
| 1827 | int found; |
| 1828 | |
| 1829 | found = 0; |
| 1830 | for (scan = 1; scan < num_sec; scan++) |
| 1831 | { |
| 1832 | if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[scan]->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB |
| 1833 | || elf_elfsections (abfd)[scan]->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM) |
| 1834 | { |
| 1835 | if (found != 0) |
| 1836 | { |
| 1837 | found = 0; |
| 1838 | break; |
| 1839 | } |
| 1840 | found = scan; |
| 1841 | } |
| 1842 | } |
| 1843 | if (found != 0) |
| 1844 | hdr->sh_link = found; |
| 1845 | } |
| 1846 | |
| 1847 | /* Get the symbol table. */ |
| 1848 | if ((elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB |
| 1849 | || elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM) |
| 1850 | && ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr->sh_link)) |
| 1851 | return FALSE; |
| 1852 | |
| 1853 | /* If this reloc section does not use the main symbol table we |
| 1854 | don't treat it as a reloc section. BFD can't adequately |
| 1855 | represent such a section, so at least for now, we don't |
| 1856 | try. We just present it as a normal section. We also |
| 1857 | can't use it as a reloc section if it points to the null |
| 1858 | section, an invalid section, another reloc section, or its |
| 1859 | sh_link points to the null section. */ |
| 1860 | if (hdr->sh_link != elf_onesymtab (abfd) |
| 1861 | || hdr->sh_link == SHN_UNDEF |
| 1862 | || hdr->sh_info == SHN_UNDEF |
| 1863 | || hdr->sh_info >= num_sec |
| 1864 | || elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_info]->sh_type == SHT_REL |
| 1865 | || elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_info]->sh_type == SHT_RELA) |
| 1866 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, |
| 1867 | shindex); |
| 1868 | |
| 1869 | if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr->sh_info)) |
| 1870 | return FALSE; |
| 1871 | target_sect = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, hdr->sh_info); |
| 1872 | if (target_sect == NULL) |
| 1873 | return FALSE; |
| 1874 | |
| 1875 | esdt = elf_section_data (target_sect); |
| 1876 | if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA) |
| 1877 | p_hdr = &esdt->rela.hdr; |
| 1878 | else |
| 1879 | p_hdr = &esdt->rel.hdr; |
| 1880 | |
| 1881 | BFD_ASSERT (*p_hdr == NULL); |
| 1882 | amt = sizeof (*hdr2); |
| 1883 | hdr2 = (Elf_Internal_Shdr *) bfd_alloc (abfd, amt); |
| 1884 | if (hdr2 == NULL) |
| 1885 | return FALSE; |
| 1886 | *hdr2 = *hdr; |
| 1887 | *p_hdr = hdr2; |
| 1888 | elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr2; |
| 1889 | target_sect->reloc_count += NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (hdr); |
| 1890 | target_sect->flags |= SEC_RELOC; |
| 1891 | target_sect->relocation = NULL; |
| 1892 | target_sect->rel_filepos = hdr->sh_offset; |
| 1893 | /* In the section to which the relocations apply, mark whether |
| 1894 | its relocations are of the REL or RELA variety. */ |
| 1895 | if (hdr->sh_size != 0) |
| 1896 | { |
| 1897 | if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA) |
| 1898 | target_sect->use_rela_p = 1; |
| 1899 | } |
| 1900 | abfd->flags |= HAS_RELOC; |
| 1901 | return TRUE; |
| 1902 | } |
| 1903 | |
| 1904 | case SHT_GNU_verdef: |
| 1905 | elf_dynverdef (abfd) = shindex; |
| 1906 | elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverdef_hdr = *hdr; |
| 1907 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex); |
| 1908 | |
| 1909 | case SHT_GNU_versym: |
| 1910 | if (hdr->sh_entsize != sizeof (Elf_External_Versym)) |
| 1911 | return FALSE; |
| 1912 | elf_dynversym (abfd) = shindex; |
| 1913 | elf_tdata (abfd)->dynversym_hdr = *hdr; |
| 1914 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex); |
| 1915 | |
| 1916 | case SHT_GNU_verneed: |
| 1917 | elf_dynverref (abfd) = shindex; |
| 1918 | elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverref_hdr = *hdr; |
| 1919 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex); |
| 1920 | |
| 1921 | case SHT_SHLIB: |
| 1922 | return TRUE; |
| 1923 | |
| 1924 | case SHT_GROUP: |
| 1925 | if (! IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (hdr, GRP_ENTRY_SIZE)) |
| 1926 | return FALSE; |
| 1927 | if (!_bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex)) |
| 1928 | return FALSE; |
| 1929 | if (hdr->contents != NULL) |
| 1930 | { |
| 1931 | Elf_Internal_Group *idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) hdr->contents; |
| 1932 | unsigned int n_elt = hdr->sh_size / GRP_ENTRY_SIZE; |
| 1933 | asection *s; |
| 1934 | |
| 1935 | if (idx->flags & GRP_COMDAT) |
| 1936 | hdr->bfd_section->flags |
| 1937 | |= SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD; |
| 1938 | |
| 1939 | /* We try to keep the same section order as it comes in. */ |
| 1940 | idx += n_elt; |
| 1941 | while (--n_elt != 0) |
| 1942 | { |
| 1943 | --idx; |
| 1944 | |
| 1945 | if (idx->shdr != NULL |
| 1946 | && (s = idx->shdr->bfd_section) != NULL |
| 1947 | && elf_next_in_group (s) != NULL) |
| 1948 | { |
| 1949 | elf_next_in_group (hdr->bfd_section) = s; |
| 1950 | break; |
| 1951 | } |
| 1952 | } |
| 1953 | } |
| 1954 | break; |
| 1955 | |
| 1956 | default: |
| 1957 | /* Possibly an attributes section. */ |
| 1958 | if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_ATTRIBUTES |
| 1959 | || hdr->sh_type == bed->obj_attrs_section_type) |
| 1960 | { |
| 1961 | if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex)) |
| 1962 | return FALSE; |
| 1963 | _bfd_elf_parse_attributes (abfd, hdr); |
| 1964 | return TRUE; |
| 1965 | } |
| 1966 | |
| 1967 | /* Check for any processor-specific section types. */ |
| 1968 | if (bed->elf_backend_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex)) |
| 1969 | return TRUE; |
| 1970 | |
| 1971 | if (hdr->sh_type >= SHT_LOUSER && hdr->sh_type <= SHT_HIUSER) |
| 1972 | { |
| 1973 | if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0) |
| 1974 | /* FIXME: How to properly handle allocated section reserved |
| 1975 | for applications? */ |
| 1976 | (*_bfd_error_handler) |
| 1977 | (_("%B: don't know how to handle allocated, application " |
| 1978 | "specific section `%s' [0x%8x]"), |
| 1979 | abfd, name, hdr->sh_type); |
| 1980 | else |
| 1981 | /* Allow sections reserved for applications. */ |
| 1982 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, |
| 1983 | shindex); |
| 1984 | } |
| 1985 | else if (hdr->sh_type >= SHT_LOPROC |
| 1986 | && hdr->sh_type <= SHT_HIPROC) |
| 1987 | /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */ |
| 1988 | (*_bfd_error_handler) |
| 1989 | (_("%B: don't know how to handle processor specific section " |
| 1990 | "`%s' [0x%8x]"), |
| 1991 | abfd, name, hdr->sh_type); |
| 1992 | else if (hdr->sh_type >= SHT_LOOS && hdr->sh_type <= SHT_HIOS) |
| 1993 | { |
| 1994 | /* Unrecognised OS-specific sections. */ |
| 1995 | if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING) != 0) |
| 1996 | /* SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING indicates that special knowledge is |
| 1997 | required to correctly process the section and the file should |
| 1998 | be rejected with an error message. */ |
| 1999 | (*_bfd_error_handler) |
| 2000 | (_("%B: don't know how to handle OS specific section " |
| 2001 | "`%s' [0x%8x]"), |
| 2002 | abfd, name, hdr->sh_type); |
| 2003 | else |
| 2004 | /* Otherwise it should be processed. */ |
| 2005 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex); |
| 2006 | } |
| 2007 | else |
| 2008 | /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */ |
| 2009 | (*_bfd_error_handler) |
| 2010 | (_("%B: don't know how to handle section `%s' [0x%8x]"), |
| 2011 | abfd, name, hdr->sh_type); |
| 2012 | |
| 2013 | return FALSE; |
| 2014 | } |
| 2015 | |
| 2016 | return TRUE; |
| 2017 | } |
| 2018 | |
| 2019 | /* Return the local symbol specified by ABFD, R_SYMNDX. */ |
| 2020 | |
| 2021 | Elf_Internal_Sym * |
| 2022 | bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (struct sym_cache *cache, |
| 2023 | bfd *abfd, |
| 2024 | unsigned long r_symndx) |
| 2025 | { |
| 2026 | unsigned int ent = r_symndx % LOCAL_SYM_CACHE_SIZE; |
| 2027 | |
| 2028 | if (cache->abfd != abfd || cache->indx[ent] != r_symndx) |
| 2029 | { |
| 2030 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; |
| 2031 | unsigned char esym[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym)]; |
| 2032 | Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx; |
| 2033 | |
| 2034 | symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr; |
| 2035 | if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, symtab_hdr, 1, r_symndx, |
| 2036 | &cache->sym[ent], esym, &eshndx) == NULL) |
| 2037 | return NULL; |
| 2038 | |
| 2039 | if (cache->abfd != abfd) |
| 2040 | { |
| 2041 | memset (cache->indx, -1, sizeof (cache->indx)); |
| 2042 | cache->abfd = abfd; |
| 2043 | } |
| 2044 | cache->indx[ent] = r_symndx; |
| 2045 | } |
| 2046 | |
| 2047 | return &cache->sym[ent]; |
| 2048 | } |
| 2049 | |
| 2050 | /* Given an ELF section number, retrieve the corresponding BFD |
| 2051 | section. */ |
| 2052 | |
| 2053 | asection * |
| 2054 | bfd_section_from_elf_index (bfd *abfd, unsigned int sec_index) |
| 2055 | { |
| 2056 | if (sec_index >= elf_numsections (abfd)) |
| 2057 | return NULL; |
| 2058 | return elf_elfsections (abfd)[sec_index]->bfd_section; |
| 2059 | } |
| 2060 | |
| 2061 | static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_b[] = |
| 2062 | { |
| 2063 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".bss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE }, |
| 2064 | { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 } |
| 2065 | }; |
| 2066 | |
| 2067 | static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_c[] = |
| 2068 | { |
| 2069 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".comment"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 }, |
| 2070 | { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 } |
| 2071 | }; |
| 2072 | |
| 2073 | static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_d[] = |
| 2074 | { |
| 2075 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE }, |
| 2076 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE }, |
| 2077 | /* There are more DWARF sections than these, but they needn't be added here |
| 2078 | unless you have to cope with broken compilers that don't emit section |
| 2079 | attributes or you want to help the user writing assembler. */ |
| 2080 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 }, |
| 2081 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 }, |
| 2082 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 }, |
| 2083 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 }, |
| 2084 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 }, |
| 2085 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynamic"), 0, SHT_DYNAMIC, SHF_ALLOC }, |
| 2086 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynstr"), 0, SHT_STRTAB, SHF_ALLOC }, |
| 2087 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynsym"), 0, SHT_DYNSYM, SHF_ALLOC }, |
| 2088 | { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 } |
| 2089 | }; |
| 2090 | |
| 2091 | static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_f[] = |
| 2092 | { |
| 2093 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR }, |
| 2094 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini_array"), 0, SHT_FINI_ARRAY, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE }, |
| 2095 | { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 } |
| 2096 | }; |
| 2097 | |
| 2098 | static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_g[] = |
| 2099 | { |
| 2100 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.linkonce.b"), -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE }, |
| 2101 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.lto_"), -1, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_EXCLUDE }, |
| 2102 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".got"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE }, |
| 2103 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version"), 0, SHT_GNU_versym, 0 }, |
| 2104 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_d"), 0, SHT_GNU_verdef, 0 }, |
| 2105 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_r"), 0, SHT_GNU_verneed, 0 }, |
| 2106 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.liblist"), 0, SHT_GNU_LIBLIST, SHF_ALLOC }, |
| 2107 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.conflict"), 0, SHT_RELA, SHF_ALLOC }, |
| 2108 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.hash"), 0, SHT_GNU_HASH, SHF_ALLOC }, |
| 2109 | { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 } |
| 2110 | }; |
| 2111 | |
| 2112 | static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_h[] = |
| 2113 | { |
| 2114 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".hash"), 0, SHT_HASH, SHF_ALLOC }, |
| 2115 | { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 } |
| 2116 | }; |
| 2117 | |
| 2118 | static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_i[] = |
| 2119 | { |
| 2120 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR }, |
| 2121 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init_array"), 0, SHT_INIT_ARRAY, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE }, |
| 2122 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".interp"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 }, |
| 2123 | { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 } |
| 2124 | }; |
| 2125 | |
| 2126 | static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_l[] = |
| 2127 | { |
| 2128 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 }, |
| 2129 | { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 } |
| 2130 | }; |
| 2131 | |
| 2132 | static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_n[] = |
| 2133 | { |
| 2134 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note.GNU-stack"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 }, |
| 2135 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note"), -1, SHT_NOTE, 0 }, |
| 2136 | { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 } |
| 2137 | }; |
| 2138 | |
| 2139 | static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_p[] = |
| 2140 | { |
| 2141 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".preinit_array"), 0, SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE }, |
| 2142 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR }, |
| 2143 | { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 } |
| 2144 | }; |
| 2145 | |
| 2146 | static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_r[] = |
| 2147 | { |
| 2148 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC }, |
| 2149 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC }, |
| 2150 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rela"), -1, SHT_RELA, 0 }, |
| 2151 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rel"), -1, SHT_REL, 0 }, |
| 2152 | { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 } |
| 2153 | }; |
| 2154 | |
| 2155 | static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_s[] = |
| 2156 | { |
| 2157 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".shstrtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB, 0 }, |
| 2158 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".strtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB, 0 }, |
| 2159 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".symtab"), 0, SHT_SYMTAB, 0 }, |
| 2160 | /* See struct bfd_elf_special_section declaration for the semantics of |
| 2161 | this special case where .prefix_length != strlen (.prefix). */ |
| 2162 | { ".stabstr", 5, 3, SHT_STRTAB, 0 }, |
| 2163 | { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 } |
| 2164 | }; |
| 2165 | |
| 2166 | static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_t[] = |
| 2167 | { |
| 2168 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".text"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR }, |
| 2169 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_TLS }, |
| 2170 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_TLS }, |
| 2171 | { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 } |
| 2172 | }; |
| 2173 | |
| 2174 | static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_z[] = |
| 2175 | { |
| 2176 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 }, |
| 2177 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 }, |
| 2178 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 }, |
| 2179 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 }, |
| 2180 | { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 } |
| 2181 | }; |
| 2182 | |
| 2183 | static const struct bfd_elf_special_section * const special_sections[] = |
| 2184 | { |
| 2185 | special_sections_b, /* 'b' */ |
| 2186 | special_sections_c, /* 'c' */ |
| 2187 | special_sections_d, /* 'd' */ |
| 2188 | NULL, /* 'e' */ |
| 2189 | special_sections_f, /* 'f' */ |
| 2190 | special_sections_g, /* 'g' */ |
| 2191 | special_sections_h, /* 'h' */ |
| 2192 | special_sections_i, /* 'i' */ |
| 2193 | NULL, /* 'j' */ |
| 2194 | NULL, /* 'k' */ |
| 2195 | special_sections_l, /* 'l' */ |
| 2196 | NULL, /* 'm' */ |
| 2197 | special_sections_n, /* 'n' */ |
| 2198 | NULL, /* 'o' */ |
| 2199 | special_sections_p, /* 'p' */ |
| 2200 | NULL, /* 'q' */ |
| 2201 | special_sections_r, /* 'r' */ |
| 2202 | special_sections_s, /* 's' */ |
| 2203 | special_sections_t, /* 't' */ |
| 2204 | NULL, /* 'u' */ |
| 2205 | NULL, /* 'v' */ |
| 2206 | NULL, /* 'w' */ |
| 2207 | NULL, /* 'x' */ |
| 2208 | NULL, /* 'y' */ |
| 2209 | special_sections_z /* 'z' */ |
| 2210 | }; |
| 2211 | |
| 2212 | const struct bfd_elf_special_section * |
| 2213 | _bfd_elf_get_special_section (const char *name, |
| 2214 | const struct bfd_elf_special_section *spec, |
| 2215 | unsigned int rela) |
| 2216 | { |
| 2217 | int i; |
| 2218 | int len; |
| 2219 | |
| 2220 | len = strlen (name); |
| 2221 | |
| 2222 | for (i = 0; spec[i].prefix != NULL; i++) |
| 2223 | { |
| 2224 | int suffix_len; |
| 2225 | int prefix_len = spec[i].prefix_length; |
| 2226 | |
| 2227 | if (len < prefix_len) |
| 2228 | continue; |
| 2229 | if (memcmp (name, spec[i].prefix, prefix_len) != 0) |
| 2230 | continue; |
| 2231 | |
| 2232 | suffix_len = spec[i].suffix_length; |
| 2233 | if (suffix_len <= 0) |
| 2234 | { |
| 2235 | if (name[prefix_len] != 0) |
| 2236 | { |
| 2237 | if (suffix_len == 0) |
| 2238 | continue; |
| 2239 | if (name[prefix_len] != '.' |
| 2240 | && (suffix_len == -2 |
| 2241 | || (rela && spec[i].type == SHT_REL))) |
| 2242 | continue; |
| 2243 | } |
| 2244 | } |
| 2245 | else |
| 2246 | { |
| 2247 | if (len < prefix_len + suffix_len) |
| 2248 | continue; |
| 2249 | if (memcmp (name + len - suffix_len, |
| 2250 | spec[i].prefix + prefix_len, |
| 2251 | suffix_len) != 0) |
| 2252 | continue; |
| 2253 | } |
| 2254 | return &spec[i]; |
| 2255 | } |
| 2256 | |
| 2257 | return NULL; |
| 2258 | } |
| 2259 | |
| 2260 | const struct bfd_elf_special_section * |
| 2261 | _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (bfd *abfd, asection *sec) |
| 2262 | { |
| 2263 | int i; |
| 2264 | const struct bfd_elf_special_section *spec; |
| 2265 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed; |
| 2266 | |
| 2267 | /* See if this is one of the special sections. */ |
| 2268 | if (sec->name == NULL) |
| 2269 | return NULL; |
| 2270 | |
| 2271 | bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
| 2272 | spec = bed->special_sections; |
| 2273 | if (spec) |
| 2274 | { |
| 2275 | spec = _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec->name, |
| 2276 | bed->special_sections, |
| 2277 | sec->use_rela_p); |
| 2278 | if (spec != NULL) |
| 2279 | return spec; |
| 2280 | } |
| 2281 | |
| 2282 | if (sec->name[0] != '.') |
| 2283 | return NULL; |
| 2284 | |
| 2285 | i = sec->name[1] - 'b'; |
| 2286 | if (i < 0 || i > 'z' - 'b') |
| 2287 | return NULL; |
| 2288 | |
| 2289 | spec = special_sections[i]; |
| 2290 | |
| 2291 | if (spec == NULL) |
| 2292 | return NULL; |
| 2293 | |
| 2294 | return _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec->name, spec, sec->use_rela_p); |
| 2295 | } |
| 2296 | |
| 2297 | bfd_boolean |
| 2298 | _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (bfd *abfd, asection *sec) |
| 2299 | { |
| 2300 | struct bfd_elf_section_data *sdata; |
| 2301 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed; |
| 2302 | const struct bfd_elf_special_section *ssect; |
| 2303 | |
| 2304 | sdata = (struct bfd_elf_section_data *) sec->used_by_bfd; |
| 2305 | if (sdata == NULL) |
| 2306 | { |
| 2307 | sdata = (struct bfd_elf_section_data *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, |
| 2308 | sizeof (*sdata)); |
| 2309 | if (sdata == NULL) |
| 2310 | return FALSE; |
| 2311 | sec->used_by_bfd = sdata; |
| 2312 | } |
| 2313 | |
| 2314 | /* Indicate whether or not this section should use RELA relocations. */ |
| 2315 | bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
| 2316 | sec->use_rela_p = bed->default_use_rela_p; |
| 2317 | |
| 2318 | /* When we read a file, we don't need to set ELF section type and |
| 2319 | flags. They will be overridden in _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr |
| 2320 | anyway. We will set ELF section type and flags for all linker |
| 2321 | created sections. If user specifies BFD section flags, we will |
| 2322 | set ELF section type and flags based on BFD section flags in |
| 2323 | elf_fake_sections. Special handling for .init_array/.fini_array |
| 2324 | output sections since they may contain .ctors/.dtors input |
| 2325 | sections. We don't want _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data to |
| 2326 | copy ELF section type from .ctors/.dtors input sections. */ |
| 2327 | if (abfd->direction != read_direction |
| 2328 | || (sec->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) != 0) |
| 2329 | { |
| 2330 | ssect = (*bed->get_sec_type_attr) (abfd, sec); |
| 2331 | if (ssect != NULL |
| 2332 | && (!sec->flags |
| 2333 | || (sec->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) != 0 |
| 2334 | || ssect->type == SHT_INIT_ARRAY |
| 2335 | || ssect->type == SHT_FINI_ARRAY)) |
| 2336 | { |
| 2337 | elf_section_type (sec) = ssect->type; |
| 2338 | elf_section_flags (sec) = ssect->attr; |
| 2339 | } |
| 2340 | } |
| 2341 | |
| 2342 | return _bfd_generic_new_section_hook (abfd, sec); |
| 2343 | } |
| 2344 | |
| 2345 | /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF program header. |
| 2346 | |
| 2347 | Since program segments have no names, we generate a synthetic name |
| 2348 | of the form segment<NUM>, where NUM is generally the index in the |
| 2349 | program header table. For segments that are split (see below) we |
| 2350 | generate the names segment<NUM>a and segment<NUM>b. |
| 2351 | |
| 2352 | Note that some program segments may have a file size that is different than |
| 2353 | (less than) the memory size. All this means is that at execution the |
| 2354 | system must allocate the amount of memory specified by the memory size, |
| 2355 | but only initialize it with the first "file size" bytes read from the |
| 2356 | file. This would occur for example, with program segments consisting |
| 2357 | of combined data+bss. |
| 2358 | |
| 2359 | To handle the above situation, this routine generates TWO bfd sections |
| 2360 | for the single program segment. The first has the length specified by |
| 2361 | the file size of the segment, and the second has the length specified |
| 2362 | by the difference between the two sizes. In effect, the segment is split |
| 2363 | into its initialized and uninitialized parts. |
| 2364 | |
| 2365 | */ |
| 2366 | |
| 2367 | bfd_boolean |
| 2368 | _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (bfd *abfd, |
| 2369 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *hdr, |
| 2370 | int hdr_index, |
| 2371 | const char *type_name) |
| 2372 | { |
| 2373 | asection *newsect; |
| 2374 | char *name; |
| 2375 | char namebuf[64]; |
| 2376 | size_t len; |
| 2377 | int split; |
| 2378 | |
| 2379 | split = ((hdr->p_memsz > 0) |
| 2380 | && (hdr->p_filesz > 0) |
| 2381 | && (hdr->p_memsz > hdr->p_filesz)); |
| 2382 | |
| 2383 | if (hdr->p_filesz > 0) |
| 2384 | { |
| 2385 | sprintf (namebuf, "%s%d%s", type_name, hdr_index, split ? "a" : ""); |
| 2386 | len = strlen (namebuf) + 1; |
| 2387 | name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, len); |
| 2388 | if (!name) |
| 2389 | return FALSE; |
| 2390 | memcpy (name, namebuf, len); |
| 2391 | newsect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name); |
| 2392 | if (newsect == NULL) |
| 2393 | return FALSE; |
| 2394 | newsect->vma = hdr->p_vaddr; |
| 2395 | newsect->lma = hdr->p_paddr; |
| 2396 | newsect->size = hdr->p_filesz; |
| 2397 | newsect->filepos = hdr->p_offset; |
| 2398 | newsect->flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS; |
| 2399 | newsect->alignment_power = bfd_log2 (hdr->p_align); |
| 2400 | if (hdr->p_type == PT_LOAD) |
| 2401 | { |
| 2402 | newsect->flags |= SEC_ALLOC; |
| 2403 | newsect->flags |= SEC_LOAD; |
| 2404 | if (hdr->p_flags & PF_X) |
| 2405 | { |
| 2406 | /* FIXME: all we known is that it has execute PERMISSION, |
| 2407 | may be data. */ |
| 2408 | newsect->flags |= SEC_CODE; |
| 2409 | } |
| 2410 | } |
| 2411 | if (!(hdr->p_flags & PF_W)) |
| 2412 | { |
| 2413 | newsect->flags |= SEC_READONLY; |
| 2414 | } |
| 2415 | } |
| 2416 | |
| 2417 | if (hdr->p_memsz > hdr->p_filesz) |
| 2418 | { |
| 2419 | bfd_vma align; |
| 2420 | |
| 2421 | sprintf (namebuf, "%s%d%s", type_name, hdr_index, split ? "b" : ""); |
| 2422 | len = strlen (namebuf) + 1; |
| 2423 | name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, len); |
| 2424 | if (!name) |
| 2425 | return FALSE; |
| 2426 | memcpy (name, namebuf, len); |
| 2427 | newsect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name); |
| 2428 | if (newsect == NULL) |
| 2429 | return FALSE; |
| 2430 | newsect->vma = hdr->p_vaddr + hdr->p_filesz; |
| 2431 | newsect->lma = hdr->p_paddr + hdr->p_filesz; |
| 2432 | newsect->size = hdr->p_memsz - hdr->p_filesz; |
| 2433 | newsect->filepos = hdr->p_offset + hdr->p_filesz; |
| 2434 | align = newsect->vma & -newsect->vma; |
| 2435 | if (align == 0 || align > hdr->p_align) |
| 2436 | align = hdr->p_align; |
| 2437 | newsect->alignment_power = bfd_log2 (align); |
| 2438 | if (hdr->p_type == PT_LOAD) |
| 2439 | { |
| 2440 | /* Hack for gdb. Segments that have not been modified do |
| 2441 | not have their contents written to a core file, on the |
| 2442 | assumption that a debugger can find the contents in the |
| 2443 | executable. We flag this case by setting the fake |
| 2444 | section size to zero. Note that "real" bss sections will |
| 2445 | always have their contents dumped to the core file. */ |
| 2446 | if (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core) |
| 2447 | newsect->size = 0; |
| 2448 | newsect->flags |= SEC_ALLOC; |
| 2449 | if (hdr->p_flags & PF_X) |
| 2450 | newsect->flags |= SEC_CODE; |
| 2451 | } |
| 2452 | if (!(hdr->p_flags & PF_W)) |
| 2453 | newsect->flags |= SEC_READONLY; |
| 2454 | } |
| 2455 | |
| 2456 | return TRUE; |
| 2457 | } |
| 2458 | |
| 2459 | bfd_boolean |
| 2460 | bfd_section_from_phdr (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Phdr *hdr, int hdr_index) |
| 2461 | { |
| 2462 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed; |
| 2463 | |
| 2464 | switch (hdr->p_type) |
| 2465 | { |
| 2466 | case PT_NULL: |
| 2467 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "null"); |
| 2468 | |
| 2469 | case PT_LOAD: |
| 2470 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "load"); |
| 2471 | |
| 2472 | case PT_DYNAMIC: |
| 2473 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "dynamic"); |
| 2474 | |
| 2475 | case PT_INTERP: |
| 2476 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "interp"); |
| 2477 | |
| 2478 | case PT_NOTE: |
| 2479 | if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "note")) |
| 2480 | return FALSE; |
| 2481 | if (! elf_read_notes (abfd, hdr->p_offset, hdr->p_filesz)) |
| 2482 | return FALSE; |
| 2483 | return TRUE; |
| 2484 | |
| 2485 | case PT_SHLIB: |
| 2486 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "shlib"); |
| 2487 | |
| 2488 | case PT_PHDR: |
| 2489 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "phdr"); |
| 2490 | |
| 2491 | case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME: |
| 2492 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, |
| 2493 | "eh_frame_hdr"); |
| 2494 | |
| 2495 | case PT_GNU_STACK: |
| 2496 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "stack"); |
| 2497 | |
| 2498 | case PT_GNU_RELRO: |
| 2499 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "relro"); |
| 2500 | |
| 2501 | default: |
| 2502 | /* Check for any processor-specific program segment types. */ |
| 2503 | bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
| 2504 | return bed->elf_backend_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "proc"); |
| 2505 | } |
| 2506 | } |
| 2507 | |
| 2508 | /* Return the REL_HDR for SEC, assuming there is only a single one, either |
| 2509 | REL or RELA. */ |
| 2510 | |
| 2511 | Elf_Internal_Shdr * |
| 2512 | _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (asection *sec) |
| 2513 | { |
| 2514 | if (elf_section_data (sec)->rel.hdr) |
| 2515 | { |
| 2516 | BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (sec)->rela.hdr == NULL); |
| 2517 | return elf_section_data (sec)->rel.hdr; |
| 2518 | } |
| 2519 | else |
| 2520 | return elf_section_data (sec)->rela.hdr; |
| 2521 | } |
| 2522 | |
| 2523 | /* Allocate and initialize a section-header for a new reloc section, |
| 2524 | containing relocations against ASECT. It is stored in RELDATA. If |
| 2525 | USE_RELA_P is TRUE, we use RELA relocations; otherwise, we use REL |
| 2526 | relocations. */ |
| 2527 | |
| 2528 | static bfd_boolean |
| 2529 | _bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (bfd *abfd, |
| 2530 | struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data *reldata, |
| 2531 | asection *asect, |
| 2532 | bfd_boolean use_rela_p) |
| 2533 | { |
| 2534 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr; |
| 2535 | char *name; |
| 2536 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
| 2537 | bfd_size_type amt; |
| 2538 | |
| 2539 | amt = sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr); |
| 2540 | BFD_ASSERT (reldata->hdr == NULL); |
| 2541 | rel_hdr = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); |
| 2542 | reldata->hdr = rel_hdr; |
| 2543 | |
| 2544 | amt = sizeof ".rela" + strlen (asect->name); |
| 2545 | name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, amt); |
| 2546 | if (name == NULL) |
| 2547 | return FALSE; |
| 2548 | sprintf (name, "%s%s", use_rela_p ? ".rela" : ".rel", asect->name); |
| 2549 | rel_hdr->sh_name = |
| 2550 | (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd), name, |
| 2551 | FALSE); |
| 2552 | if (rel_hdr->sh_name == (unsigned int) -1) |
| 2553 | return FALSE; |
| 2554 | rel_hdr->sh_type = use_rela_p ? SHT_RELA : SHT_REL; |
| 2555 | rel_hdr->sh_entsize = (use_rela_p |
| 2556 | ? bed->s->sizeof_rela |
| 2557 | : bed->s->sizeof_rel); |
| 2558 | rel_hdr->sh_addralign = (bfd_vma) 1 << bed->s->log_file_align; |
| 2559 | rel_hdr->sh_flags = 0; |
| 2560 | rel_hdr->sh_addr = 0; |
| 2561 | rel_hdr->sh_size = 0; |
| 2562 | rel_hdr->sh_offset = 0; |
| 2563 | |
| 2564 | return TRUE; |
| 2565 | } |
| 2566 | |
| 2567 | /* Return the default section type based on the passed in section flags. */ |
| 2568 | |
| 2569 | int |
| 2570 | bfd_elf_get_default_section_type (flagword flags) |
| 2571 | { |
| 2572 | if ((flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0 |
| 2573 | && (flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)) == 0) |
| 2574 | return SHT_NOBITS; |
| 2575 | return SHT_PROGBITS; |
| 2576 | } |
| 2577 | |
| 2578 | struct fake_section_arg |
| 2579 | { |
| 2580 | struct bfd_link_info *link_info; |
| 2581 | bfd_boolean failed; |
| 2582 | }; |
| 2583 | |
| 2584 | /* Set up an ELF internal section header for a section. */ |
| 2585 | |
| 2586 | static void |
| 2587 | elf_fake_sections (bfd *abfd, asection *asect, void *fsarg) |
| 2588 | { |
| 2589 | struct fake_section_arg *arg = (struct fake_section_arg *)fsarg; |
| 2590 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
| 2591 | struct bfd_elf_section_data *esd = elf_section_data (asect); |
| 2592 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr; |
| 2593 | unsigned int sh_type; |
| 2594 | |
| 2595 | if (arg->failed) |
| 2596 | { |
| 2597 | /* We already failed; just get out of the bfd_map_over_sections |
| 2598 | loop. */ |
| 2599 | return; |
| 2600 | } |
| 2601 | |
| 2602 | this_hdr = &esd->this_hdr; |
| 2603 | |
| 2604 | this_hdr->sh_name = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd), |
| 2605 | asect->name, FALSE); |
| 2606 | if (this_hdr->sh_name == (unsigned int) -1) |
| 2607 | { |
| 2608 | arg->failed = TRUE; |
| 2609 | return; |
| 2610 | } |
| 2611 | |
| 2612 | /* Don't clear sh_flags. Assembler may set additional bits. */ |
| 2613 | |
| 2614 | if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0 |
| 2615 | || asect->user_set_vma) |
| 2616 | this_hdr->sh_addr = asect->vma; |
| 2617 | else |
| 2618 | this_hdr->sh_addr = 0; |
| 2619 | |
| 2620 | this_hdr->sh_offset = 0; |
| 2621 | this_hdr->sh_size = asect->size; |
| 2622 | this_hdr->sh_link = 0; |
| 2623 | this_hdr->sh_addralign = (bfd_vma) 1 << asect->alignment_power; |
| 2624 | /* The sh_entsize and sh_info fields may have been set already by |
| 2625 | copy_private_section_data. */ |
| 2626 | |
| 2627 | this_hdr->bfd_section = asect; |
| 2628 | this_hdr->contents = NULL; |
| 2629 | |
| 2630 | /* If the section type is unspecified, we set it based on |
| 2631 | asect->flags. */ |
| 2632 | if ((asect->flags & SEC_GROUP) != 0) |
| 2633 | sh_type = SHT_GROUP; |
| 2634 | else |
| 2635 | sh_type = bfd_elf_get_default_section_type (asect->flags); |
| 2636 | |
| 2637 | if (this_hdr->sh_type == SHT_NULL) |
| 2638 | this_hdr->sh_type = sh_type; |
| 2639 | else if (this_hdr->sh_type == SHT_NOBITS |
| 2640 | && sh_type == SHT_PROGBITS |
| 2641 | && (asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) |
| 2642 | { |
| 2643 | /* Warn if we are changing a NOBITS section to PROGBITS, but |
| 2644 | allow the link to proceed. This can happen when users link |
| 2645 | non-bss input sections to bss output sections, or emit data |
| 2646 | to a bss output section via a linker script. */ |
| 2647 | (*_bfd_error_handler) |
| 2648 | (_("warning: section `%A' type changed to PROGBITS"), asect); |
| 2649 | this_hdr->sh_type = sh_type; |
| 2650 | } |
| 2651 | |
| 2652 | switch (this_hdr->sh_type) |
| 2653 | { |
| 2654 | default: |
| 2655 | break; |
| 2656 | |
| 2657 | case SHT_STRTAB: |
| 2658 | case SHT_INIT_ARRAY: |
| 2659 | case SHT_FINI_ARRAY: |
| 2660 | case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY: |
| 2661 | case SHT_NOTE: |
| 2662 | case SHT_NOBITS: |
| 2663 | case SHT_PROGBITS: |
| 2664 | break; |
| 2665 | |
| 2666 | case SHT_HASH: |
| 2667 | this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_hash_entry; |
| 2668 | break; |
| 2669 | |
| 2670 | case SHT_DYNSYM: |
| 2671 | this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_sym; |
| 2672 | break; |
| 2673 | |
| 2674 | case SHT_DYNAMIC: |
| 2675 | this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_dyn; |
| 2676 | break; |
| 2677 | |
| 2678 | case SHT_RELA: |
| 2679 | if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->may_use_rela_p) |
| 2680 | this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_rela; |
| 2681 | break; |
| 2682 | |
| 2683 | case SHT_REL: |
| 2684 | if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->may_use_rel_p) |
| 2685 | this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_rel; |
| 2686 | break; |
| 2687 | |
| 2688 | case SHT_GNU_versym: |
| 2689 | this_hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Versym); |
| 2690 | break; |
| 2691 | |
| 2692 | case SHT_GNU_verdef: |
| 2693 | this_hdr->sh_entsize = 0; |
| 2694 | /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set |
| 2695 | cverdefs. The linker will set cverdefs, but sh_info will be |
| 2696 | zero. */ |
| 2697 | if (this_hdr->sh_info == 0) |
| 2698 | this_hdr->sh_info = elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs; |
| 2699 | else |
| 2700 | BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs == 0 |
| 2701 | || this_hdr->sh_info == elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs); |
| 2702 | break; |
| 2703 | |
| 2704 | case SHT_GNU_verneed: |
| 2705 | this_hdr->sh_entsize = 0; |
| 2706 | /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set |
| 2707 | cverrefs. The linker will set cverrefs, but sh_info will be |
| 2708 | zero. */ |
| 2709 | if (this_hdr->sh_info == 0) |
| 2710 | this_hdr->sh_info = elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs; |
| 2711 | else |
| 2712 | BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs == 0 |
| 2713 | || this_hdr->sh_info == elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs); |
| 2714 | break; |
| 2715 | |
| 2716 | case SHT_GROUP: |
| 2717 | this_hdr->sh_entsize = GRP_ENTRY_SIZE; |
| 2718 | break; |
| 2719 | |
| 2720 | case SHT_GNU_HASH: |
| 2721 | this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->arch_size == 64 ? 0 : 4; |
| 2722 | break; |
| 2723 | } |
| 2724 | |
| 2725 | if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) |
| 2726 | this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC; |
| 2727 | if ((asect->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0) |
| 2728 | this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_WRITE; |
| 2729 | if ((asect->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0) |
| 2730 | this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_EXECINSTR; |
| 2731 | if ((asect->flags & SEC_MERGE) != 0) |
| 2732 | { |
| 2733 | this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MERGE; |
| 2734 | this_hdr->sh_entsize = asect->entsize; |
| 2735 | if ((asect->flags & SEC_STRINGS) != 0) |
| 2736 | this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_STRINGS; |
| 2737 | } |
| 2738 | if ((asect->flags & SEC_GROUP) == 0 && elf_group_name (asect) != NULL) |
| 2739 | this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_GROUP; |
| 2740 | if ((asect->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0) |
| 2741 | { |
| 2742 | this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_TLS; |
| 2743 | if (asect->size == 0 |
| 2744 | && (asect->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0) |
| 2745 | { |
| 2746 | struct bfd_link_order *o = asect->map_tail.link_order; |
| 2747 | |
| 2748 | this_hdr->sh_size = 0; |
| 2749 | if (o != NULL) |
| 2750 | { |
| 2751 | this_hdr->sh_size = o->offset + o->size; |
| 2752 | if (this_hdr->sh_size != 0) |
| 2753 | this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_NOBITS; |
| 2754 | } |
| 2755 | } |
| 2756 | } |
| 2757 | if ((asect->flags & (SEC_GROUP | SEC_EXCLUDE)) == SEC_EXCLUDE) |
| 2758 | this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_EXCLUDE; |
| 2759 | |
| 2760 | /* If the section has relocs, set up a section header for the |
| 2761 | SHT_REL[A] section. If two relocation sections are required for |
| 2762 | this section, it is up to the processor-specific back-end to |
| 2763 | create the other. */ |
| 2764 | if ((asect->flags & SEC_RELOC) != 0) |
| 2765 | { |
| 2766 | /* When doing a relocatable link, create both REL and RELA sections if |
| 2767 | needed. */ |
| 2768 | if (arg->link_info |
| 2769 | /* Do the normal setup if we wouldn't create any sections here. */ |
| 2770 | && esd->rel.count + esd->rela.count > 0 |
| 2771 | && (arg->link_info->relocatable || arg->link_info->emitrelocations)) |
| 2772 | { |
| 2773 | if (esd->rel.count && esd->rel.hdr == NULL |
| 2774 | && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd, &esd->rel, asect, FALSE)) |
| 2775 | { |
| 2776 | arg->failed = TRUE; |
| 2777 | return; |
| 2778 | } |
| 2779 | if (esd->rela.count && esd->rela.hdr == NULL |
| 2780 | && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd, &esd->rela, asect, TRUE)) |
| 2781 | { |
| 2782 | arg->failed = TRUE; |
| 2783 | return; |
| 2784 | } |
| 2785 | } |
| 2786 | else if (!_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd, |
| 2787 | (asect->use_rela_p |
| 2788 | ? &esd->rela : &esd->rel), |
| 2789 | asect, |
| 2790 | asect->use_rela_p)) |
| 2791 | arg->failed = TRUE; |
| 2792 | } |
| 2793 | |
| 2794 | /* Check for processor-specific section types. */ |
| 2795 | sh_type = this_hdr->sh_type; |
| 2796 | if (bed->elf_backend_fake_sections |
| 2797 | && !(*bed->elf_backend_fake_sections) (abfd, this_hdr, asect)) |
| 2798 | arg->failed = TRUE; |
| 2799 | |
| 2800 | if (sh_type == SHT_NOBITS && asect->size != 0) |
| 2801 | { |
| 2802 | /* Don't change the header type from NOBITS if we are being |
| 2803 | called for objcopy --only-keep-debug. */ |
| 2804 | this_hdr->sh_type = sh_type; |
| 2805 | } |
| 2806 | } |
| 2807 | |
| 2808 | /* Fill in the contents of a SHT_GROUP section. Called from |
| 2809 | _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions for gas, objcopy, and |
| 2810 | when ELF targets use the generic linker, ld. Called for ld -r |
| 2811 | from bfd_elf_final_link. */ |
| 2812 | |
| 2813 | void |
| 2814 | bfd_elf_set_group_contents (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, void *failedptrarg) |
| 2815 | { |
| 2816 | bfd_boolean *failedptr = (bfd_boolean *) failedptrarg; |
| 2817 | asection *elt, *first; |
| 2818 | unsigned char *loc; |
| 2819 | bfd_boolean gas; |
| 2820 | |
| 2821 | /* Ignore linker created group section. See elfNN_ia64_object_p in |
| 2822 | elfxx-ia64.c. */ |
| 2823 | if (((sec->flags & (SEC_GROUP | SEC_LINKER_CREATED)) != SEC_GROUP) |
| 2824 | || *failedptr) |
| 2825 | return; |
| 2826 | |
| 2827 | if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.sh_info == 0) |
| 2828 | { |
| 2829 | unsigned long symindx = 0; |
| 2830 | |
| 2831 | /* elf_group_id will have been set up by objcopy and the |
| 2832 | generic linker. */ |
| 2833 | if (elf_group_id (sec) != NULL) |
| 2834 | symindx = elf_group_id (sec)->udata.i; |
| 2835 | |
| 2836 | if (symindx == 0) |
| 2837 | { |
| 2838 | /* If called from the assembler, swap_out_syms will have set up |
| 2839 | elf_section_syms. */ |
| 2840 | BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_syms (abfd) != NULL); |
| 2841 | symindx = elf_section_syms (abfd)[sec->index]->udata.i; |
| 2842 | } |
| 2843 | elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.sh_info = symindx; |
| 2844 | } |
| 2845 | else if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.sh_info == (unsigned int) -2) |
| 2846 | { |
| 2847 | /* The ELF backend linker sets sh_info to -2 when the group |
| 2848 | signature symbol is global, and thus the index can't be |
| 2849 | set until all local symbols are output. */ |
| 2850 | asection *igroup = elf_sec_group (elf_next_in_group (sec)); |
| 2851 | struct bfd_elf_section_data *sec_data = elf_section_data (igroup); |
| 2852 | unsigned long symndx = sec_data->this_hdr.sh_info; |
| 2853 | unsigned long extsymoff = 0; |
| 2854 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; |
| 2855 | |
| 2856 | if (!elf_bad_symtab (igroup->owner)) |
| 2857 | { |
| 2858 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; |
| 2859 | |
| 2860 | symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (igroup->owner)->symtab_hdr; |
| 2861 | extsymoff = symtab_hdr->sh_info; |
| 2862 | } |
| 2863 | h = elf_sym_hashes (igroup->owner)[symndx - extsymoff]; |
| 2864 | while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect |
| 2865 | || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning) |
| 2866 | h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link; |
| 2867 | |
| 2868 | elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.sh_info = h->indx; |
| 2869 | } |
| 2870 | |
| 2871 | /* The contents won't be allocated for "ld -r" or objcopy. */ |
| 2872 | gas = TRUE; |
| 2873 | if (sec->contents == NULL) |
| 2874 | { |
| 2875 | gas = FALSE; |
| 2876 | sec->contents = (unsigned char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, sec->size); |
| 2877 | |
| 2878 | /* Arrange for the section to be written out. */ |
| 2879 | elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = sec->contents; |
| 2880 | if (sec->contents == NULL) |
| 2881 | { |
| 2882 | *failedptr = TRUE; |
| 2883 | return; |
| 2884 | } |
| 2885 | } |
| 2886 | |
| 2887 | loc = sec->contents + sec->size; |
| 2888 | |
| 2889 | /* Get the pointer to the first section in the group that gas |
| 2890 | squirreled away here. objcopy arranges for this to be set to the |
| 2891 | start of the input section group. */ |
| 2892 | first = elt = elf_next_in_group (sec); |
| 2893 | |
| 2894 | /* First element is a flag word. Rest of section is elf section |
| 2895 | indices for all the sections of the group. Write them backwards |
| 2896 | just to keep the group in the same order as given in .section |
| 2897 | directives, not that it matters. */ |
| 2898 | while (elt != NULL) |
| 2899 | { |
| 2900 | asection *s; |
| 2901 | |
| 2902 | s = elt; |
| 2903 | if (!gas) |
| 2904 | s = s->output_section; |
| 2905 | if (s != NULL |
| 2906 | && !bfd_is_abs_section (s)) |
| 2907 | { |
| 2908 | unsigned int idx = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx; |
| 2909 | |
| 2910 | loc -= 4; |
| 2911 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, idx, loc); |
| 2912 | } |
| 2913 | elt = elf_next_in_group (elt); |
| 2914 | if (elt == first) |
| 2915 | break; |
| 2916 | } |
| 2917 | |
| 2918 | if ((loc -= 4) != sec->contents) |
| 2919 | abort (); |
| 2920 | |
| 2921 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, sec->flags & SEC_LINK_ONCE ? GRP_COMDAT : 0, loc); |
| 2922 | } |
| 2923 | |
| 2924 | /* Assign all ELF section numbers. The dummy first section is handled here |
| 2925 | too. The link/info pointers for the standard section types are filled |
| 2926 | in here too, while we're at it. */ |
| 2927 | |
| 2928 | static bfd_boolean |
| 2929 | assign_section_numbers (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *link_info) |
| 2930 | { |
| 2931 | struct elf_obj_tdata *t = elf_tdata (abfd); |
| 2932 | asection *sec; |
| 2933 | unsigned int section_number, secn; |
| 2934 | Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp; |
| 2935 | struct bfd_elf_section_data *d; |
| 2936 | bfd_boolean need_symtab; |
| 2937 | |
| 2938 | section_number = 1; |
| 2939 | |
| 2940 | _bfd_elf_strtab_clear_all_refs (elf_shstrtab (abfd)); |
| 2941 | |
| 2942 | /* SHT_GROUP sections are in relocatable files only. */ |
| 2943 | if (link_info == NULL || link_info->relocatable) |
| 2944 | { |
| 2945 | /* Put SHT_GROUP sections first. */ |
| 2946 | for (sec = abfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next) |
| 2947 | { |
| 2948 | d = elf_section_data (sec); |
| 2949 | |
| 2950 | if (d->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_GROUP) |
| 2951 | { |
| 2952 | if (sec->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) |
| 2953 | { |
| 2954 | /* Remove the linker created SHT_GROUP sections. */ |
| 2955 | bfd_section_list_remove (abfd, sec); |
| 2956 | abfd->section_count--; |
| 2957 | } |
| 2958 | else |
| 2959 | d->this_idx = section_number++; |
| 2960 | } |
| 2961 | } |
| 2962 | } |
| 2963 | |
| 2964 | for (sec = abfd->sections; sec; sec = sec->next) |
| 2965 | { |
| 2966 | d = elf_section_data (sec); |
| 2967 | |
| 2968 | if (d->this_hdr.sh_type != SHT_GROUP) |
| 2969 | d->this_idx = section_number++; |
| 2970 | _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), d->this_hdr.sh_name); |
| 2971 | if (d->rel.hdr) |
| 2972 | { |
| 2973 | d->rel.idx = section_number++; |
| 2974 | _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), d->rel.hdr->sh_name); |
| 2975 | } |
| 2976 | else |
| 2977 | d->rel.idx = 0; |
| 2978 | |
| 2979 | if (d->rela.hdr) |
| 2980 | { |
| 2981 | d->rela.idx = section_number++; |
| 2982 | _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), d->rela.hdr->sh_name); |
| 2983 | } |
| 2984 | else |
| 2985 | d->rela.idx = 0; |
| 2986 | } |
| 2987 | |
| 2988 | elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd) = section_number++; |
| 2989 | _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), t->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name); |
| 2990 | elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx = elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd); |
| 2991 | |
| 2992 | need_symtab = (bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0 |
| 2993 | || (link_info == NULL |
| 2994 | && ((abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC | HAS_RELOC)) |
| 2995 | == HAS_RELOC))); |
| 2996 | if (need_symtab) |
| 2997 | { |
| 2998 | elf_onesymtab (abfd) = section_number++; |
| 2999 | _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), t->symtab_hdr.sh_name); |
| 3000 | if (section_number > ((SHN_LORESERVE - 2) & 0xFFFF)) |
| 3001 | { |
| 3002 | elf_symtab_shndx (abfd) = section_number++; |
| 3003 | t->symtab_shndx_hdr.sh_name |
| 3004 | = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd), |
| 3005 | ".symtab_shndx", FALSE); |
| 3006 | if (t->symtab_shndx_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1) |
| 3007 | return FALSE; |
| 3008 | } |
| 3009 | elf_strtab_sec (abfd) = section_number++; |
| 3010 | _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), t->strtab_hdr.sh_name); |
| 3011 | } |
| 3012 | |
| 3013 | if (section_number >= SHN_LORESERVE) |
| 3014 | { |
| 3015 | _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: too many sections: %u"), |
| 3016 | abfd, section_number); |
| 3017 | return FALSE; |
| 3018 | } |
| 3019 | |
| 3020 | _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (elf_shstrtab (abfd)); |
| 3021 | t->shstrtab_hdr.sh_size = _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd)); |
| 3022 | |
| 3023 | elf_numsections (abfd) = section_number; |
| 3024 | elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shnum = section_number; |
| 3025 | |
| 3026 | /* Set up the list of section header pointers, in agreement with the |
| 3027 | indices. */ |
| 3028 | i_shdrp = (Elf_Internal_Shdr **) bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, section_number, |
| 3029 | sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr *)); |
| 3030 | if (i_shdrp == NULL) |
| 3031 | return FALSE; |
| 3032 | |
| 3033 | i_shdrp[0] = (Elf_Internal_Shdr *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, |
| 3034 | sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr)); |
| 3035 | if (i_shdrp[0] == NULL) |
| 3036 | { |
| 3037 | bfd_release (abfd, i_shdrp); |
| 3038 | return FALSE; |
| 3039 | } |
| 3040 | |
| 3041 | elf_elfsections (abfd) = i_shdrp; |
| 3042 | |
| 3043 | i_shdrp[elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd)] = &t->shstrtab_hdr; |
| 3044 | if (need_symtab) |
| 3045 | { |
| 3046 | i_shdrp[elf_onesymtab (abfd)] = &t->symtab_hdr; |
| 3047 | if (elf_numsections (abfd) > (SHN_LORESERVE & 0xFFFF)) |
| 3048 | { |
| 3049 | i_shdrp[elf_symtab_shndx (abfd)] = &t->symtab_shndx_hdr; |
| 3050 | t->symtab_shndx_hdr.sh_link = elf_onesymtab (abfd); |
| 3051 | } |
| 3052 | i_shdrp[elf_strtab_sec (abfd)] = &t->strtab_hdr; |
| 3053 | t->symtab_hdr.sh_link = elf_strtab_sec (abfd); |
| 3054 | } |
| 3055 | |
| 3056 | for (sec = abfd->sections; sec; sec = sec->next) |
| 3057 | { |
| 3058 | asection *s; |
| 3059 | const char *name; |
| 3060 | |
| 3061 | d = elf_section_data (sec); |
| 3062 | |
| 3063 | i_shdrp[d->this_idx] = &d->this_hdr; |
| 3064 | if (d->rel.idx != 0) |
| 3065 | i_shdrp[d->rel.idx] = d->rel.hdr; |
| 3066 | if (d->rela.idx != 0) |
| 3067 | i_shdrp[d->rela.idx] = d->rela.hdr; |
| 3068 | |
| 3069 | /* Fill in the sh_link and sh_info fields while we're at it. */ |
| 3070 | |
| 3071 | /* sh_link of a reloc section is the section index of the symbol |
| 3072 | table. sh_info is the section index of the section to which |
| 3073 | the relocation entries apply. */ |
| 3074 | if (d->rel.idx != 0) |
| 3075 | { |
| 3076 | d->rel.hdr->sh_link = elf_onesymtab (abfd); |
| 3077 | d->rel.hdr->sh_info = d->this_idx; |
| 3078 | d->rel.hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_INFO_LINK; |
| 3079 | } |
| 3080 | if (d->rela.idx != 0) |
| 3081 | { |
| 3082 | d->rela.hdr->sh_link = elf_onesymtab (abfd); |
| 3083 | d->rela.hdr->sh_info = d->this_idx; |
| 3084 | d->rela.hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_INFO_LINK; |
| 3085 | } |
| 3086 | |
| 3087 | /* We need to set up sh_link for SHF_LINK_ORDER. */ |
| 3088 | if ((d->this_hdr.sh_flags & SHF_LINK_ORDER) != 0) |
| 3089 | { |
| 3090 | s = elf_linked_to_section (sec); |
| 3091 | if (s) |
| 3092 | { |
| 3093 | /* elf_linked_to_section points to the input section. */ |
| 3094 | if (link_info != NULL) |
| 3095 | { |
| 3096 | /* Check discarded linkonce section. */ |
| 3097 | if (discarded_section (s)) |
| 3098 | { |
| 3099 | asection *kept; |
| 3100 | (*_bfd_error_handler) |
| 3101 | (_("%B: sh_link of section `%A' points to discarded section `%A' of `%B'"), |
| 3102 | abfd, d->this_hdr.bfd_section, |
| 3103 | s, s->owner); |
| 3104 | /* Point to the kept section if it has the same |
| 3105 | size as the discarded one. */ |
| 3106 | kept = _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (s, link_info); |
| 3107 | if (kept == NULL) |
| 3108 | { |
| 3109 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); |
| 3110 | return FALSE; |
| 3111 | } |
| 3112 | s = kept; |
| 3113 | } |
| 3114 | |
| 3115 | s = s->output_section; |
| 3116 | BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL); |
| 3117 | } |
| 3118 | else |
| 3119 | { |
| 3120 | /* Handle objcopy. */ |
| 3121 | if (s->output_section == NULL) |
| 3122 | { |
| 3123 | (*_bfd_error_handler) |
| 3124 | (_("%B: sh_link of section `%A' points to removed section `%A' of `%B'"), |
| 3125 | abfd, d->this_hdr.bfd_section, s, s->owner); |
| 3126 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); |
| 3127 | return FALSE; |
| 3128 | } |
| 3129 | s = s->output_section; |
| 3130 | } |
| 3131 | d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx; |
| 3132 | } |
| 3133 | else |
| 3134 | { |
| 3135 | /* PR 290: |
| 3136 | The Intel C compiler generates SHT_IA_64_UNWIND with |
| 3137 | SHF_LINK_ORDER. But it doesn't set the sh_link or |
| 3138 | sh_info fields. Hence we could get the situation |
| 3139 | where s is NULL. */ |
| 3140 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed |
| 3141 | = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
| 3142 | if (bed->link_order_error_handler) |
| 3143 | bed->link_order_error_handler |
| 3144 | (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"), |
| 3145 | abfd, sec); |
| 3146 | } |
| 3147 | } |
| 3148 | |
| 3149 | switch (d->this_hdr.sh_type) |
| 3150 | { |
| 3151 | case SHT_REL: |
| 3152 | case SHT_RELA: |
| 3153 | /* A reloc section which we are treating as a normal BFD |
| 3154 | section. sh_link is the section index of the symbol |
| 3155 | table. sh_info is the section index of the section to |
| 3156 | which the relocation entries apply. We assume that an |
| 3157 | allocated reloc section uses the dynamic symbol table. |
| 3158 | FIXME: How can we be sure? */ |
| 3159 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym"); |
| 3160 | if (s != NULL) |
| 3161 | d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx; |
| 3162 | |
| 3163 | /* We look up the section the relocs apply to by name. */ |
| 3164 | name = sec->name; |
| 3165 | if (d->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL) |
| 3166 | name += 4; |
| 3167 | else |
| 3168 | name += 5; |
| 3169 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name); |
| 3170 | if (s != NULL) |
| 3171 | { |
| 3172 | d->this_hdr.sh_info = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx; |
| 3173 | d->this_hdr.sh_flags |= SHF_INFO_LINK; |
| 3174 | } |
| 3175 | break; |
| 3176 | |
| 3177 | case SHT_STRTAB: |
| 3178 | /* We assume that a section named .stab*str is a stabs |
| 3179 | string section. We look for a section with the same name |
| 3180 | but without the trailing ``str'', and set its sh_link |
| 3181 | field to point to this section. */ |
| 3182 | if (CONST_STRNEQ (sec->name, ".stab") |
| 3183 | && strcmp (sec->name + strlen (sec->name) - 3, "str") == 0) |
| 3184 | { |
| 3185 | size_t len; |
| 3186 | char *alc; |
| 3187 | |
| 3188 | len = strlen (sec->name); |
| 3189 | alc = (char *) bfd_malloc (len - 2); |
| 3190 | if (alc == NULL) |
| 3191 | return FALSE; |
| 3192 | memcpy (alc, sec->name, len - 3); |
| 3193 | alc[len - 3] = '\0'; |
| 3194 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, alc); |
| 3195 | free (alc); |
| 3196 | if (s != NULL) |
| 3197 | { |
| 3198 | elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link = d->this_idx; |
| 3199 | |
| 3200 | /* This is a .stab section. */ |
| 3201 | if (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize == 0) |
| 3202 | elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize |
| 3203 | = 4 + 2 * bfd_get_arch_size (abfd) / 8; |
| 3204 | } |
| 3205 | } |
| 3206 | break; |
| 3207 | |
| 3208 | case SHT_DYNAMIC: |
| 3209 | case SHT_DYNSYM: |
| 3210 | case SHT_GNU_verneed: |
| 3211 | case SHT_GNU_verdef: |
| 3212 | /* sh_link is the section header index of the string table |
| 3213 | used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or the |
| 3214 | version strings. */ |
| 3215 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynstr"); |
| 3216 | if (s != NULL) |
| 3217 | d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx; |
| 3218 | break; |
| 3219 | |
| 3220 | case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST: |
| 3221 | /* sh_link is the section header index of the prelink library |
| 3222 | list used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or |
| 3223 | the version strings. */ |
| 3224 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) |
| 3225 | ? ".dynstr" : ".gnu.libstr"); |
| 3226 | if (s != NULL) |
| 3227 | d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx; |
| 3228 | break; |
| 3229 | |
| 3230 | case SHT_HASH: |
| 3231 | case SHT_GNU_HASH: |
| 3232 | case SHT_GNU_versym: |
| 3233 | /* sh_link is the section header index of the symbol table |
| 3234 | this hash table or version table is for. */ |
| 3235 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym"); |
| 3236 | if (s != NULL) |
| 3237 | d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx; |
| 3238 | break; |
| 3239 | |
| 3240 | case SHT_GROUP: |
| 3241 | d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_onesymtab (abfd); |
| 3242 | } |
| 3243 | } |
| 3244 | |
| 3245 | for (secn = 1; secn < section_number; ++secn) |
| 3246 | if (i_shdrp[secn] == NULL) |
| 3247 | i_shdrp[secn] = i_shdrp[0]; |
| 3248 | else |
| 3249 | i_shdrp[secn]->sh_name = _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (elf_shstrtab (abfd), |
| 3250 | i_shdrp[secn]->sh_name); |
| 3251 | return TRUE; |
| 3252 | } |
| 3253 | |
| 3254 | static bfd_boolean |
| 3255 | sym_is_global (bfd *abfd, asymbol *sym) |
| 3256 | { |
| 3257 | /* If the backend has a special mapping, use it. */ |
| 3258 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
| 3259 | if (bed->elf_backend_sym_is_global) |
| 3260 | return (*bed->elf_backend_sym_is_global) (abfd, sym); |
| 3261 | |
| 3262 | return ((sym->flags & (BSF_GLOBAL | BSF_WEAK | BSF_GNU_UNIQUE)) != 0 |
| 3263 | || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (sym)) |
| 3264 | || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (sym))); |
| 3265 | } |
| 3266 | |
| 3267 | /* Don't output section symbols for sections that are not going to be |
| 3268 | output, that are duplicates or there is no BFD section. */ |
| 3269 | |
| 3270 | static bfd_boolean |
| 3271 | ignore_section_sym (bfd *abfd, asymbol *sym) |
| 3272 | { |
| 3273 | elf_symbol_type *type_ptr; |
| 3274 | |
| 3275 | if ((sym->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) == 0) |
| 3276 | return FALSE; |
| 3277 | |
| 3278 | type_ptr = elf_symbol_from (abfd, sym); |
| 3279 | return ((type_ptr != NULL |
| 3280 | && type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx != 0 |
| 3281 | && bfd_is_abs_section (sym->section)) |
| 3282 | || !(sym->section->owner == abfd |
| 3283 | || (sym->section->output_section->owner == abfd |
| 3284 | && sym->section->output_offset == 0) |
| 3285 | || bfd_is_abs_section (sym->section))); |
| 3286 | } |
| 3287 | |
| 3288 | /* Map symbol from it's internal number to the external number, moving |
| 3289 | all local symbols to be at the head of the list. */ |
| 3290 | |
| 3291 | static bfd_boolean |
| 3292 | elf_map_symbols (bfd *abfd, unsigned int *pnum_locals) |
| 3293 | { |
| 3294 | unsigned int symcount = bfd_get_symcount (abfd); |
| 3295 | asymbol **syms = bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd); |
| 3296 | asymbol **sect_syms; |
| 3297 | unsigned int num_locals = 0; |
| 3298 | unsigned int num_globals = 0; |
| 3299 | unsigned int num_locals2 = 0; |
| 3300 | unsigned int num_globals2 = 0; |
| 3301 | int max_index = 0; |
| 3302 | unsigned int idx; |
| 3303 | asection *asect; |
| 3304 | asymbol **new_syms; |
| 3305 | |
| 3306 | #ifdef DEBUG |
| 3307 | fprintf (stderr, "elf_map_symbols\n"); |
| 3308 | fflush (stderr); |
| 3309 | #endif |
| 3310 | |
| 3311 | for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next) |
| 3312 | { |
| 3313 | if (max_index < asect->index) |
| 3314 | max_index = asect->index; |
| 3315 | } |
| 3316 | |
| 3317 | max_index++; |
| 3318 | sect_syms = (asymbol **) bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, max_index, sizeof (asymbol *)); |
| 3319 | if (sect_syms == NULL) |
| 3320 | return FALSE; |
| 3321 | elf_section_syms (abfd) = sect_syms; |
| 3322 | elf_num_section_syms (abfd) = max_index; |
| 3323 | |
| 3324 | /* Init sect_syms entries for any section symbols we have already |
| 3325 | decided to output. */ |
| 3326 | for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++) |
| 3327 | { |
| 3328 | asymbol *sym = syms[idx]; |
| 3329 | |
| 3330 | if ((sym->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0 |
| 3331 | && sym->value == 0 |
| 3332 | && !ignore_section_sym (abfd, sym) |
| 3333 | && !bfd_is_abs_section (sym->section)) |
| 3334 | { |
| 3335 | asection *sec = sym->section; |
| 3336 | |
| 3337 | if (sec->owner != abfd) |
| 3338 | sec = sec->output_section; |
| 3339 | |
| 3340 | sect_syms[sec->index] = syms[idx]; |
| 3341 | } |
| 3342 | } |
| 3343 | |
| 3344 | /* Classify all of the symbols. */ |
| 3345 | for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++) |
| 3346 | { |
| 3347 | if (sym_is_global (abfd, syms[idx])) |
| 3348 | num_globals++; |
| 3349 | else if (!ignore_section_sym (abfd, syms[idx])) |
| 3350 | num_locals++; |
| 3351 | } |
| 3352 | |
| 3353 | /* We will be adding a section symbol for each normal BFD section. Most |
| 3354 | sections will already have a section symbol in outsymbols, but |
| 3355 | eg. SHT_GROUP sections will not, and we need the section symbol mapped |
| 3356 | at least in that case. */ |
| 3357 | for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next) |
| 3358 | { |
| 3359 | if (sect_syms[asect->index] == NULL) |
| 3360 | { |
| 3361 | if (!sym_is_global (abfd, asect->symbol)) |
| 3362 | num_locals++; |
| 3363 | else |
| 3364 | num_globals++; |
| 3365 | } |
| 3366 | } |
| 3367 | |
| 3368 | /* Now sort the symbols so the local symbols are first. */ |
| 3369 | new_syms = (asymbol **) bfd_alloc2 (abfd, num_locals + num_globals, |
| 3370 | sizeof (asymbol *)); |
| 3371 | |
| 3372 | if (new_syms == NULL) |
| 3373 | return FALSE; |
| 3374 | |
| 3375 | for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++) |
| 3376 | { |
| 3377 | asymbol *sym = syms[idx]; |
| 3378 | unsigned int i; |
| 3379 | |
| 3380 | if (sym_is_global (abfd, sym)) |
| 3381 | i = num_locals + num_globals2++; |
| 3382 | else if (!ignore_section_sym (abfd, sym)) |
| 3383 | i = num_locals2++; |
| 3384 | else |
| 3385 | continue; |
| 3386 | new_syms[i] = sym; |
| 3387 | sym->udata.i = i + 1; |
| 3388 | } |
| 3389 | for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next) |
| 3390 | { |
| 3391 | if (sect_syms[asect->index] == NULL) |
| 3392 | { |
| 3393 | asymbol *sym = asect->symbol; |
| 3394 | unsigned int i; |
| 3395 | |
| 3396 | sect_syms[asect->index] = sym; |
| 3397 | if (!sym_is_global (abfd, sym)) |
| 3398 | i = num_locals2++; |
| 3399 | else |
| 3400 | i = num_locals + num_globals2++; |
| 3401 | new_syms[i] = sym; |
| 3402 | sym->udata.i = i + 1; |
| 3403 | } |
| 3404 | } |
| 3405 | |
| 3406 | bfd_set_symtab (abfd, new_syms, num_locals + num_globals); |
| 3407 | |
| 3408 | *pnum_locals = num_locals; |
| 3409 | return TRUE; |
| 3410 | } |
| 3411 | |
| 3412 | /* Align to the maximum file alignment that could be required for any |
| 3413 | ELF data structure. */ |
| 3414 | |
| 3415 | static inline file_ptr |
| 3416 | align_file_position (file_ptr off, int align) |
| 3417 | { |
| 3418 | return (off + align - 1) & ~(align - 1); |
| 3419 | } |
| 3420 | |
| 3421 | /* Assign a file position to a section, optionally aligning to the |
| 3422 | required section alignment. */ |
| 3423 | |
| 3424 | file_ptr |
| 3425 | _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (Elf_Internal_Shdr *i_shdrp, |
| 3426 | file_ptr offset, |
| 3427 | bfd_boolean align) |
| 3428 | { |
| 3429 | if (align && i_shdrp->sh_addralign > 1) |
| 3430 | offset = BFD_ALIGN (offset, i_shdrp->sh_addralign); |
| 3431 | i_shdrp->sh_offset = offset; |
| 3432 | if (i_shdrp->bfd_section != NULL) |
| 3433 | i_shdrp->bfd_section->filepos = offset; |
| 3434 | if (i_shdrp->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS) |
| 3435 | offset += i_shdrp->sh_size; |
| 3436 | return offset; |
| 3437 | } |
| 3438 | |
| 3439 | /* Compute the file positions we are going to put the sections at, and |
| 3440 | otherwise prepare to begin writing out the ELF file. If LINK_INFO |
| 3441 | is not NULL, this is being called by the ELF backend linker. */ |
| 3442 | |
| 3443 | bfd_boolean |
| 3444 | _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (bfd *abfd, |
| 3445 | struct bfd_link_info *link_info) |
| 3446 | { |
| 3447 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
| 3448 | struct fake_section_arg fsargs; |
| 3449 | bfd_boolean failed; |
| 3450 | struct bfd_strtab_hash *strtab = NULL; |
| 3451 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *shstrtab_hdr; |
| 3452 | bfd_boolean need_symtab; |
| 3453 | |
| 3454 | if (abfd->output_has_begun) |
| 3455 | return TRUE; |
| 3456 | |
| 3457 | /* Do any elf backend specific processing first. */ |
| 3458 | if (bed->elf_backend_begin_write_processing) |
| 3459 | (*bed->elf_backend_begin_write_processing) (abfd, link_info); |
| 3460 | |
| 3461 | if (! prep_headers (abfd)) |
| 3462 | return FALSE; |
| 3463 | |
| 3464 | /* Post process the headers if necessary. */ |
| 3465 | (*bed->elf_backend_post_process_headers) (abfd, link_info); |
| 3466 | |
| 3467 | fsargs.failed = FALSE; |
| 3468 | fsargs.link_info = link_info; |
| 3469 | bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, elf_fake_sections, &fsargs); |
| 3470 | if (fsargs.failed) |
| 3471 | return FALSE; |
| 3472 | |
| 3473 | if (!assign_section_numbers (abfd, link_info)) |
| 3474 | return FALSE; |
| 3475 | |
| 3476 | /* The backend linker builds symbol table information itself. */ |
| 3477 | need_symtab = (link_info == NULL |
| 3478 | && (bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0 |
| 3479 | || ((abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC | HAS_RELOC)) |
| 3480 | == HAS_RELOC))); |
| 3481 | if (need_symtab) |
| 3482 | { |
| 3483 | /* Non-zero if doing a relocatable link. */ |
| 3484 | int relocatable_p = ! (abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC)); |
| 3485 | |
| 3486 | if (! swap_out_syms (abfd, &strtab, relocatable_p)) |
| 3487 | return FALSE; |
| 3488 | } |
| 3489 | |
| 3490 | failed = FALSE; |
| 3491 | if (link_info == NULL) |
| 3492 | { |
| 3493 | bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, bfd_elf_set_group_contents, &failed); |
| 3494 | if (failed) |
| 3495 | return FALSE; |
| 3496 | } |
| 3497 | |
| 3498 | shstrtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr; |
| 3499 | /* sh_name was set in prep_headers. */ |
| 3500 | shstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB; |
| 3501 | shstrtab_hdr->sh_flags = 0; |
| 3502 | shstrtab_hdr->sh_addr = 0; |
| 3503 | shstrtab_hdr->sh_size = _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd)); |
| 3504 | shstrtab_hdr->sh_entsize = 0; |
| 3505 | shstrtab_hdr->sh_link = 0; |
| 3506 | shstrtab_hdr->sh_info = 0; |
| 3507 | /* sh_offset is set in assign_file_positions_except_relocs. */ |
| 3508 | shstrtab_hdr->sh_addralign = 1; |
| 3509 | |
| 3510 | if (!assign_file_positions_except_relocs (abfd, link_info)) |
| 3511 | return FALSE; |
| 3512 | |
| 3513 | if (need_symtab) |
| 3514 | { |
| 3515 | file_ptr off; |
| 3516 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; |
| 3517 | |
| 3518 | off = elf_next_file_pos (abfd); |
| 3519 | |
| 3520 | hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr; |
| 3521 | off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE); |
| 3522 | |
| 3523 | hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr; |
| 3524 | if (hdr->sh_size != 0) |
| 3525 | off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE); |
| 3526 | |
| 3527 | hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr; |
| 3528 | off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE); |
| 3529 | |
| 3530 | elf_next_file_pos (abfd) = off; |
| 3531 | |
| 3532 | /* Now that we know where the .strtab section goes, write it |
| 3533 | out. */ |
| 3534 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 |
| 3535 | || ! _bfd_stringtab_emit (abfd, strtab)) |
| 3536 | return FALSE; |
| 3537 | _bfd_stringtab_free (strtab); |
| 3538 | } |
| 3539 | |
| 3540 | abfd->output_has_begun = TRUE; |
| 3541 | |
| 3542 | return TRUE; |
| 3543 | } |
| 3544 | |
| 3545 | /* Make an initial estimate of the size of the program header. If we |
| 3546 | get the number wrong here, we'll redo section placement. */ |
| 3547 | |
| 3548 | static bfd_size_type |
| 3549 | get_program_header_size (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info) |
| 3550 | { |
| 3551 | size_t segs; |
| 3552 | asection *s; |
| 3553 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed; |
| 3554 | |
| 3555 | /* Assume we will need exactly two PT_LOAD segments: one for text |
| 3556 | and one for data. */ |
| 3557 | segs = 2; |
| 3558 | |
| 3559 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".interp"); |
| 3560 | if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0) |
| 3561 | { |
| 3562 | /* If we have a loadable interpreter section, we need a |
| 3563 | PT_INTERP segment. In this case, assume we also need a |
| 3564 | PT_PHDR segment, although that may not be true for all |
| 3565 | targets. */ |
| 3566 | segs += 2; |
| 3567 | } |
| 3568 | |
| 3569 | if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") != NULL) |
| 3570 | { |
| 3571 | /* We need a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */ |
| 3572 | ++segs; |
| 3573 | } |
| 3574 | |
| 3575 | if (info != NULL && info->relro) |
| 3576 | { |
| 3577 | /* We need a PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */ |
| 3578 | ++segs; |
| 3579 | } |
| 3580 | |
| 3581 | if (elf_eh_frame_hdr (abfd)) |
| 3582 | { |
| 3583 | /* We need a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME segment. */ |
| 3584 | ++segs; |
| 3585 | } |
| 3586 | |
| 3587 | if (elf_stack_flags (abfd)) |
| 3588 | { |
| 3589 | /* We need a PT_GNU_STACK segment. */ |
| 3590 | ++segs; |
| 3591 | } |
| 3592 | |
| 3593 | for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) |
| 3594 | { |
| 3595 | if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0 |
| 3596 | && CONST_STRNEQ (s->name, ".note")) |
| 3597 | { |
| 3598 | /* We need a PT_NOTE segment. */ |
| 3599 | ++segs; |
| 3600 | /* Try to create just one PT_NOTE segment |
| 3601 | for all adjacent loadable .note* sections. |
| 3602 | gABI requires that within a PT_NOTE segment |
| 3603 | (and also inside of each SHT_NOTE section) |
| 3604 | each note is padded to a multiple of 4 size, |
| 3605 | so we check whether the sections are correctly |
| 3606 | aligned. */ |
| 3607 | if (s->alignment_power == 2) |
| 3608 | while (s->next != NULL |
| 3609 | && s->next->alignment_power == 2 |
| 3610 | && (s->next->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0 |
| 3611 | && CONST_STRNEQ (s->next->name, ".note")) |
| 3612 | s = s->next; |
| 3613 | } |
| 3614 | } |
| 3615 | |
| 3616 | for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) |
| 3617 | { |
| 3618 | if (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) |
| 3619 | { |
| 3620 | /* We need a PT_TLS segment. */ |
| 3621 | ++segs; |
| 3622 | break; |
| 3623 | } |
| 3624 | } |
| 3625 | |
| 3626 | /* Let the backend count up any program headers it might need. */ |
| 3627 | bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
| 3628 | if (bed->elf_backend_additional_program_headers) |
| 3629 | { |
| 3630 | int a; |
| 3631 | |
| 3632 | a = (*bed->elf_backend_additional_program_headers) (abfd, info); |
| 3633 | if (a == -1) |
| 3634 | abort (); |
| 3635 | segs += a; |
| 3636 | } |
| 3637 | |
| 3638 | return segs * bed->s->sizeof_phdr; |
| 3639 | } |
| 3640 | |
| 3641 | /* Find the segment that contains the output_section of section. */ |
| 3642 | |
| 3643 | Elf_Internal_Phdr * |
| 3644 | _bfd_elf_find_segment_containing_section (bfd * abfd, asection * section) |
| 3645 | { |
| 3646 | struct elf_segment_map *m; |
| 3647 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *p; |
| 3648 | |
| 3649 | for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd), p = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr; |
| 3650 | m != NULL; |
| 3651 | m = m->next, p++) |
| 3652 | { |
| 3653 | int i; |
| 3654 | |
| 3655 | for (i = m->count - 1; i >= 0; i--) |
| 3656 | if (m->sections[i] == section) |
| 3657 | return p; |
| 3658 | } |
| 3659 | |
| 3660 | return NULL; |
| 3661 | } |
| 3662 | |
| 3663 | /* Create a mapping from a set of sections to a program segment. */ |
| 3664 | |
| 3665 | static struct elf_segment_map * |
| 3666 | make_mapping (bfd *abfd, |
| 3667 | asection **sections, |
| 3668 | unsigned int from, |
| 3669 | unsigned int to, |
| 3670 | bfd_boolean phdr) |
| 3671 | { |
| 3672 | struct elf_segment_map *m; |
| 3673 | unsigned int i; |
| 3674 | asection **hdrpp; |
| 3675 | bfd_size_type amt; |
| 3676 | |
| 3677 | amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); |
| 3678 | amt += (to - from - 1) * sizeof (asection *); |
| 3679 | m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); |
| 3680 | if (m == NULL) |
| 3681 | return NULL; |
| 3682 | m->next = NULL; |
| 3683 | m->p_type = PT_LOAD; |
| 3684 | for (i = from, hdrpp = sections + from; i < to; i++, hdrpp++) |
| 3685 | m->sections[i - from] = *hdrpp; |
| 3686 | m->count = to - from; |
| 3687 | |
| 3688 | if (from == 0 && phdr) |
| 3689 | { |
| 3690 | /* Include the headers in the first PT_LOAD segment. */ |
| 3691 | m->includes_filehdr = 1; |
| 3692 | m->includes_phdrs = 1; |
| 3693 | } |
| 3694 | |
| 3695 | return m; |
| 3696 | } |
| 3697 | |
| 3698 | /* Create the PT_DYNAMIC segment, which includes DYNSEC. Returns NULL |
| 3699 | on failure. */ |
| 3700 | |
| 3701 | struct elf_segment_map * |
| 3702 | _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (bfd *abfd, asection *dynsec) |
| 3703 | { |
| 3704 | struct elf_segment_map *m; |
| 3705 | |
| 3706 | m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, |
| 3707 | sizeof (struct elf_segment_map)); |
| 3708 | if (m == NULL) |
| 3709 | return NULL; |
| 3710 | m->next = NULL; |
| 3711 | m->p_type = PT_DYNAMIC; |
| 3712 | m->count = 1; |
| 3713 | m->sections[0] = dynsec; |
| 3714 | |
| 3715 | return m; |
| 3716 | } |
| 3717 | |
| 3718 | /* Possibly add or remove segments from the segment map. */ |
| 3719 | |
| 3720 | static bfd_boolean |
| 3721 | elf_modify_segment_map (bfd *abfd, |
| 3722 | struct bfd_link_info *info, |
| 3723 | bfd_boolean remove_empty_load) |
| 3724 | { |
| 3725 | struct elf_segment_map **m; |
| 3726 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed; |
| 3727 | |
| 3728 | /* The placement algorithm assumes that non allocated sections are |
| 3729 | not in PT_LOAD segments. We ensure this here by removing such |
| 3730 | sections from the segment map. We also remove excluded |
| 3731 | sections. Finally, any PT_LOAD segment without sections is |
| 3732 | removed. */ |
| 3733 | m = &elf_seg_map (abfd); |
| 3734 | while (*m) |
| 3735 | { |
| 3736 | unsigned int i, new_count; |
| 3737 | |
| 3738 | for (new_count = 0, i = 0; i < (*m)->count; i++) |
| 3739 | { |
| 3740 | if (((*m)->sections[i]->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0 |
| 3741 | && (((*m)->sections[i]->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0 |
| 3742 | || (*m)->p_type != PT_LOAD)) |
| 3743 | { |
| 3744 | (*m)->sections[new_count] = (*m)->sections[i]; |
| 3745 | new_count++; |
| 3746 | } |
| 3747 | } |
| 3748 | (*m)->count = new_count; |
| 3749 | |
| 3750 | if (remove_empty_load && (*m)->p_type == PT_LOAD && (*m)->count == 0) |
| 3751 | *m = (*m)->next; |
| 3752 | else |
| 3753 | m = &(*m)->next; |
| 3754 | } |
| 3755 | |
| 3756 | bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
| 3757 | if (bed->elf_backend_modify_segment_map != NULL) |
| 3758 | { |
| 3759 | if (!(*bed->elf_backend_modify_segment_map) (abfd, info)) |
| 3760 | return FALSE; |
| 3761 | } |
| 3762 | |
| 3763 | return TRUE; |
| 3764 | } |
| 3765 | |
| 3766 | /* Set up a mapping from BFD sections to program segments. */ |
| 3767 | |
| 3768 | bfd_boolean |
| 3769 | _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info) |
| 3770 | { |
| 3771 | unsigned int count; |
| 3772 | struct elf_segment_map *m; |
| 3773 | asection **sections = NULL; |
| 3774 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
| 3775 | bfd_boolean no_user_phdrs; |
| 3776 | |
| 3777 | no_user_phdrs = elf_seg_map (abfd) == NULL; |
| 3778 | |
| 3779 | if (info != NULL) |
| 3780 | info->user_phdrs = !no_user_phdrs; |
| 3781 | |
| 3782 | if (no_user_phdrs && bfd_count_sections (abfd) != 0) |
| 3783 | { |
| 3784 | asection *s; |
| 3785 | unsigned int i; |
| 3786 | struct elf_segment_map *mfirst; |
| 3787 | struct elf_segment_map **pm; |
| 3788 | asection *last_hdr; |
| 3789 | bfd_vma last_size; |
| 3790 | unsigned int phdr_index; |
| 3791 | bfd_vma maxpagesize; |
| 3792 | asection **hdrpp; |
| 3793 | bfd_boolean phdr_in_segment = TRUE; |
| 3794 | bfd_boolean writable; |
| 3795 | int tls_count = 0; |
| 3796 | asection *first_tls = NULL; |
| 3797 | asection *dynsec, *eh_frame_hdr; |
| 3798 | bfd_size_type amt; |
| 3799 | bfd_vma addr_mask, wrap_to = 0; |
| 3800 | |
| 3801 | /* Select the allocated sections, and sort them. */ |
| 3802 | |
| 3803 | sections = (asection **) bfd_malloc2 (bfd_count_sections (abfd), |
| 3804 | sizeof (asection *)); |
| 3805 | if (sections == NULL) |
| 3806 | goto error_return; |
| 3807 | |
| 3808 | /* Calculate top address, avoiding undefined behaviour of shift |
| 3809 | left operator when shift count is equal to size of type |
| 3810 | being shifted. */ |
| 3811 | addr_mask = ((bfd_vma) 1 << (bfd_arch_bits_per_address (abfd) - 1)) - 1; |
| 3812 | addr_mask = (addr_mask << 1) + 1; |
| 3813 | |
| 3814 | i = 0; |
| 3815 | for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) |
| 3816 | { |
| 3817 | if ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) |
| 3818 | { |
| 3819 | sections[i] = s; |
| 3820 | ++i; |
| 3821 | /* A wrapping section potentially clashes with header. */ |
| 3822 | if (((s->lma + s->size) & addr_mask) < (s->lma & addr_mask)) |
| 3823 | wrap_to = (s->lma + s->size) & addr_mask; |
| 3824 | } |
| 3825 | } |
| 3826 | BFD_ASSERT (i <= bfd_count_sections (abfd)); |
| 3827 | count = i; |
| 3828 | |
| 3829 | qsort (sections, (size_t) count, sizeof (asection *), elf_sort_sections); |
| 3830 | |
| 3831 | /* Build the mapping. */ |
| 3832 | |
| 3833 | mfirst = NULL; |
| 3834 | pm = &mfirst; |
| 3835 | |
| 3836 | /* If we have a .interp section, then create a PT_PHDR segment for |
| 3837 | the program headers and a PT_INTERP segment for the .interp |
| 3838 | section. */ |
| 3839 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".interp"); |
| 3840 | if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0) |
| 3841 | { |
| 3842 | amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); |
| 3843 | m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); |
| 3844 | if (m == NULL) |
| 3845 | goto error_return; |
| 3846 | m->next = NULL; |
| 3847 | m->p_type = PT_PHDR; |
| 3848 | /* FIXME: UnixWare and Solaris set PF_X, Irix 5 does not. */ |
| 3849 | m->p_flags = PF_R | PF_X; |
| 3850 | m->p_flags_valid = 1; |
| 3851 | m->includes_phdrs = 1; |
| 3852 | |
| 3853 | *pm = m; |
| 3854 | pm = &m->next; |
| 3855 | |
| 3856 | amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); |
| 3857 | m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); |
| 3858 | if (m == NULL) |
| 3859 | goto error_return; |
| 3860 | m->next = NULL; |
| 3861 | m->p_type = PT_INTERP; |
| 3862 | m->count = 1; |
| 3863 | m->sections[0] = s; |
| 3864 | |
| 3865 | *pm = m; |
| 3866 | pm = &m->next; |
| 3867 | } |
| 3868 | |
| 3869 | /* Look through the sections. We put sections in the same program |
| 3870 | segment when the start of the second section can be placed within |
| 3871 | a few bytes of the end of the first section. */ |
| 3872 | last_hdr = NULL; |
| 3873 | last_size = 0; |
| 3874 | phdr_index = 0; |
| 3875 | maxpagesize = bed->maxpagesize; |
| 3876 | writable = FALSE; |
| 3877 | dynsec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic"); |
| 3878 | if (dynsec != NULL |
| 3879 | && (dynsec->flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0) |
| 3880 | dynsec = NULL; |
| 3881 | |
| 3882 | /* Deal with -Ttext or something similar such that the first section |
| 3883 | is not adjacent to the program headers. This is an |
| 3884 | approximation, since at this point we don't know exactly how many |
| 3885 | program headers we will need. */ |
| 3886 | if (count > 0) |
| 3887 | { |
| 3888 | bfd_size_type phdr_size = elf_program_header_size (abfd); |
| 3889 | |
| 3890 | if (phdr_size == (bfd_size_type) -1) |
| 3891 | phdr_size = get_program_header_size (abfd, info); |
| 3892 | phdr_size += bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; |
| 3893 | if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0 |
| 3894 | || (sections[0]->lma & addr_mask) < phdr_size |
| 3895 | || ((sections[0]->lma & addr_mask) % maxpagesize |
| 3896 | < phdr_size % maxpagesize) |
| 3897 | || (sections[0]->lma & addr_mask & -maxpagesize) < wrap_to) |
| 3898 | phdr_in_segment = FALSE; |
| 3899 | } |
| 3900 | |
| 3901 | for (i = 0, hdrpp = sections; i < count; i++, hdrpp++) |
| 3902 | { |
| 3903 | asection *hdr; |
| 3904 | bfd_boolean new_segment; |
| 3905 | |
| 3906 | hdr = *hdrpp; |
| 3907 | |
| 3908 | /* See if this section and the last one will fit in the same |
| 3909 | segment. */ |
| 3910 | |
| 3911 | if (last_hdr == NULL) |
| 3912 | { |
| 3913 | /* If we don't have a segment yet, then we don't need a new |
| 3914 | one (we build the last one after this loop). */ |
| 3915 | new_segment = FALSE; |
| 3916 | } |
| 3917 | else if (last_hdr->lma - last_hdr->vma != hdr->lma - hdr->vma) |
| 3918 | { |
| 3919 | /* If this section has a different relation between the |
| 3920 | virtual address and the load address, then we need a new |
| 3921 | segment. */ |
| 3922 | new_segment = TRUE; |
| 3923 | } |
| 3924 | else if (hdr->lma < last_hdr->lma + last_size |
| 3925 | || last_hdr->lma + last_size < last_hdr->lma) |
| 3926 | { |
| 3927 | /* If this section has a load address that makes it overlap |
| 3928 | the previous section, then we need a new segment. */ |
| 3929 | new_segment = TRUE; |
| 3930 | } |
| 3931 | /* In the next test we have to be careful when last_hdr->lma is close |
| 3932 | to the end of the address space. If the aligned address wraps |
| 3933 | around to the start of the address space, then there are no more |
| 3934 | pages left in memory and it is OK to assume that the current |
| 3935 | section can be included in the current segment. */ |
| 3936 | else if ((BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr->lma + last_size, maxpagesize) + maxpagesize |
| 3937 | > last_hdr->lma) |
| 3938 | && (BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr->lma + last_size, maxpagesize) + maxpagesize |
| 3939 | <= hdr->lma)) |
| 3940 | { |
| 3941 | /* If putting this section in this segment would force us to |
| 3942 | skip a page in the segment, then we need a new segment. */ |
| 3943 | new_segment = TRUE; |
| 3944 | } |
| 3945 | else if ((last_hdr->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == 0 |
| 3946 | && (hdr->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) != 0) |
| 3947 | { |
| 3948 | /* We don't want to put a loadable section after a |
| 3949 | nonloadable section in the same segment. |
| 3950 | Consider .tbss sections as loadable for this purpose. */ |
| 3951 | new_segment = TRUE; |
| 3952 | } |
| 3953 | else if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0) |
| 3954 | { |
| 3955 | /* If the file is not demand paged, which means that we |
| 3956 | don't require the sections to be correctly aligned in the |
| 3957 | file, then there is no other reason for a new segment. */ |
| 3958 | new_segment = FALSE; |
| 3959 | } |
| 3960 | else if (! writable |
| 3961 | && (hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0 |
| 3962 | && (((last_hdr->lma + last_size - 1) & -maxpagesize) |
| 3963 | != (hdr->lma & -maxpagesize))) |
| 3964 | { |
| 3965 | /* We don't want to put a writable section in a read only |
| 3966 | segment, unless they are on the same page in memory |
| 3967 | anyhow. We already know that the last section does not |
| 3968 | bring us past the current section on the page, so the |
| 3969 | only case in which the new section is not on the same |
| 3970 | page as the previous section is when the previous section |
| 3971 | ends precisely on a page boundary. */ |
| 3972 | new_segment = TRUE; |
| 3973 | } |
| 3974 | else |
| 3975 | { |
| 3976 | /* Otherwise, we can use the same segment. */ |
| 3977 | new_segment = FALSE; |
| 3978 | } |
| 3979 | |
| 3980 | /* Allow interested parties a chance to override our decision. */ |
| 3981 | if (last_hdr != NULL |
| 3982 | && info != NULL |
| 3983 | && info->callbacks->override_segment_assignment != NULL) |
| 3984 | new_segment |
| 3985 | = info->callbacks->override_segment_assignment (info, abfd, hdr, |
| 3986 | last_hdr, |
| 3987 | new_segment); |
| 3988 | |
| 3989 | if (! new_segment) |
| 3990 | { |
| 3991 | if ((hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0) |
| 3992 | writable = TRUE; |
| 3993 | last_hdr = hdr; |
| 3994 | /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */ |
| 3995 | if ((hdr->flags & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_LOAD)) |
| 3996 | != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) |
| 3997 | last_size = hdr->size; |
| 3998 | else |
| 3999 | last_size = 0; |
| 4000 | continue; |
| 4001 | } |
| 4002 | |
| 4003 | /* We need a new program segment. We must create a new program |
| 4004 | header holding all the sections from phdr_index until hdr. */ |
| 4005 | |
| 4006 | m = make_mapping (abfd, sections, phdr_index, i, phdr_in_segment); |
| 4007 | if (m == NULL) |
| 4008 | goto error_return; |
| 4009 | |
| 4010 | *pm = m; |
| 4011 | pm = &m->next; |
| 4012 | |
| 4013 | if ((hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0) |
| 4014 | writable = TRUE; |
| 4015 | else |
| 4016 | writable = FALSE; |
| 4017 | |
| 4018 | last_hdr = hdr; |
| 4019 | /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */ |
| 4020 | if ((hdr->flags & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_LOAD)) != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) |
| 4021 | last_size = hdr->size; |
| 4022 | else |
| 4023 | last_size = 0; |
| 4024 | phdr_index = i; |
| 4025 | phdr_in_segment = FALSE; |
| 4026 | } |
| 4027 | |
| 4028 | /* Create a final PT_LOAD program segment, but not if it's just |
| 4029 | for .tbss. */ |
| 4030 | if (last_hdr != NULL |
| 4031 | && (i - phdr_index != 1 |
| 4032 | || ((last_hdr->flags & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_LOAD)) |
| 4033 | != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL))) |
| 4034 | { |
| 4035 | m = make_mapping (abfd, sections, phdr_index, i, phdr_in_segment); |
| 4036 | if (m == NULL) |
| 4037 | goto error_return; |
| 4038 | |
| 4039 | *pm = m; |
| 4040 | pm = &m->next; |
| 4041 | } |
| 4042 | |
| 4043 | /* If there is a .dynamic section, throw in a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */ |
| 4044 | if (dynsec != NULL) |
| 4045 | { |
| 4046 | m = _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (abfd, dynsec); |
| 4047 | if (m == NULL) |
| 4048 | goto error_return; |
| 4049 | *pm = m; |
| 4050 | pm = &m->next; |
| 4051 | } |
| 4052 | |
| 4053 | /* For each batch of consecutive loadable .note sections, |
| 4054 | add a PT_NOTE segment. We don't use bfd_get_section_by_name, |
| 4055 | because if we link together nonloadable .note sections and |
| 4056 | loadable .note sections, we will generate two .note sections |
| 4057 | in the output file. FIXME: Using names for section types is |
| 4058 | bogus anyhow. */ |
| 4059 | for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) |
| 4060 | { |
| 4061 | if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0 |
| 4062 | && CONST_STRNEQ (s->name, ".note")) |
| 4063 | { |
| 4064 | asection *s2; |
| 4065 | |
| 4066 | count = 1; |
| 4067 | amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); |
| 4068 | if (s->alignment_power == 2) |
| 4069 | for (s2 = s; s2->next != NULL; s2 = s2->next) |
| 4070 | { |
| 4071 | if (s2->next->alignment_power == 2 |
| 4072 | && (s2->next->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0 |
| 4073 | && CONST_STRNEQ (s2->next->name, ".note") |
| 4074 | && align_power (s2->lma + s2->size, 2) |
| 4075 | == s2->next->lma) |
| 4076 | count++; |
| 4077 | else |
| 4078 | break; |
| 4079 | } |
| 4080 | amt += (count - 1) * sizeof (asection *); |
| 4081 | m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); |
| 4082 | if (m == NULL) |
| 4083 | goto error_return; |
| 4084 | m->next = NULL; |
| 4085 | m->p_type = PT_NOTE; |
| 4086 | m->count = count; |
| 4087 | while (count > 1) |
| 4088 | { |
| 4089 | m->sections[m->count - count--] = s; |
| 4090 | BFD_ASSERT ((s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0); |
| 4091 | s = s->next; |
| 4092 | } |
| 4093 | m->sections[m->count - 1] = s; |
| 4094 | BFD_ASSERT ((s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0); |
| 4095 | *pm = m; |
| 4096 | pm = &m->next; |
| 4097 | } |
| 4098 | if (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) |
| 4099 | { |
| 4100 | if (! tls_count) |
| 4101 | first_tls = s; |
| 4102 | tls_count++; |
| 4103 | } |
| 4104 | } |
| 4105 | |
| 4106 | /* If there are any SHF_TLS output sections, add PT_TLS segment. */ |
| 4107 | if (tls_count > 0) |
| 4108 | { |
| 4109 | amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); |
| 4110 | amt += (tls_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *); |
| 4111 | m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); |
| 4112 | if (m == NULL) |
| 4113 | goto error_return; |
| 4114 | m->next = NULL; |
| 4115 | m->p_type = PT_TLS; |
| 4116 | m->count = tls_count; |
| 4117 | /* Mandated PF_R. */ |
| 4118 | m->p_flags = PF_R; |
| 4119 | m->p_flags_valid = 1; |
| 4120 | for (i = 0; i < (unsigned int) tls_count; ++i) |
| 4121 | { |
| 4122 | BFD_ASSERT (first_tls->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL); |
| 4123 | m->sections[i] = first_tls; |
| 4124 | first_tls = first_tls->next; |
| 4125 | } |
| 4126 | |
| 4127 | *pm = m; |
| 4128 | pm = &m->next; |
| 4129 | } |
| 4130 | |
| 4131 | /* If there is a .eh_frame_hdr section, throw in a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME |
| 4132 | segment. */ |
| 4133 | eh_frame_hdr = elf_eh_frame_hdr (abfd); |
| 4134 | if (eh_frame_hdr != NULL |
| 4135 | && (eh_frame_hdr->output_section->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0) |
| 4136 | { |
| 4137 | amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); |
| 4138 | m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); |
| 4139 | if (m == NULL) |
| 4140 | goto error_return; |
| 4141 | m->next = NULL; |
| 4142 | m->p_type = PT_GNU_EH_FRAME; |
| 4143 | m->count = 1; |
| 4144 | m->sections[0] = eh_frame_hdr->output_section; |
| 4145 | |
| 4146 | *pm = m; |
| 4147 | pm = &m->next; |
| 4148 | } |
| 4149 | |
| 4150 | if (elf_stack_flags (abfd)) |
| 4151 | { |
| 4152 | amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); |
| 4153 | m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); |
| 4154 | if (m == NULL) |
| 4155 | goto error_return; |
| 4156 | m->next = NULL; |
| 4157 | m->p_type = PT_GNU_STACK; |
| 4158 | m->p_flags = elf_stack_flags (abfd); |
| 4159 | m->p_align = bed->stack_align; |
| 4160 | m->p_flags_valid = 1; |
| 4161 | m->p_align_valid = m->p_align != 0; |
| 4162 | if (info->stacksize > 0) |
| 4163 | { |
| 4164 | m->p_size = info->stacksize; |
| 4165 | m->p_size_valid = 1; |
| 4166 | } |
| 4167 | |
| 4168 | *pm = m; |
| 4169 | pm = &m->next; |
| 4170 | } |
| 4171 | |
| 4172 | if (info != NULL && info->relro) |
| 4173 | { |
| 4174 | for (m = mfirst; m != NULL; m = m->next) |
| 4175 | { |
| 4176 | if (m->p_type == PT_LOAD |
| 4177 | && m->count != 0 |
| 4178 | && m->sections[0]->vma >= info->relro_start |
| 4179 | && m->sections[0]->vma < info->relro_end) |
| 4180 | { |
| 4181 | i = m->count; |
| 4182 | while (--i != (unsigned) -1) |
| 4183 | if ((m->sections[i]->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)) |
| 4184 | == (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)) |
| 4185 | break; |
| 4186 | |
| 4187 | if (i == (unsigned) -1) |
| 4188 | continue; |
| 4189 | |
| 4190 | if (m->sections[i]->vma + m->sections[i]->size |
| 4191 | >= info->relro_end) |
| 4192 | break; |
| 4193 | } |
| 4194 | } |
| 4195 | |
| 4196 | /* Make a PT_GNU_RELRO segment only when it isn't empty. */ |
| 4197 | if (m != NULL) |
| 4198 | { |
| 4199 | amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); |
| 4200 | m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); |
| 4201 | if (m == NULL) |
| 4202 | goto error_return; |
| 4203 | m->next = NULL; |
| 4204 | m->p_type = PT_GNU_RELRO; |
| 4205 | m->p_flags = PF_R; |
| 4206 | m->p_flags_valid = 1; |
| 4207 | |
| 4208 | *pm = m; |
| 4209 | pm = &m->next; |
| 4210 | } |
| 4211 | } |
| 4212 | |
| 4213 | free (sections); |
| 4214 | elf_seg_map (abfd) = mfirst; |
| 4215 | } |
| 4216 | |
| 4217 | if (!elf_modify_segment_map (abfd, info, no_user_phdrs)) |
| 4218 | return FALSE; |
| 4219 | |
| 4220 | for (count = 0, m = elf_seg_map (abfd); m != NULL; m = m->next) |
| 4221 | ++count; |
| 4222 | elf_program_header_size (abfd) = count * bed->s->sizeof_phdr; |
| 4223 | |
| 4224 | return TRUE; |
| 4225 | |
| 4226 | error_return: |
| 4227 | if (sections != NULL) |
| 4228 | free (sections); |
| 4229 | return FALSE; |
| 4230 | } |
| 4231 | |
| 4232 | /* Sort sections by address. */ |
| 4233 | |
| 4234 | static int |
| 4235 | elf_sort_sections (const void *arg1, const void *arg2) |
| 4236 | { |
| 4237 | const asection *sec1 = *(const asection **) arg1; |
| 4238 | const asection *sec2 = *(const asection **) arg2; |
| 4239 | bfd_size_type size1, size2; |
| 4240 | |
| 4241 | /* Sort by LMA first, since this is the address used to |
| 4242 | place the section into a segment. */ |
| 4243 | if (sec1->lma < sec2->lma) |
| 4244 | return -1; |
| 4245 | else if (sec1->lma > sec2->lma) |
| 4246 | return 1; |
| 4247 | |
| 4248 | /* Then sort by VMA. Normally the LMA and the VMA will be |
| 4249 | the same, and this will do nothing. */ |
| 4250 | if (sec1->vma < sec2->vma) |
| 4251 | return -1; |
| 4252 | else if (sec1->vma > sec2->vma) |
| 4253 | return 1; |
| 4254 | |
| 4255 | /* Put !SEC_LOAD sections after SEC_LOAD ones. */ |
| 4256 | |
| 4257 | #define TOEND(x) (((x)->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == 0) |
| 4258 | |
| 4259 | if (TOEND (sec1)) |
| 4260 | { |
| 4261 | if (TOEND (sec2)) |
| 4262 | { |
| 4263 | /* If the indicies are the same, do not return 0 |
| 4264 | here, but continue to try the next comparison. */ |
| 4265 | if (sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index != 0) |
| 4266 | return sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index; |
| 4267 | } |
| 4268 | else |
| 4269 | return 1; |
| 4270 | } |
| 4271 | else if (TOEND (sec2)) |
| 4272 | return -1; |
| 4273 | |
| 4274 | #undef TOEND |
| 4275 | |
| 4276 | /* Sort by size, to put zero sized sections |
| 4277 | before others at the same address. */ |
| 4278 | |
| 4279 | size1 = (sec1->flags & SEC_LOAD) ? sec1->size : 0; |
| 4280 | size2 = (sec2->flags & SEC_LOAD) ? sec2->size : 0; |
| 4281 | |
| 4282 | if (size1 < size2) |
| 4283 | return -1; |
| 4284 | if (size1 > size2) |
| 4285 | return 1; |
| 4286 | |
| 4287 | return sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index; |
| 4288 | } |
| 4289 | |
| 4290 | /* Ian Lance Taylor writes: |
| 4291 | |
| 4292 | We shouldn't be using % with a negative signed number. That's just |
| 4293 | not good. We have to make sure either that the number is not |
| 4294 | negative, or that the number has an unsigned type. When the types |
| 4295 | are all the same size they wind up as unsigned. When file_ptr is a |
| 4296 | larger signed type, the arithmetic winds up as signed long long, |
| 4297 | which is wrong. |
| 4298 | |
| 4299 | What we're trying to say here is something like ``increase OFF by |
| 4300 | the least amount that will cause it to be equal to the VMA modulo |
| 4301 | the page size.'' */ |
| 4302 | /* In other words, something like: |
| 4303 | |
| 4304 | vma_offset = m->sections[0]->vma % bed->maxpagesize; |
| 4305 | off_offset = off % bed->maxpagesize; |
| 4306 | if (vma_offset < off_offset) |
| 4307 | adjustment = vma_offset + bed->maxpagesize - off_offset; |
| 4308 | else |
| 4309 | adjustment = vma_offset - off_offset; |
| 4310 | |
| 4311 | which can can be collapsed into the expression below. */ |
| 4312 | |
| 4313 | static file_ptr |
| 4314 | vma_page_aligned_bias (bfd_vma vma, ufile_ptr off, bfd_vma maxpagesize) |
| 4315 | { |
| 4316 | return ((vma - off) % maxpagesize); |
| 4317 | } |
| 4318 | |
| 4319 | static void |
| 4320 | print_segment_map (const struct elf_segment_map *m) |
| 4321 | { |
| 4322 | unsigned int j; |
| 4323 | const char *pt = get_segment_type (m->p_type); |
| 4324 | char buf[32]; |
| 4325 | |
| 4326 | if (pt == NULL) |
| 4327 | { |
| 4328 | if (m->p_type >= PT_LOPROC && m->p_type <= PT_HIPROC) |
| 4329 | sprintf (buf, "LOPROC+%7.7x", |
| 4330 | (unsigned int) (m->p_type - PT_LOPROC)); |
| 4331 | else if (m->p_type >= PT_LOOS && m->p_type <= PT_HIOS) |
| 4332 | sprintf (buf, "LOOS+%7.7x", |
| 4333 | (unsigned int) (m->p_type - PT_LOOS)); |
| 4334 | else |
| 4335 | snprintf (buf, sizeof (buf), "%8.8x", |
| 4336 | (unsigned int) m->p_type); |
| 4337 | pt = buf; |
| 4338 | } |
| 4339 | fflush (stdout); |
| 4340 | fprintf (stderr, "%s:", pt); |
| 4341 | for (j = 0; j < m->count; j++) |
| 4342 | fprintf (stderr, " %s", m->sections [j]->name); |
| 4343 | putc ('\n',stderr); |
| 4344 | fflush (stderr); |
| 4345 | } |
| 4346 | |
| 4347 | static bfd_boolean |
| 4348 | write_zeros (bfd *abfd, file_ptr pos, bfd_size_type len) |
| 4349 | { |
| 4350 | void *buf; |
| 4351 | bfd_boolean ret; |
| 4352 | |
| 4353 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0) |
| 4354 | return FALSE; |
| 4355 | buf = bfd_zmalloc (len); |
| 4356 | if (buf == NULL) |
| 4357 | return FALSE; |
| 4358 | ret = bfd_bwrite (buf, len, abfd) == len; |
| 4359 | free (buf); |
| 4360 | return ret; |
| 4361 | } |
| 4362 | |
| 4363 | /* Assign file positions to the sections based on the mapping from |
| 4364 | sections to segments. This function also sets up some fields in |
| 4365 | the file header. */ |
| 4366 | |
| 4367 | static bfd_boolean |
| 4368 | assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (bfd *abfd, |
| 4369 | struct bfd_link_info *link_info) |
| 4370 | { |
| 4371 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
| 4372 | struct elf_segment_map *m; |
| 4373 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdrs; |
| 4374 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *p; |
| 4375 | file_ptr off; |
| 4376 | bfd_size_type maxpagesize; |
| 4377 | unsigned int alloc; |
| 4378 | unsigned int i, j; |
| 4379 | bfd_vma header_pad = 0; |
| 4380 | |
| 4381 | if (link_info == NULL |
| 4382 | && !_bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (abfd, link_info)) |
| 4383 | return FALSE; |
| 4384 | |
| 4385 | alloc = 0; |
| 4386 | for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd); m != NULL; m = m->next) |
| 4387 | { |
| 4388 | ++alloc; |
| 4389 | if (m->header_size) |
| 4390 | header_pad = m->header_size; |
| 4391 | } |
| 4392 | |
| 4393 | if (alloc) |
| 4394 | { |
| 4395 | elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phoff = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; |
| 4396 | elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phentsize = bed->s->sizeof_phdr; |
| 4397 | } |
| 4398 | else |
| 4399 | { |
| 4400 | /* PR binutils/12467. */ |
| 4401 | elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phoff = 0; |
| 4402 | elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phentsize = 0; |
| 4403 | } |
| 4404 | |
| 4405 | elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum = alloc; |
| 4406 | |
| 4407 | if (elf_program_header_size (abfd) == (bfd_size_type) -1) |
| 4408 | elf_program_header_size (abfd) = alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr; |
| 4409 | else |
| 4410 | BFD_ASSERT (elf_program_header_size (abfd) |
| 4411 | >= alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr); |
| 4412 | |
| 4413 | if (alloc == 0) |
| 4414 | { |
| 4415 | elf_next_file_pos (abfd) = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; |
| 4416 | return TRUE; |
| 4417 | } |
| 4418 | |
| 4419 | /* We're writing the size in elf_program_header_size (abfd), |
| 4420 | see assign_file_positions_except_relocs, so make sure we have |
| 4421 | that amount allocated, with trailing space cleared. |
| 4422 | The variable alloc contains the computed need, while |
| 4423 | elf_program_header_size (abfd) contains the size used for the |
| 4424 | layout. |
| 4425 | See ld/emultempl/elf-generic.em:gld${EMULATION_NAME}_map_segments |
| 4426 | where the layout is forced to according to a larger size in the |
| 4427 | last iterations for the testcase ld-elf/header. */ |
| 4428 | BFD_ASSERT (elf_program_header_size (abfd) % bed->s->sizeof_phdr |
| 4429 | == 0); |
| 4430 | phdrs = (Elf_Internal_Phdr *) |
| 4431 | bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, |
| 4432 | (elf_program_header_size (abfd) / bed->s->sizeof_phdr), |
| 4433 | sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr)); |
| 4434 | elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr = phdrs; |
| 4435 | if (phdrs == NULL) |
| 4436 | return FALSE; |
| 4437 | |
| 4438 | maxpagesize = 1; |
| 4439 | if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0) |
| 4440 | maxpagesize = bed->maxpagesize; |
| 4441 | |
| 4442 | off = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; |
| 4443 | off += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr; |
| 4444 | if (header_pad < (bfd_vma) off) |
| 4445 | header_pad = 0; |
| 4446 | else |
| 4447 | header_pad -= off; |
| 4448 | off += header_pad; |
| 4449 | |
| 4450 | for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd), p = phdrs, j = 0; |
| 4451 | m != NULL; |
| 4452 | m = m->next, p++, j++) |
| 4453 | { |
| 4454 | asection **secpp; |
| 4455 | bfd_vma off_adjust; |
| 4456 | bfd_boolean no_contents; |
| 4457 | |
| 4458 | /* If elf_segment_map is not from map_sections_to_segments, the |
| 4459 | sections may not be correctly ordered. NOTE: sorting should |
| 4460 | not be done to the PT_NOTE section of a corefile, which may |
| 4461 | contain several pseudo-sections artificially created by bfd. |
| 4462 | Sorting these pseudo-sections breaks things badly. */ |
| 4463 | if (m->count > 1 |
| 4464 | && !(elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_type == ET_CORE |
| 4465 | && m->p_type == PT_NOTE)) |
| 4466 | qsort (m->sections, (size_t) m->count, sizeof (asection *), |
| 4467 | elf_sort_sections); |
| 4468 | |
| 4469 | /* An ELF segment (described by Elf_Internal_Phdr) may contain a |
| 4470 | number of sections with contents contributing to both p_filesz |
| 4471 | and p_memsz, followed by a number of sections with no contents |
| 4472 | that just contribute to p_memsz. In this loop, OFF tracks next |
| 4473 | available file offset for PT_LOAD and PT_NOTE segments. */ |
| 4474 | p->p_type = m->p_type; |
| 4475 | p->p_flags = m->p_flags; |
| 4476 | |
| 4477 | if (m->count == 0) |
| 4478 | p->p_vaddr = 0; |
| 4479 | else |
| 4480 | p->p_vaddr = m->sections[0]->vma - m->p_vaddr_offset; |
| 4481 | |
| 4482 | if (m->p_paddr_valid) |
| 4483 | p->p_paddr = m->p_paddr; |
| 4484 | else if (m->count == 0) |
| 4485 | p->p_paddr = 0; |
| 4486 | else |
| 4487 | p->p_paddr = m->sections[0]->lma - m->p_vaddr_offset; |
| 4488 | |
| 4489 | if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD |
| 4490 | && (abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0) |
| 4491 | { |
| 4492 | /* p_align in demand paged PT_LOAD segments effectively stores |
| 4493 | the maximum page size. When copying an executable with |
| 4494 | objcopy, we set m->p_align from the input file. Use this |
| 4495 | value for maxpagesize rather than bed->maxpagesize, which |
| 4496 | may be different. Note that we use maxpagesize for PT_TLS |
| 4497 | segment alignment later in this function, so we are relying |
| 4498 | on at least one PT_LOAD segment appearing before a PT_TLS |
| 4499 | segment. */ |
| 4500 | if (m->p_align_valid) |
| 4501 | maxpagesize = m->p_align; |
| 4502 | |
| 4503 | p->p_align = maxpagesize; |
| 4504 | } |
| 4505 | else if (m->p_align_valid) |
| 4506 | p->p_align = m->p_align; |
| 4507 | else if (m->count == 0) |
| 4508 | p->p_align = 1 << bed->s->log_file_align; |
| 4509 | else |
| 4510 | p->p_align = 0; |
| 4511 | |
| 4512 | no_contents = FALSE; |
| 4513 | off_adjust = 0; |
| 4514 | if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD |
| 4515 | && m->count > 0) |
| 4516 | { |
| 4517 | bfd_size_type align; |
| 4518 | unsigned int align_power = 0; |
| 4519 | |
| 4520 | if (m->p_align_valid) |
| 4521 | align = p->p_align; |
| 4522 | else |
| 4523 | { |
| 4524 | for (i = 0, secpp = m->sections; i < m->count; i++, secpp++) |
| 4525 | { |
| 4526 | unsigned int secalign; |
| 4527 | |
| 4528 | secalign = bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd, *secpp); |
| 4529 | if (secalign > align_power) |
| 4530 | align_power = secalign; |
| 4531 | } |
| 4532 | align = (bfd_size_type) 1 << align_power; |
| 4533 | if (align < maxpagesize) |
| 4534 | align = maxpagesize; |
| 4535 | } |
| 4536 | |
| 4537 | for (i = 0; i < m->count; i++) |
| 4538 | if ((m->sections[i]->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)) == 0) |
| 4539 | /* If we aren't making room for this section, then |
| 4540 | it must be SHT_NOBITS regardless of what we've |
| 4541 | set via struct bfd_elf_special_section. */ |
| 4542 | elf_section_type (m->sections[i]) = SHT_NOBITS; |
| 4543 | |
| 4544 | /* Find out whether this segment contains any loadable |
| 4545 | sections. */ |
| 4546 | no_contents = TRUE; |
| 4547 | for (i = 0; i < m->count; i++) |
| 4548 | if (elf_section_type (m->sections[i]) != SHT_NOBITS) |
| 4549 | { |
| 4550 | no_contents = FALSE; |
| 4551 | break; |
| 4552 | } |
| 4553 | |
| 4554 | off_adjust = vma_page_aligned_bias (p->p_vaddr, off, align); |
| 4555 | off += off_adjust; |
| 4556 | if (no_contents) |
| 4557 | { |
| 4558 | /* We shouldn't need to align the segment on disk since |
| 4559 | the segment doesn't need file space, but the gABI |
| 4560 | arguably requires the alignment and glibc ld.so |
| 4561 | checks it. So to comply with the alignment |
| 4562 | requirement but not waste file space, we adjust |
| 4563 | p_offset for just this segment. (OFF_ADJUST is |
| 4564 | subtracted from OFF later.) This may put p_offset |
| 4565 | past the end of file, but that shouldn't matter. */ |
| 4566 | } |
| 4567 | else |
| 4568 | off_adjust = 0; |
| 4569 | } |
| 4570 | /* Make sure the .dynamic section is the first section in the |
| 4571 | PT_DYNAMIC segment. */ |
| 4572 | else if (p->p_type == PT_DYNAMIC |
| 4573 | && m->count > 1 |
| 4574 | && strcmp (m->sections[0]->name, ".dynamic") != 0) |
| 4575 | { |
| 4576 | _bfd_error_handler |
| 4577 | (_("%B: The first section in the PT_DYNAMIC segment is not the .dynamic section"), |
| 4578 | abfd); |
| 4579 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); |
| 4580 | return FALSE; |
| 4581 | } |
| 4582 | /* Set the note section type to SHT_NOTE. */ |
| 4583 | else if (p->p_type == PT_NOTE) |
| 4584 | for (i = 0; i < m->count; i++) |
| 4585 | elf_section_type (m->sections[i]) = SHT_NOTE; |
| 4586 | |
| 4587 | p->p_offset = 0; |
| 4588 | p->p_filesz = 0; |
| 4589 | p->p_memsz = 0; |
| 4590 | |
| 4591 | if (m->includes_filehdr) |
| 4592 | { |
| 4593 | if (!m->p_flags_valid) |
| 4594 | p->p_flags |= PF_R; |
| 4595 | p->p_filesz = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; |
| 4596 | p->p_memsz = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; |
| 4597 | if (m->count > 0) |
| 4598 | { |
| 4599 | if (p->p_vaddr < (bfd_vma) off) |
| 4600 | { |
| 4601 | (*_bfd_error_handler) |
| 4602 | (_("%B: Not enough room for program headers, try linking with -N"), |
| 4603 | abfd); |
| 4604 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); |
| 4605 | return FALSE; |
| 4606 | } |
| 4607 | |
| 4608 | p->p_vaddr -= off; |
| 4609 | if (!m->p_paddr_valid) |
| 4610 | p->p_paddr -= off; |
| 4611 | } |
| 4612 | } |
| 4613 | |
| 4614 | if (m->includes_phdrs) |
| 4615 | { |
| 4616 | if (!m->p_flags_valid) |
| 4617 | p->p_flags |= PF_R; |
| 4618 | |
| 4619 | if (!m->includes_filehdr) |
| 4620 | { |
| 4621 | p->p_offset = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; |
| 4622 | |
| 4623 | if (m->count > 0) |
| 4624 | { |
| 4625 | p->p_vaddr -= off - p->p_offset; |
| 4626 | if (!m->p_paddr_valid) |
| 4627 | p->p_paddr -= off - p->p_offset; |
| 4628 | } |
| 4629 | } |
| 4630 | |
| 4631 | p->p_filesz += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr; |
| 4632 | p->p_memsz += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr; |
| 4633 | if (m->count) |
| 4634 | { |
| 4635 | p->p_filesz += header_pad; |
| 4636 | p->p_memsz += header_pad; |
| 4637 | } |
| 4638 | } |
| 4639 | |
| 4640 | if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD |
| 4641 | || (p->p_type == PT_NOTE && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core)) |
| 4642 | { |
| 4643 | if (!m->includes_filehdr && !m->includes_phdrs) |
| 4644 | p->p_offset = off; |
| 4645 | else |
| 4646 | { |
| 4647 | file_ptr adjust; |
| 4648 | |
| 4649 | adjust = off - (p->p_offset + p->p_filesz); |
| 4650 | if (!no_contents) |
| 4651 | p->p_filesz += adjust; |
| 4652 | p->p_memsz += adjust; |
| 4653 | } |
| 4654 | } |
| 4655 | |
| 4656 | /* Set up p_filesz, p_memsz, p_align and p_flags from the section |
| 4657 | maps. Set filepos for sections in PT_LOAD segments, and in |
| 4658 | core files, for sections in PT_NOTE segments. |
| 4659 | assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections will set filepos |
| 4660 | for other sections and update p_filesz for other segments. */ |
| 4661 | for (i = 0, secpp = m->sections; i < m->count; i++, secpp++) |
| 4662 | { |
| 4663 | asection *sec; |
| 4664 | bfd_size_type align; |
| 4665 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr; |
| 4666 | |
| 4667 | sec = *secpp; |
| 4668 | this_hdr = &elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr; |
| 4669 | align = (bfd_size_type) 1 << bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd, sec); |
| 4670 | |
| 4671 | if ((p->p_type == PT_LOAD |
| 4672 | || p->p_type == PT_TLS) |
| 4673 | && (this_hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS |
| 4674 | || ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0 |
| 4675 | && ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) == 0 |
| 4676 | || p->p_type == PT_TLS)))) |
| 4677 | { |
| 4678 | bfd_vma p_start = p->p_paddr; |
| 4679 | bfd_vma p_end = p_start + p->p_memsz; |
| 4680 | bfd_vma s_start = sec->lma; |
| 4681 | bfd_vma adjust = s_start - p_end; |
| 4682 | |
| 4683 | if (adjust != 0 |
| 4684 | && (s_start < p_end |
| 4685 | || p_end < p_start)) |
| 4686 | { |
| 4687 | (*_bfd_error_handler) |
| 4688 | (_("%B: section %A lma %#lx adjusted to %#lx"), abfd, sec, |
| 4689 | (unsigned long) s_start, (unsigned long) p_end); |
| 4690 | adjust = 0; |
| 4691 | sec->lma = p_end; |
| 4692 | } |
| 4693 | p->p_memsz += adjust; |
| 4694 | |
| 4695 | if (this_hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS) |
| 4696 | { |
| 4697 | if (p->p_filesz + adjust < p->p_memsz) |
| 4698 | { |
| 4699 | /* We have a PROGBITS section following NOBITS ones. |
| 4700 | Allocate file space for the NOBITS section(s) and |
| 4701 | zero it. */ |
| 4702 | adjust = p->p_memsz - p->p_filesz; |
| 4703 | if (!write_zeros (abfd, off, adjust)) |
| 4704 | return FALSE; |
| 4705 | } |
| 4706 | off += adjust; |
| 4707 | p->p_filesz += adjust; |
| 4708 | } |
| 4709 | } |
| 4710 | |
| 4711 | if (p->p_type == PT_NOTE && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core) |
| 4712 | { |
| 4713 | /* The section at i == 0 is the one that actually contains |
| 4714 | everything. */ |
| 4715 | if (i == 0) |
| 4716 | { |
| 4717 | this_hdr->sh_offset = sec->filepos = off; |
| 4718 | off += this_hdr->sh_size; |
| 4719 | p->p_filesz = this_hdr->sh_size; |
| 4720 | p->p_memsz = 0; |
| 4721 | p->p_align = 1; |
| 4722 | } |
| 4723 | else |
| 4724 | { |
| 4725 | /* The rest are fake sections that shouldn't be written. */ |
| 4726 | sec->filepos = 0; |
| 4727 | sec->size = 0; |
| 4728 | sec->flags = 0; |
| 4729 | continue; |
| 4730 | } |
| 4731 | } |
| 4732 | else |
| 4733 | { |
| 4734 | if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD) |
| 4735 | { |
| 4736 | this_hdr->sh_offset = sec->filepos = off; |
| 4737 | if (this_hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS) |
| 4738 | off += this_hdr->sh_size; |
| 4739 | } |
| 4740 | else if (this_hdr->sh_type == SHT_NOBITS |
| 4741 | && (this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) != 0 |
| 4742 | && this_hdr->sh_offset == 0) |
| 4743 | { |
| 4744 | /* This is a .tbss section that didn't get a PT_LOAD. |
| 4745 | (See _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments "Create a |
| 4746 | final PT_LOAD".) Set sh_offset to the value it |
| 4747 | would have if we had created a zero p_filesz and |
| 4748 | p_memsz PT_LOAD header for the section. This |
| 4749 | also makes the PT_TLS header have the same |
| 4750 | p_offset value. */ |
| 4751 | bfd_vma adjust = vma_page_aligned_bias (this_hdr->sh_addr, |
| 4752 | off, align); |
| 4753 | this_hdr->sh_offset = sec->filepos = off + adjust; |
| 4754 | } |
| 4755 | |
| 4756 | if (this_hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS) |
| 4757 | { |
| 4758 | p->p_filesz += this_hdr->sh_size; |
| 4759 | /* A load section without SHF_ALLOC is something like |
| 4760 | a note section in a PT_NOTE segment. These take |
| 4761 | file space but are not loaded into memory. */ |
| 4762 | if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0) |
| 4763 | p->p_memsz += this_hdr->sh_size; |
| 4764 | } |
| 4765 | else if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0) |
| 4766 | { |
| 4767 | if (p->p_type == PT_TLS) |
| 4768 | p->p_memsz += this_hdr->sh_size; |
| 4769 | |
| 4770 | /* .tbss is special. It doesn't contribute to p_memsz of |
| 4771 | normal segments. */ |
| 4772 | else if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) == 0) |
| 4773 | p->p_memsz += this_hdr->sh_size; |
| 4774 | } |
| 4775 | |
| 4776 | if (align > p->p_align |
| 4777 | && !m->p_align_valid |
| 4778 | && (p->p_type != PT_LOAD |
| 4779 | || (abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0)) |
| 4780 | p->p_align = align; |
| 4781 | } |
| 4782 | |
| 4783 | if (!m->p_flags_valid) |
| 4784 | { |
| 4785 | p->p_flags |= PF_R; |
| 4786 | if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_EXECINSTR) != 0) |
| 4787 | p->p_flags |= PF_X; |
| 4788 | if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_WRITE) != 0) |
| 4789 | p->p_flags |= PF_W; |
| 4790 | } |
| 4791 | } |
| 4792 | off -= off_adjust; |
| 4793 | |
| 4794 | /* Check that all sections are in a PT_LOAD segment. |
| 4795 | Don't check funky gdb generated core files. */ |
| 4796 | if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD && bfd_get_format (abfd) != bfd_core) |
| 4797 | { |
| 4798 | bfd_boolean check_vma = TRUE; |
| 4799 | |
| 4800 | for (i = 1; i < m->count; i++) |
| 4801 | if (m->sections[i]->vma == m->sections[i - 1]->vma |
| 4802 | && ELF_SECTION_SIZE (&(elf_section_data (m->sections[i]) |
| 4803 | ->this_hdr), p) != 0 |
| 4804 | && ELF_SECTION_SIZE (&(elf_section_data (m->sections[i - 1]) |
| 4805 | ->this_hdr), p) != 0) |
| 4806 | { |
| 4807 | /* Looks like we have overlays packed into the segment. */ |
| 4808 | check_vma = FALSE; |
| 4809 | break; |
| 4810 | } |
| 4811 | |
| 4812 | for (i = 0; i < m->count; i++) |
| 4813 | { |
| 4814 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr; |
| 4815 | asection *sec; |
| 4816 | |
| 4817 | sec = m->sections[i]; |
| 4818 | this_hdr = &(elf_section_data(sec)->this_hdr); |
| 4819 | if (!ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_1 (this_hdr, p, check_vma, 0) |
| 4820 | && !ELF_TBSS_SPECIAL (this_hdr, p)) |
| 4821 | { |
| 4822 | (*_bfd_error_handler) |
| 4823 | (_("%B: section `%A' can't be allocated in segment %d"), |
| 4824 | abfd, sec, j); |
| 4825 | print_segment_map (m); |
| 4826 | } |
| 4827 | } |
| 4828 | } |
| 4829 | } |
| 4830 | |
| 4831 | elf_next_file_pos (abfd) = off; |
| 4832 | return TRUE; |
| 4833 | } |
| 4834 | |
| 4835 | /* Assign file positions for the other sections. */ |
| 4836 | |
| 4837 | static bfd_boolean |
| 4838 | assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (bfd *abfd, |
| 4839 | struct bfd_link_info *link_info) |
| 4840 | { |
| 4841 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
| 4842 | Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrpp; |
| 4843 | Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp; |
| 4844 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdrs; |
| 4845 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *p; |
| 4846 | struct elf_segment_map *m; |
| 4847 | struct elf_segment_map *hdrs_segment; |
| 4848 | bfd_vma filehdr_vaddr, filehdr_paddr; |
| 4849 | bfd_vma phdrs_vaddr, phdrs_paddr; |
| 4850 | file_ptr off; |
| 4851 | unsigned int num_sec; |
| 4852 | unsigned int i; |
| 4853 | unsigned int count; |
| 4854 | |
| 4855 | i_shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd); |
| 4856 | num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd); |
| 4857 | off = elf_next_file_pos (abfd); |
| 4858 | for (i = 1, hdrpp = i_shdrpp + 1; i < num_sec; i++, hdrpp++) |
| 4859 | { |
| 4860 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; |
| 4861 | |
| 4862 | hdr = *hdrpp; |
| 4863 | if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL |
| 4864 | && (hdr->bfd_section->filepos != 0 |
| 4865 | || (hdr->sh_type == SHT_NOBITS |
| 4866 | && hdr->contents == NULL))) |
| 4867 | BFD_ASSERT (hdr->sh_offset == hdr->bfd_section->filepos); |
| 4868 | else if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0) |
| 4869 | { |
| 4870 | if (hdr->sh_size != 0) |
| 4871 | (*_bfd_error_handler) |
| 4872 | (_("%B: warning: allocated section `%s' not in segment"), |
| 4873 | abfd, |
| 4874 | (hdr->bfd_section == NULL |
| 4875 | ? "*unknown*" |
| 4876 | : hdr->bfd_section->name)); |
| 4877 | /* We don't need to page align empty sections. */ |
| 4878 | if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0 && hdr->sh_size != 0) |
| 4879 | off += vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr->sh_addr, off, |
| 4880 | bed->maxpagesize); |
| 4881 | else |
| 4882 | off += vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr->sh_addr, off, |
| 4883 | hdr->sh_addralign); |
| 4884 | off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, |
| 4885 | FALSE); |
| 4886 | } |
| 4887 | else if (((hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL || hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA) |
| 4888 | && hdr->bfd_section == NULL) |
| 4889 | || hdr == i_shdrpp[elf_onesymtab (abfd)] |
| 4890 | || hdr == i_shdrpp[elf_symtab_shndx (abfd)] |
| 4891 | || hdr == i_shdrpp[elf_strtab_sec (abfd)]) |
| 4892 | hdr->sh_offset = -1; |
| 4893 | else |
| 4894 | off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE); |
| 4895 | } |
| 4896 | |
| 4897 | /* Now that we have set the section file positions, we can set up |
| 4898 | the file positions for the non PT_LOAD segments. */ |
| 4899 | count = 0; |
| 4900 | filehdr_vaddr = 0; |
| 4901 | filehdr_paddr = 0; |
| 4902 | phdrs_vaddr = bed->maxpagesize + bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; |
| 4903 | phdrs_paddr = 0; |
| 4904 | hdrs_segment = NULL; |
| 4905 | phdrs = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr; |
| 4906 | for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd), p = phdrs; m != NULL; m = m->next, p++) |
| 4907 | { |
| 4908 | ++count; |
| 4909 | if (p->p_type != PT_LOAD) |
| 4910 | continue; |
| 4911 | |
| 4912 | if (m->includes_filehdr) |
| 4913 | { |
| 4914 | filehdr_vaddr = p->p_vaddr; |
| 4915 | filehdr_paddr = p->p_paddr; |
| 4916 | } |
| 4917 | if (m->includes_phdrs) |
| 4918 | { |
| 4919 | phdrs_vaddr = p->p_vaddr; |
| 4920 | phdrs_paddr = p->p_paddr; |
| 4921 | if (m->includes_filehdr) |
| 4922 | { |
| 4923 | hdrs_segment = m; |
| 4924 | phdrs_vaddr += bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; |
| 4925 | phdrs_paddr += bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; |
| 4926 | } |
| 4927 | } |
| 4928 | } |
| 4929 | |
| 4930 | if (hdrs_segment != NULL && link_info != NULL) |
| 4931 | { |
| 4932 | /* There is a segment that contains both the file headers and the |
| 4933 | program headers, so provide a symbol __ehdr_start pointing there. |
| 4934 | A program can use this to examine itself robustly. */ |
| 4935 | |
| 4936 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *hash |
| 4937 | = elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (link_info), "__ehdr_start", |
| 4938 | FALSE, FALSE, TRUE); |
| 4939 | /* If the symbol was referenced and not defined, define it. */ |
| 4940 | if (hash != NULL |
| 4941 | && (hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_new |
| 4942 | || hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined |
| 4943 | || hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak |
| 4944 | || hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_common)) |
| 4945 | { |
| 4946 | asection *s = NULL; |
| 4947 | if (hdrs_segment->count != 0) |
| 4948 | /* The segment contains sections, so use the first one. */ |
| 4949 | s = hdrs_segment->sections[0]; |
| 4950 | else |
| 4951 | /* Use the first (i.e. lowest-addressed) section in any segment. */ |
| 4952 | for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd); m != NULL; m = m->next) |
| 4953 | if (m->count != 0) |
| 4954 | { |
| 4955 | s = m->sections[0]; |
| 4956 | break; |
| 4957 | } |
| 4958 | |
| 4959 | if (s != NULL) |
| 4960 | { |
| 4961 | hash->root.u.def.value = filehdr_vaddr - s->vma; |
| 4962 | hash->root.u.def.section = s; |
| 4963 | } |
| 4964 | else |
| 4965 | { |
| 4966 | hash->root.u.def.value = filehdr_vaddr; |
| 4967 | hash->root.u.def.section = bfd_abs_section_ptr; |
| 4968 | } |
| 4969 | |
| 4970 | hash->root.type = bfd_link_hash_defined; |
| 4971 | hash->def_regular = 1; |
| 4972 | hash->non_elf = 0; |
| 4973 | } |
| 4974 | } |
| 4975 | |
| 4976 | for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd), p = phdrs; m != NULL; m = m->next, p++) |
| 4977 | { |
| 4978 | if (p->p_type == PT_GNU_RELRO) |
| 4979 | { |
| 4980 | const Elf_Internal_Phdr *lp; |
| 4981 | struct elf_segment_map *lm; |
| 4982 | |
| 4983 | if (link_info != NULL) |
| 4984 | { |
| 4985 | /* During linking the range of the RELRO segment is passed |
| 4986 | in link_info. */ |
| 4987 | for (lm = elf_seg_map (abfd), lp = phdrs; |
| 4988 | lm != NULL; |
| 4989 | lm = lm->next, lp++) |
| 4990 | { |
| 4991 | if (lp->p_type == PT_LOAD |
| 4992 | && lp->p_vaddr < link_info->relro_end |
| 4993 | && lp->p_vaddr + lp->p_filesz >= link_info->relro_end |
| 4994 | && lm->count != 0 |
| 4995 | && lm->sections[0]->vma >= link_info->relro_start) |
| 4996 | break; |
| 4997 | } |
| 4998 | |
| 4999 | /* PR ld/14207. If the RELRO segment doesn't fit in the |
| 5000 | LOAD segment, it should be removed. */ |
| 5001 | BFD_ASSERT (lm != NULL); |
| 5002 | } |
| 5003 | else |
| 5004 | { |
| 5005 | /* Otherwise we are copying an executable or shared |
| 5006 | library, but we need to use the same linker logic. */ |
| 5007 | for (lp = phdrs; lp < phdrs + count; ++lp) |
| 5008 | { |
| 5009 | if (lp->p_type == PT_LOAD |
| 5010 | && lp->p_paddr == p->p_paddr) |
| 5011 | break; |
| 5012 | } |
| 5013 | } |
| 5014 | |
| 5015 | if (lp < phdrs + count) |
| 5016 | { |
| 5017 | p->p_vaddr = lp->p_vaddr; |
| 5018 | p->p_paddr = lp->p_paddr; |
| 5019 | p->p_offset = lp->p_offset; |
| 5020 | if (link_info != NULL) |
| 5021 | p->p_filesz = link_info->relro_end - lp->p_vaddr; |
| 5022 | else if (m->p_size_valid) |
| 5023 | p->p_filesz = m->p_size; |
| 5024 | else |
| 5025 | abort (); |
| 5026 | p->p_memsz = p->p_filesz; |
| 5027 | /* Preserve the alignment and flags if they are valid. The |
| 5028 | gold linker generates RW/4 for the PT_GNU_RELRO section. |
| 5029 | It is better for objcopy/strip to honor these attributes |
| 5030 | otherwise gdb will choke when using separate debug files. |
| 5031 | */ |
| 5032 | if (!m->p_align_valid) |
| 5033 | p->p_align = 1; |
| 5034 | if (!m->p_flags_valid) |
| 5035 | p->p_flags = (lp->p_flags & ~PF_W); |
| 5036 | } |
| 5037 | else |
| 5038 | { |
| 5039 | memset (p, 0, sizeof *p); |
| 5040 | p->p_type = PT_NULL; |
| 5041 | } |
| 5042 | } |
| 5043 | else if (p->p_type == PT_GNU_STACK) |
| 5044 | { |
| 5045 | if (m->p_size_valid) |
| 5046 | p->p_memsz = m->p_size; |
| 5047 | } |
| 5048 | else if (m->count != 0) |
| 5049 | { |
| 5050 | if (p->p_type != PT_LOAD |
| 5051 | && (p->p_type != PT_NOTE |
| 5052 | || bfd_get_format (abfd) != bfd_core)) |
| 5053 | { |
| 5054 | BFD_ASSERT (!m->includes_filehdr && !m->includes_phdrs); |
| 5055 | |
| 5056 | p->p_filesz = 0; |
| 5057 | p->p_offset = m->sections[0]->filepos; |
| 5058 | for (i = m->count; i-- != 0;) |
| 5059 | { |
| 5060 | asection *sect = m->sections[i]; |
| 5061 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = &elf_section_data (sect)->this_hdr; |
| 5062 | if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS) |
| 5063 | { |
| 5064 | p->p_filesz = (sect->filepos - m->sections[0]->filepos |
| 5065 | + hdr->sh_size); |
| 5066 | break; |
| 5067 | } |
| 5068 | } |
| 5069 | } |
| 5070 | } |
| 5071 | else if (m->includes_filehdr) |
| 5072 | { |
| 5073 | p->p_vaddr = filehdr_vaddr; |
| 5074 | if (! m->p_paddr_valid) |
| 5075 | p->p_paddr = filehdr_paddr; |
| 5076 | } |
| 5077 | else if (m->includes_phdrs) |
| 5078 | { |
| 5079 | p->p_vaddr = phdrs_vaddr; |
| 5080 | if (! m->p_paddr_valid) |
| 5081 | p->p_paddr = phdrs_paddr; |
| 5082 | } |
| 5083 | } |
| 5084 | |
| 5085 | elf_next_file_pos (abfd) = off; |
| 5086 | |
| 5087 | return TRUE; |
| 5088 | } |
| 5089 | |
| 5090 | /* Work out the file positions of all the sections. This is called by |
| 5091 | _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions. All the section sizes and |
| 5092 | VMAs must be known before this is called. |
| 5093 | |
| 5094 | Reloc sections come in two flavours: Those processed specially as |
| 5095 | "side-channel" data attached to a section to which they apply, and |
| 5096 | those that bfd doesn't process as relocations. The latter sort are |
| 5097 | stored in a normal bfd section by bfd_section_from_shdr. We don't |
| 5098 | consider the former sort here, unless they form part of the loadable |
| 5099 | image. Reloc sections not assigned here will be handled later by |
| 5100 | assign_file_positions_for_relocs. |
| 5101 | |
| 5102 | We also don't set the positions of the .symtab and .strtab here. */ |
| 5103 | |
| 5104 | static bfd_boolean |
| 5105 | assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd *abfd, |
| 5106 | struct bfd_link_info *link_info) |
| 5107 | { |
| 5108 | struct elf_obj_tdata *tdata = elf_tdata (abfd); |
| 5109 | Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd); |
| 5110 | file_ptr off; |
| 5111 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
| 5112 | |
| 5113 | if ((abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC)) == 0 |
| 5114 | && bfd_get_format (abfd) != bfd_core) |
| 5115 | { |
| 5116 | Elf_Internal_Shdr ** const i_shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd); |
| 5117 | unsigned int num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd); |
| 5118 | Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp; |
| 5119 | unsigned int i; |
| 5120 | |
| 5121 | /* Start after the ELF header. */ |
| 5122 | off = i_ehdrp->e_ehsize; |
| 5123 | |
| 5124 | /* We are not creating an executable, which means that we are |
| 5125 | not creating a program header, and that the actual order of |
| 5126 | the sections in the file is unimportant. */ |
| 5127 | for (i = 1, hdrpp = i_shdrpp + 1; i < num_sec; i++, hdrpp++) |
| 5128 | { |
| 5129 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; |
| 5130 | |
| 5131 | hdr = *hdrpp; |
| 5132 | if (((hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL || hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA) |
| 5133 | && hdr->bfd_section == NULL) |
| 5134 | || i == elf_onesymtab (abfd) |
| 5135 | || i == elf_symtab_shndx (abfd) |
| 5136 | || i == elf_strtab_sec (abfd)) |
| 5137 | { |
| 5138 | hdr->sh_offset = -1; |
| 5139 | } |
| 5140 | else |
| 5141 | off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE); |
| 5142 | } |
| 5143 | } |
| 5144 | else |
| 5145 | { |
| 5146 | unsigned int alloc; |
| 5147 | |
| 5148 | /* Assign file positions for the loaded sections based on the |
| 5149 | assignment of sections to segments. */ |
| 5150 | if (!assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (abfd, link_info)) |
| 5151 | return FALSE; |
| 5152 | |
| 5153 | /* And for non-load sections. */ |
| 5154 | if (!assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (abfd, link_info)) |
| 5155 | return FALSE; |
| 5156 | |
| 5157 | if (bed->elf_backend_modify_program_headers != NULL) |
| 5158 | { |
| 5159 | if (!(*bed->elf_backend_modify_program_headers) (abfd, link_info)) |
| 5160 | return FALSE; |
| 5161 | } |
| 5162 | |
| 5163 | /* Set e_type in ELF header to ET_EXEC for -pie -Ttext-segment=. */ |
| 5164 | if (link_info != NULL |
| 5165 | && link_info->executable |
| 5166 | && link_info->shared) |
| 5167 | { |
| 5168 | unsigned int num_segments = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum; |
| 5169 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr; |
| 5170 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *end_segment = &segment[num_segments]; |
| 5171 | |
| 5172 | /* Find the lowest p_vaddr in PT_LOAD segments. */ |
| 5173 | bfd_vma p_vaddr = (bfd_vma) -1; |
| 5174 | for (; segment < end_segment; segment++) |
| 5175 | if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD && p_vaddr > segment->p_vaddr) |
| 5176 | p_vaddr = segment->p_vaddr; |
| 5177 | |
| 5178 | /* Set e_type to ET_EXEC if the lowest p_vaddr in PT_LOAD |
| 5179 | segments is non-zero. */ |
| 5180 | if (p_vaddr) |
| 5181 | i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_EXEC; |
| 5182 | } |
| 5183 | |
| 5184 | /* Write out the program headers. */ |
| 5185 | alloc = elf_program_header_size (abfd) / bed->s->sizeof_phdr; |
| 5186 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, (bfd_signed_vma) bed->s->sizeof_ehdr, SEEK_SET) != 0 |
| 5187 | || bed->s->write_out_phdrs (abfd, tdata->phdr, alloc) != 0) |
| 5188 | return FALSE; |
| 5189 | |
| 5190 | off = elf_next_file_pos (abfd); |
| 5191 | } |
| 5192 | |
| 5193 | /* Place the section headers. */ |
| 5194 | off = align_file_position (off, 1 << bed->s->log_file_align); |
| 5195 | i_ehdrp->e_shoff = off; |
| 5196 | off += i_ehdrp->e_shnum * i_ehdrp->e_shentsize; |
| 5197 | |
| 5198 | elf_next_file_pos (abfd) = off; |
| 5199 | |
| 5200 | return TRUE; |
| 5201 | } |
| 5202 | |
| 5203 | static bfd_boolean |
| 5204 | prep_headers (bfd *abfd) |
| 5205 | { |
| 5206 | Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp; /* Elf file header, internal form. */ |
| 5207 | struct elf_strtab_hash *shstrtab; |
| 5208 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
| 5209 | |
| 5210 | i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd); |
| 5211 | |
| 5212 | shstrtab = _bfd_elf_strtab_init (); |
| 5213 | if (shstrtab == NULL) |
| 5214 | return FALSE; |
| 5215 | |
| 5216 | elf_shstrtab (abfd) = shstrtab; |
| 5217 | |
| 5218 | i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG0] = ELFMAG0; |
| 5219 | i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG1] = ELFMAG1; |
| 5220 | i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG2] = ELFMAG2; |
| 5221 | i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG3] = ELFMAG3; |
| 5222 | |
| 5223 | i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_CLASS] = bed->s->elfclass; |
| 5224 | i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_DATA] = |
| 5225 | bfd_big_endian (abfd) ? ELFDATA2MSB : ELFDATA2LSB; |
| 5226 | i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_VERSION] = bed->s->ev_current; |
| 5227 | |
| 5228 | if ((abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0) |
| 5229 | i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_DYN; |
| 5230 | else if ((abfd->flags & EXEC_P) != 0) |
| 5231 | i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_EXEC; |
| 5232 | else if (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core) |
| 5233 | i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_CORE; |
| 5234 | else |
| 5235 | i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_REL; |
| 5236 | |
| 5237 | switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd)) |
| 5238 | { |
| 5239 | case bfd_arch_unknown: |
| 5240 | i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_NONE; |
| 5241 | break; |
| 5242 | |
| 5243 | /* There used to be a long list of cases here, each one setting |
| 5244 | e_machine to the same EM_* macro #defined as ELF_MACHINE_CODE |
| 5245 | in the corresponding bfd definition. To avoid duplication, |
| 5246 | the switch was removed. Machines that need special handling |
| 5247 | can generally do it in elf_backend_final_write_processing(), |
| 5248 | unless they need the information earlier than the final write. |
| 5249 | Such need can generally be supplied by replacing the tests for |
| 5250 | e_machine with the conditions used to determine it. */ |
| 5251 | default: |
| 5252 | i_ehdrp->e_machine = bed->elf_machine_code; |
| 5253 | } |
| 5254 | |
| 5255 | i_ehdrp->e_version = bed->s->ev_current; |
| 5256 | i_ehdrp->e_ehsize = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; |
| 5257 | |
| 5258 | /* No program header, for now. */ |
| 5259 | i_ehdrp->e_phoff = 0; |
| 5260 | i_ehdrp->e_phentsize = 0; |
| 5261 | i_ehdrp->e_phnum = 0; |
| 5262 | |
| 5263 | /* Each bfd section is section header entry. */ |
| 5264 | i_ehdrp->e_entry = bfd_get_start_address (abfd); |
| 5265 | i_ehdrp->e_shentsize = bed->s->sizeof_shdr; |
| 5266 | |
| 5267 | /* If we're building an executable, we'll need a program header table. */ |
| 5268 | if (abfd->flags & EXEC_P) |
| 5269 | /* It all happens later. */ |
| 5270 | ; |
| 5271 | else |
| 5272 | { |
| 5273 | i_ehdrp->e_phentsize = 0; |
| 5274 | i_ehdrp->e_phoff = 0; |
| 5275 | } |
| 5276 | |
| 5277 | elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name = |
| 5278 | (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab, ".symtab", FALSE); |
| 5279 | elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr.sh_name = |
| 5280 | (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab, ".strtab", FALSE); |
| 5281 | elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name = |
| 5282 | (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab, ".shstrtab", FALSE); |
| 5283 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1 |
| 5284 | || elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1 |
| 5285 | || elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1) |
| 5286 | return FALSE; |
| 5287 | |
| 5288 | return TRUE; |
| 5289 | } |
| 5290 | |
| 5291 | /* Assign file positions for all the reloc sections which are not part |
| 5292 | of the loadable file image. */ |
| 5293 | |
| 5294 | void |
| 5295 | _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs (bfd *abfd) |
| 5296 | { |
| 5297 | file_ptr off; |
| 5298 | unsigned int i, num_sec; |
| 5299 | Elf_Internal_Shdr **shdrpp; |
| 5300 | |
| 5301 | off = elf_next_file_pos (abfd); |
| 5302 | |
| 5303 | num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd); |
| 5304 | for (i = 1, shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd) + 1; i < num_sec; i++, shdrpp++) |
| 5305 | { |
| 5306 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdrp; |
| 5307 | |
| 5308 | shdrp = *shdrpp; |
| 5309 | if ((shdrp->sh_type == SHT_REL || shdrp->sh_type == SHT_RELA) |
| 5310 | && shdrp->sh_offset == -1) |
| 5311 | off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp, off, TRUE); |
| 5312 | } |
| 5313 | |
| 5314 | elf_next_file_pos (abfd) = off; |
| 5315 | } |
| 5316 | |
| 5317 | bfd_boolean |
| 5318 | _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (bfd *abfd) |
| 5319 | { |
| 5320 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
| 5321 | Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp; |
| 5322 | bfd_boolean failed; |
| 5323 | unsigned int count, num_sec; |
| 5324 | struct elf_obj_tdata *t; |
| 5325 | |
| 5326 | if (! abfd->output_has_begun |
| 5327 | && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd, NULL)) |
| 5328 | return FALSE; |
| 5329 | |
| 5330 | i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd); |
| 5331 | |
| 5332 | failed = FALSE; |
| 5333 | bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, bed->s->write_relocs, &failed); |
| 5334 | if (failed) |
| 5335 | return FALSE; |
| 5336 | |
| 5337 | _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs (abfd); |
| 5338 | |
| 5339 | /* After writing the headers, we need to write the sections too... */ |
| 5340 | num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd); |
| 5341 | for (count = 1; count < num_sec; count++) |
| 5342 | { |
| 5343 | if (bed->elf_backend_section_processing) |
| 5344 | (*bed->elf_backend_section_processing) (abfd, i_shdrp[count]); |
| 5345 | if (i_shdrp[count]->contents) |
| 5346 | { |
| 5347 | bfd_size_type amt = i_shdrp[count]->sh_size; |
| 5348 | |
| 5349 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, i_shdrp[count]->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 |
| 5350 | || bfd_bwrite (i_shdrp[count]->contents, amt, abfd) != amt) |
| 5351 | return FALSE; |
| 5352 | } |
| 5353 | } |
| 5354 | |
| 5355 | /* Write out the section header names. */ |
| 5356 | t = elf_tdata (abfd); |
| 5357 | if (elf_shstrtab (abfd) != NULL |
| 5358 | && (bfd_seek (abfd, t->shstrtab_hdr.sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 |
| 5359 | || !_bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd, elf_shstrtab (abfd)))) |
| 5360 | return FALSE; |
| 5361 | |
| 5362 | if (bed->elf_backend_final_write_processing) |
| 5363 | (*bed->elf_backend_final_write_processing) (abfd, elf_linker (abfd)); |
| 5364 | |
| 5365 | if (!bed->s->write_shdrs_and_ehdr (abfd)) |
| 5366 | return FALSE; |
| 5367 | |
| 5368 | /* This is last since write_shdrs_and_ehdr can touch i_shdrp[0]. */ |
| 5369 | if (t->o->build_id.after_write_object_contents != NULL) |
| 5370 | return (*t->o->build_id.after_write_object_contents) (abfd); |
| 5371 | |
| 5372 | return TRUE; |
| 5373 | } |
| 5374 | |
| 5375 | bfd_boolean |
| 5376 | _bfd_elf_write_corefile_contents (bfd *abfd) |
| 5377 | { |
| 5378 | /* Hopefully this can be done just like an object file. */ |
| 5379 | return _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (abfd); |
| 5380 | } |
| 5381 | |
| 5382 | /* Given a section, search the header to find them. */ |
| 5383 | |
| 5384 | unsigned int |
| 5385 | _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_section *asect) |
| 5386 | { |
| 5387 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed; |
| 5388 | unsigned int sec_index; |
| 5389 | |
| 5390 | if (elf_section_data (asect) != NULL |
| 5391 | && elf_section_data (asect)->this_idx != 0) |
| 5392 | return elf_section_data (asect)->this_idx; |
| 5393 | |
| 5394 | if (bfd_is_abs_section (asect)) |
| 5395 | sec_index = SHN_ABS; |
| 5396 | else if (bfd_is_com_section (asect)) |
| 5397 | sec_index = SHN_COMMON; |
| 5398 | else if (bfd_is_und_section (asect)) |
| 5399 | sec_index = SHN_UNDEF; |
| 5400 | else |
| 5401 | sec_index = SHN_BAD; |
| 5402 | |
| 5403 | bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
| 5404 | if (bed->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section) |
| 5405 | { |
| 5406 | int retval = sec_index; |
| 5407 | |
| 5408 | if ((*bed->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section) (abfd, asect, &retval)) |
| 5409 | return retval; |
| 5410 | } |
| 5411 | |
| 5412 | if (sec_index == SHN_BAD) |
| 5413 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section); |
| 5414 | |
| 5415 | return sec_index; |
| 5416 | } |
| 5417 | |
| 5418 | /* Given a BFD symbol, return the index in the ELF symbol table, or -1 |
| 5419 | on error. */ |
| 5420 | |
| 5421 | int |
| 5422 | _bfd_elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol (bfd *abfd, asymbol **asym_ptr_ptr) |
| 5423 | { |
| 5424 | asymbol *asym_ptr = *asym_ptr_ptr; |
| 5425 | int idx; |
| 5426 | flagword flags = asym_ptr->flags; |
| 5427 | |
| 5428 | /* When gas creates relocations against local labels, it creates its |
| 5429 | own symbol for the section, but does put the symbol into the |
| 5430 | symbol chain, so udata is 0. When the linker is generating |
| 5431 | relocatable output, this section symbol may be for one of the |
| 5432 | input sections rather than the output section. */ |
| 5433 | if (asym_ptr->udata.i == 0 |
| 5434 | && (flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) |
| 5435 | && asym_ptr->section) |
| 5436 | { |
| 5437 | asection *sec; |
| 5438 | int indx; |
| 5439 | |
| 5440 | sec = asym_ptr->section; |
| 5441 | if (sec->owner != abfd && sec->output_section != NULL) |
| 5442 | sec = sec->output_section; |
| 5443 | if (sec->owner == abfd |
| 5444 | && (indx = sec->index) < elf_num_section_syms (abfd) |
| 5445 | && elf_section_syms (abfd)[indx] != NULL) |
| 5446 | asym_ptr->udata.i = elf_section_syms (abfd)[indx]->udata.i; |
| 5447 | } |
| 5448 | |
| 5449 | idx = asym_ptr->udata.i; |
| 5450 | |
| 5451 | if (idx == 0) |
| 5452 | { |
| 5453 | /* This case can occur when using --strip-symbol on a symbol |
| 5454 | which is used in a relocation entry. */ |
| 5455 | (*_bfd_error_handler) |
| 5456 | (_("%B: symbol `%s' required but not present"), |
| 5457 | abfd, bfd_asymbol_name (asym_ptr)); |
| 5458 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_symbols); |
| 5459 | return -1; |
| 5460 | } |
| 5461 | |
| 5462 | #if DEBUG & 4 |
| 5463 | { |
| 5464 | fprintf (stderr, |
| 5465 | "elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol 0x%.8lx, name = %s, sym num = %d, flags = 0x%.8lx\n", |
| 5466 | (long) asym_ptr, asym_ptr->name, idx, (long) flags); |
| 5467 | fflush (stderr); |
| 5468 | } |
| 5469 | #endif |
| 5470 | |
| 5471 | return idx; |
| 5472 | } |
| 5473 | |
| 5474 | /* Rewrite program header information. */ |
| 5475 | |
| 5476 | static bfd_boolean |
| 5477 | rewrite_elf_program_header (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd) |
| 5478 | { |
| 5479 | Elf_Internal_Ehdr *iehdr; |
| 5480 | struct elf_segment_map *map; |
| 5481 | struct elf_segment_map *map_first; |
| 5482 | struct elf_segment_map **pointer_to_map; |
| 5483 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment; |
| 5484 | asection *section; |
| 5485 | unsigned int i; |
| 5486 | unsigned int num_segments; |
| 5487 | bfd_boolean phdr_included = FALSE; |
| 5488 | bfd_boolean p_paddr_valid; |
| 5489 | bfd_vma maxpagesize; |
| 5490 | struct elf_segment_map *phdr_adjust_seg = NULL; |
| 5491 | unsigned int phdr_adjust_num = 0; |
| 5492 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed; |
| 5493 | |
| 5494 | bed = get_elf_backend_data (ibfd); |
| 5495 | iehdr = elf_elfheader (ibfd); |
| 5496 | |
| 5497 | map_first = NULL; |
| 5498 | pointer_to_map = &map_first; |
| 5499 | |
| 5500 | num_segments = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum; |
| 5501 | maxpagesize = get_elf_backend_data (obfd)->maxpagesize; |
| 5502 | |
| 5503 | /* Returns the end address of the segment + 1. */ |
| 5504 | #define SEGMENT_END(segment, start) \ |
| 5505 | (start + (segment->p_memsz > segment->p_filesz \ |
| 5506 | ? segment->p_memsz : segment->p_filesz)) |
| 5507 | |
| 5508 | #define SECTION_SIZE(section, segment) \ |
| 5509 | (((section->flags & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \ |
| 5510 | != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL || segment->p_type == PT_TLS) \ |
| 5511 | ? section->size : 0) |
| 5512 | |
| 5513 | /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within |
| 5514 | the given segment. VMA addresses are compared. */ |
| 5515 | #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA(section, segment) \ |
| 5516 | (section->vma >= segment->p_vaddr \ |
| 5517 | && (section->vma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \ |
| 5518 | <= (SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr)))) |
| 5519 | |
| 5520 | /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within |
| 5521 | the given segment. LMA addresses are compared. */ |
| 5522 | #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA(section, segment, base) \ |
| 5523 | (section->lma >= base \ |
| 5524 | && (section->lma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \ |
| 5525 | <= SEGMENT_END (segment, base))) |
| 5526 | |
| 5527 | /* Handle PT_NOTE segment. */ |
| 5528 | #define IS_NOTE(p, s) \ |
| 5529 | (p->p_type == PT_NOTE \ |
| 5530 | && elf_section_type (s) == SHT_NOTE \ |
| 5531 | && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \ |
| 5532 | && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \ |
| 5533 | <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz)) |
| 5534 | |
| 5535 | /* Special case: corefile "NOTE" section containing regs, prpsinfo |
| 5536 | etc. */ |
| 5537 | #define IS_COREFILE_NOTE(p, s) \ |
| 5538 | (IS_NOTE (p, s) \ |
| 5539 | && bfd_get_format (ibfd) == bfd_core \ |
| 5540 | && s->vma == 0 \ |
| 5541 | && s->lma == 0) |
| 5542 | |
| 5543 | /* The complicated case when p_vaddr is 0 is to handle the Solaris |
| 5544 | linker, which generates a PT_INTERP section with p_vaddr and |
| 5545 | p_memsz set to 0. */ |
| 5546 | #define IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP(p, s) \ |
| 5547 | (p->p_vaddr == 0 \ |
| 5548 | && p->p_paddr == 0 \ |
| 5549 | && p->p_memsz == 0 \ |
| 5550 | && p->p_filesz > 0 \ |
| 5551 | && (s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0 \ |
| 5552 | && s->size > 0 \ |
| 5553 | && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \ |
| 5554 | && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \ |
| 5555 | <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz)) |
| 5556 | |
| 5557 | /* Decide if the given section should be included in the given segment. |
| 5558 | A section will be included if: |
| 5559 | 1. It is within the address space of the segment -- we use the LMA |
| 5560 | if that is set for the segment and the VMA otherwise, |
| 5561 | 2. It is an allocated section or a NOTE section in a PT_NOTE |
| 5562 | segment. |
| 5563 | 3. There is an output section associated with it, |
| 5564 | 4. The section has not already been allocated to a previous segment. |
| 5565 | 5. PT_GNU_STACK segments do not include any sections. |
| 5566 | 6. PT_TLS segment includes only SHF_TLS sections. |
| 5567 | 7. SHF_TLS sections are only in PT_TLS or PT_LOAD segments. |
| 5568 | 8. PT_DYNAMIC should not contain empty sections at the beginning |
| 5569 | (with the possible exception of .dynamic). */ |
| 5570 | #define IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \ |
| 5571 | ((((segment->p_paddr \ |
| 5572 | ? IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (section, segment, segment->p_paddr) \ |
| 5573 | : IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (section, segment)) \ |
| 5574 | && (section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) \ |
| 5575 | || IS_NOTE (segment, section)) \ |
| 5576 | && segment->p_type != PT_GNU_STACK \ |
| 5577 | && (segment->p_type != PT_TLS \ |
| 5578 | || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \ |
| 5579 | && (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD \ |
| 5580 | || segment->p_type == PT_TLS \ |
| 5581 | || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0) \ |
| 5582 | && (segment->p_type != PT_DYNAMIC \ |
| 5583 | || SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) > 0 \ |
| 5584 | || (segment->p_paddr \ |
| 5585 | ? segment->p_paddr != section->lma \ |
| 5586 | : segment->p_vaddr != section->vma) \ |
| 5587 | || (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (ibfd, section), ".dynamic") \ |
| 5588 | == 0)) \ |
| 5589 | && !section->segment_mark) |
| 5590 | |
| 5591 | /* If the output section of a section in the input segment is NULL, |
| 5592 | it is removed from the corresponding output segment. */ |
| 5593 | #define INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \ |
| 5594 | (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed) \ |
| 5595 | && section->output_section != NULL) |
| 5596 | |
| 5597 | /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 starts after the end of seg2. */ |
| 5598 | #define SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT(seg1, seg2, field) \ |
| 5599 | (seg1->field >= SEGMENT_END (seg2, seg2->field)) |
| 5600 | |
| 5601 | /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 and seg2 overlap. Segments overlap iff both |
| 5602 | their VMA address ranges and their LMA address ranges overlap. |
| 5603 | It is possible to have overlapping VMA ranges without overlapping LMA |
| 5604 | ranges. RedBoot images for example can have both .data and .bss mapped |
| 5605 | to the same VMA range, but with the .data section mapped to a different |
| 5606 | LMA. */ |
| 5607 | #define SEGMENT_OVERLAPS(seg1, seg2) \ |
| 5608 | ( !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_vaddr) \ |
| 5609 | || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_vaddr)) \ |
| 5610 | && !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_paddr) \ |
| 5611 | || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_paddr))) |
| 5612 | |
| 5613 | /* Initialise the segment mark field. */ |
| 5614 | for (section = ibfd->sections; section != NULL; section = section->next) |
| 5615 | section->segment_mark = FALSE; |
| 5616 | |
| 5617 | /* The Solaris linker creates program headers in which all the |
| 5618 | p_paddr fields are zero. When we try to objcopy or strip such a |
| 5619 | file, we get confused. Check for this case, and if we find it |
| 5620 | don't set the p_paddr_valid fields. */ |
| 5621 | p_paddr_valid = FALSE; |
| 5622 | for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr; |
| 5623 | i < num_segments; |
| 5624 | i++, segment++) |
| 5625 | if (segment->p_paddr != 0) |
| 5626 | { |
| 5627 | p_paddr_valid = TRUE; |
| 5628 | break; |
| 5629 | } |
| 5630 | |
| 5631 | /* Scan through the segments specified in the program header |
| 5632 | of the input BFD. For this first scan we look for overlaps |
| 5633 | in the loadable segments. These can be created by weird |
| 5634 | parameters to objcopy. Also, fix some solaris weirdness. */ |
| 5635 | for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr; |
| 5636 | i < num_segments; |
| 5637 | i++, segment++) |
| 5638 | { |
| 5639 | unsigned int j; |
| 5640 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment2; |
| 5641 | |
| 5642 | if (segment->p_type == PT_INTERP) |
| 5643 | for (section = ibfd->sections; section; section = section->next) |
| 5644 | if (IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP (segment, section)) |
| 5645 | { |
| 5646 | /* Mininal change so that the normal section to segment |
| 5647 | assignment code will work. */ |
| 5648 | segment->p_vaddr = section->vma; |
| 5649 | break; |
| 5650 | } |
| 5651 | |
| 5652 | if (segment->p_type != PT_LOAD) |
| 5653 | { |
| 5654 | /* Remove PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */ |
| 5655 | if (segment->p_type == PT_GNU_RELRO) |
| 5656 | segment->p_type = PT_NULL; |
| 5657 | continue; |
| 5658 | } |
| 5659 | |
| 5660 | /* Determine if this segment overlaps any previous segments. */ |
| 5661 | for (j = 0, segment2 = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr; j < i; j++, segment2++) |
| 5662 | { |
| 5663 | bfd_signed_vma extra_length; |
| 5664 | |
| 5665 | if (segment2->p_type != PT_LOAD |
| 5666 | || !SEGMENT_OVERLAPS (segment, segment2)) |
| 5667 | continue; |
| 5668 | |
| 5669 | /* Merge the two segments together. */ |
| 5670 | if (segment2->p_vaddr < segment->p_vaddr) |
| 5671 | { |
| 5672 | /* Extend SEGMENT2 to include SEGMENT and then delete |
| 5673 | SEGMENT. */ |
| 5674 | extra_length = (SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr) |
| 5675 | - SEGMENT_END (segment2, segment2->p_vaddr)); |
| 5676 | |
| 5677 | if (extra_length > 0) |
| 5678 | { |
| 5679 | segment2->p_memsz += extra_length; |
| 5680 | segment2->p_filesz += extra_length; |
| 5681 | } |
| 5682 | |
| 5683 | segment->p_type = PT_NULL; |
| 5684 | |
| 5685 | /* Since we have deleted P we must restart the outer loop. */ |
| 5686 | i = 0; |
| 5687 | segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr; |
| 5688 | break; |
| 5689 | } |
| 5690 | else |
| 5691 | { |
| 5692 | /* Extend SEGMENT to include SEGMENT2 and then delete |
| 5693 | SEGMENT2. */ |
| 5694 | extra_length = (SEGMENT_END (segment2, segment2->p_vaddr) |
| 5695 | - SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr)); |
| 5696 | |
| 5697 | if (extra_length > 0) |
| 5698 | { |
| 5699 | segment->p_memsz += extra_length; |
| 5700 | segment->p_filesz += extra_length; |
| 5701 | } |
| 5702 | |
| 5703 | segment2->p_type = PT_NULL; |
| 5704 | } |
| 5705 | } |
| 5706 | } |
| 5707 | |
| 5708 | /* The second scan attempts to assign sections to segments. */ |
| 5709 | for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr; |
| 5710 | i < num_segments; |
| 5711 | i++, segment++) |
| 5712 | { |
| 5713 | unsigned int section_count; |
| 5714 | asection **sections; |
| 5715 | asection *output_section; |
| 5716 | unsigned int isec; |
| 5717 | bfd_vma matching_lma; |
| 5718 | bfd_vma suggested_lma; |
| 5719 | unsigned int j; |
| 5720 | bfd_size_type amt; |
| 5721 | asection *first_section; |
| 5722 | bfd_boolean first_matching_lma; |
| 5723 | bfd_boolean first_suggested_lma; |
| 5724 | |
| 5725 | if (segment->p_type == PT_NULL) |
| 5726 | continue; |
| 5727 | |
| 5728 | first_section = NULL; |
| 5729 | /* Compute how many sections might be placed into this segment. */ |
| 5730 | for (section = ibfd->sections, section_count = 0; |
| 5731 | section != NULL; |
| 5732 | section = section->next) |
| 5733 | { |
| 5734 | /* Find the first section in the input segment, which may be |
| 5735 | removed from the corresponding output segment. */ |
| 5736 | if (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed)) |
| 5737 | { |
| 5738 | if (first_section == NULL) |
| 5739 | first_section = section; |
| 5740 | if (section->output_section != NULL) |
| 5741 | ++section_count; |
| 5742 | } |
| 5743 | } |
| 5744 | |
| 5745 | /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain |
| 5746 | all of the sections we have selected. */ |
| 5747 | amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); |
| 5748 | amt += ((bfd_size_type) section_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *); |
| 5749 | map = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (obfd, amt); |
| 5750 | if (map == NULL) |
| 5751 | return FALSE; |
| 5752 | |
| 5753 | /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Default to |
| 5754 | using the physical address of the segment in the input BFD. */ |
| 5755 | map->next = NULL; |
| 5756 | map->p_type = segment->p_type; |
| 5757 | map->p_flags = segment->p_flags; |
| 5758 | map->p_flags_valid = 1; |
| 5759 | |
| 5760 | /* If the first section in the input segment is removed, there is |
| 5761 | no need to preserve segment physical address in the corresponding |
| 5762 | output segment. */ |
| 5763 | if (!first_section || first_section->output_section != NULL) |
| 5764 | { |
| 5765 | map->p_paddr = segment->p_paddr; |
| 5766 | map->p_paddr_valid = p_paddr_valid; |
| 5767 | } |
| 5768 | |
| 5769 | /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header |
| 5770 | and if it contains the program headers themselves. */ |
| 5771 | map->includes_filehdr = (segment->p_offset == 0 |
| 5772 | && segment->p_filesz >= iehdr->e_ehsize); |
| 5773 | map->includes_phdrs = 0; |
| 5774 | |
| 5775 | if (!phdr_included || segment->p_type != PT_LOAD) |
| 5776 | { |
| 5777 | map->includes_phdrs = |
| 5778 | (segment->p_offset <= (bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff |
| 5779 | && (segment->p_offset + segment->p_filesz |
| 5780 | >= ((bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff |
| 5781 | + iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize))); |
| 5782 | |
| 5783 | if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD && map->includes_phdrs) |
| 5784 | phdr_included = TRUE; |
| 5785 | } |
| 5786 | |
| 5787 | if (section_count == 0) |
| 5788 | { |
| 5789 | /* Special segments, such as the PT_PHDR segment, may contain |
| 5790 | no sections, but ordinary, loadable segments should contain |
| 5791 | something. They are allowed by the ELF spec however, so only |
| 5792 | a warning is produced. */ |
| 5793 | if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD) |
| 5794 | (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: warning: Empty loadable segment" |
| 5795 | " detected, is this intentional ?\n"), |
| 5796 | ibfd); |
| 5797 | |
| 5798 | map->count = 0; |
| 5799 | *pointer_to_map = map; |
| 5800 | pointer_to_map = &map->next; |
| 5801 | |
| 5802 | continue; |
| 5803 | } |
| 5804 | |
| 5805 | /* Now scan the sections in the input BFD again and attempt |
| 5806 | to add their corresponding output sections to the segment map. |
| 5807 | The problem here is how to handle an output section which has |
| 5808 | been moved (ie had its LMA changed). There are four possibilities: |
| 5809 | |
| 5810 | 1. None of the sections have been moved. |
| 5811 | In this case we can continue to use the segment LMA from the |
| 5812 | input BFD. |
| 5813 | |
| 5814 | 2. All of the sections have been moved by the same amount. |
| 5815 | In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA |
| 5816 | of the first section. |
| 5817 | |
| 5818 | 3. Some of the sections have been moved, others have not. |
| 5819 | In this case those sections which have not been moved can be |
| 5820 | placed in the current segment which will have to have its size, |
| 5821 | and possibly its LMA changed, and a new segment or segments will |
| 5822 | have to be created to contain the other sections. |
| 5823 | |
| 5824 | 4. The sections have been moved, but not by the same amount. |
| 5825 | In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA |
| 5826 | of the first section and we will have to create a new segment |
| 5827 | or segments to contain the other sections. |
| 5828 | |
| 5829 | In order to save time, we allocate an array to hold the section |
| 5830 | pointers that we are interested in. As these sections get assigned |
| 5831 | to a segment, they are removed from this array. */ |
| 5832 | |
| 5833 | sections = (asection **) bfd_malloc2 (section_count, sizeof (asection *)); |
| 5834 | if (sections == NULL) |
| 5835 | return FALSE; |
| 5836 | |
| 5837 | /* Step One: Scan for segment vs section LMA conflicts. |
| 5838 | Also add the sections to the section array allocated above. |
| 5839 | Also add the sections to the current segment. In the common |
| 5840 | case, where the sections have not been moved, this means that |
| 5841 | we have completely filled the segment, and there is nothing |
| 5842 | more to do. */ |
| 5843 | isec = 0; |
| 5844 | matching_lma = 0; |
| 5845 | suggested_lma = 0; |
| 5846 | first_matching_lma = TRUE; |
| 5847 | first_suggested_lma = TRUE; |
| 5848 | |
| 5849 | for (section = ibfd->sections; |
| 5850 | section != NULL; |
| 5851 | section = section->next) |
| 5852 | if (section == first_section) |
| 5853 | break; |
| 5854 | |
| 5855 | for (j = 0; section != NULL; section = section->next) |
| 5856 | { |
| 5857 | if (INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed)) |
| 5858 | { |
| 5859 | output_section = section->output_section; |
| 5860 | |
| 5861 | sections[j++] = section; |
| 5862 | |
| 5863 | /* The Solaris native linker always sets p_paddr to 0. |
| 5864 | We try to catch that case here, and set it to the |
| 5865 | correct value. Note - some backends require that |
| 5866 | p_paddr be left as zero. */ |
| 5867 | if (!p_paddr_valid |
| 5868 | && segment->p_vaddr != 0 |
| 5869 | && !bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero |
| 5870 | && isec == 0 |
| 5871 | && output_section->lma != 0 |
| 5872 | && output_section->vma == (segment->p_vaddr |
| 5873 | + (map->includes_filehdr |
| 5874 | ? iehdr->e_ehsize |
| 5875 | : 0) |
| 5876 | + (map->includes_phdrs |
| 5877 | ? (iehdr->e_phnum |
| 5878 | * iehdr->e_phentsize) |
| 5879 | : 0))) |
| 5880 | map->p_paddr = segment->p_vaddr; |
| 5881 | |
| 5882 | /* Match up the physical address of the segment with the |
| 5883 | LMA address of the output section. */ |
| 5884 | if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section, segment, map->p_paddr) |
| 5885 | || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment, section) |
| 5886 | || (bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero |
| 5887 | && IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (output_section, segment))) |
| 5888 | { |
| 5889 | if (first_matching_lma || output_section->lma < matching_lma) |
| 5890 | { |
| 5891 | matching_lma = output_section->lma; |
| 5892 | first_matching_lma = FALSE; |
| 5893 | } |
| 5894 | |
| 5895 | /* We assume that if the section fits within the segment |
| 5896 | then it does not overlap any other section within that |
| 5897 | segment. */ |
| 5898 | map->sections[isec++] = output_section; |
| 5899 | } |
| 5900 | else if (first_suggested_lma) |
| 5901 | { |
| 5902 | suggested_lma = output_section->lma; |
| 5903 | first_suggested_lma = FALSE; |
| 5904 | } |
| 5905 | |
| 5906 | if (j == section_count) |
| 5907 | break; |
| 5908 | } |
| 5909 | } |
| 5910 | |
| 5911 | BFD_ASSERT (j == section_count); |
| 5912 | |
| 5913 | /* Step Two: Adjust the physical address of the current segment, |
| 5914 | if necessary. */ |
| 5915 | if (isec == section_count) |
| 5916 | { |
| 5917 | /* All of the sections fitted within the segment as currently |
| 5918 | specified. This is the default case. Add the segment to |
| 5919 | the list of built segments and carry on to process the next |
| 5920 | program header in the input BFD. */ |
| 5921 | map->count = section_count; |
| 5922 | *pointer_to_map = map; |
| 5923 | pointer_to_map = &map->next; |
| 5924 | |
| 5925 | if (p_paddr_valid |
| 5926 | && !bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero |
| 5927 | && matching_lma != map->p_paddr |
| 5928 | && !map->includes_filehdr |
| 5929 | && !map->includes_phdrs) |
| 5930 | /* There is some padding before the first section in the |
| 5931 | segment. So, we must account for that in the output |
| 5932 | segment's vma. */ |
| 5933 | map->p_vaddr_offset = matching_lma - map->p_paddr; |
| 5934 | |
| 5935 | free (sections); |
| 5936 | continue; |
| 5937 | } |
| 5938 | else |
| 5939 | { |
| 5940 | if (!first_matching_lma) |
| 5941 | { |
| 5942 | /* At least one section fits inside the current segment. |
| 5943 | Keep it, but modify its physical address to match the |
| 5944 | LMA of the first section that fitted. */ |
| 5945 | map->p_paddr = matching_lma; |
| 5946 | } |
| 5947 | else |
| 5948 | { |
| 5949 | /* None of the sections fitted inside the current segment. |
| 5950 | Change the current segment's physical address to match |
| 5951 | the LMA of the first section. */ |
| 5952 | map->p_paddr = suggested_lma; |
| 5953 | } |
| 5954 | |
| 5955 | /* Offset the segment physical address from the lma |
| 5956 | to allow for space taken up by elf headers. */ |
| 5957 | if (map->includes_filehdr) |
| 5958 | { |
| 5959 | if (map->p_paddr >= iehdr->e_ehsize) |
| 5960 | map->p_paddr -= iehdr->e_ehsize; |
| 5961 | else |
| 5962 | { |
| 5963 | map->includes_filehdr = FALSE; |
| 5964 | map->includes_phdrs = FALSE; |
| 5965 | } |
| 5966 | } |
| 5967 | |
| 5968 | if (map->includes_phdrs) |
| 5969 | { |
| 5970 | if (map->p_paddr >= iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize) |
| 5971 | { |
| 5972 | map->p_paddr -= iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize; |
| 5973 | |
| 5974 | /* iehdr->e_phnum is just an estimate of the number |
| 5975 | of program headers that we will need. Make a note |
| 5976 | here of the number we used and the segment we chose |
| 5977 | to hold these headers, so that we can adjust the |
| 5978 | offset when we know the correct value. */ |
| 5979 | phdr_adjust_num = iehdr->e_phnum; |
| 5980 | phdr_adjust_seg = map; |
| 5981 | } |
| 5982 | else |
| 5983 | map->includes_phdrs = FALSE; |
| 5984 | } |
| 5985 | } |
| 5986 | |
| 5987 | /* Step Three: Loop over the sections again, this time assigning |
| 5988 | those that fit to the current segment and removing them from the |
| 5989 | sections array; but making sure not to leave large gaps. Once all |
| 5990 | possible sections have been assigned to the current segment it is |
| 5991 | added to the list of built segments and if sections still remain |
| 5992 | to be assigned, a new segment is constructed before repeating |
| 5993 | the loop. */ |
| 5994 | isec = 0; |
| 5995 | do |
| 5996 | { |
| 5997 | map->count = 0; |
| 5998 | suggested_lma = 0; |
| 5999 | first_suggested_lma = TRUE; |
| 6000 | |
| 6001 | /* Fill the current segment with sections that fit. */ |
| 6002 | for (j = 0; j < section_count; j++) |
| 6003 | { |
| 6004 | section = sections[j]; |
| 6005 | |
| 6006 | if (section == NULL) |
| 6007 | continue; |
| 6008 | |
| 6009 | output_section = section->output_section; |
| 6010 | |
| 6011 | BFD_ASSERT (output_section != NULL); |
| 6012 | |
| 6013 | if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section, segment, map->p_paddr) |
| 6014 | || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment, section)) |
| 6015 | { |
| 6016 | if (map->count == 0) |
| 6017 | { |
| 6018 | /* If the first section in a segment does not start at |
| 6019 | the beginning of the segment, then something is |
| 6020 | wrong. */ |
| 6021 | if (output_section->lma |
| 6022 | != (map->p_paddr |
| 6023 | + (map->includes_filehdr ? iehdr->e_ehsize : 0) |
| 6024 | + (map->includes_phdrs |
| 6025 | ? iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize |
| 6026 | : 0))) |
| 6027 | abort (); |
| 6028 | } |
| 6029 | else |
| 6030 | { |
| 6031 | asection *prev_sec; |
| 6032 | |
| 6033 | prev_sec = map->sections[map->count - 1]; |
| 6034 | |
| 6035 | /* If the gap between the end of the previous section |
| 6036 | and the start of this section is more than |
| 6037 | maxpagesize then we need to start a new segment. */ |
| 6038 | if ((BFD_ALIGN (prev_sec->lma + prev_sec->size, |
| 6039 | maxpagesize) |
| 6040 | < BFD_ALIGN (output_section->lma, maxpagesize)) |
| 6041 | || (prev_sec->lma + prev_sec->size |
| 6042 | > output_section->lma)) |
| 6043 | { |
| 6044 | if (first_suggested_lma) |
| 6045 | { |
| 6046 | suggested_lma = output_section->lma; |
| 6047 | first_suggested_lma = FALSE; |
| 6048 | } |
| 6049 | |
| 6050 | continue; |
| 6051 | } |
| 6052 | } |
| 6053 | |
| 6054 | map->sections[map->count++] = output_section; |
| 6055 | ++isec; |
| 6056 | sections[j] = NULL; |
| 6057 | section->segment_mark = TRUE; |
| 6058 | } |
| 6059 | else if (first_suggested_lma) |
| 6060 | { |
| 6061 | suggested_lma = output_section->lma; |
| 6062 | first_suggested_lma = FALSE; |
| 6063 | } |
| 6064 | } |
| 6065 | |
| 6066 | BFD_ASSERT (map->count > 0); |
| 6067 | |
| 6068 | /* Add the current segment to the list of built segments. */ |
| 6069 | *pointer_to_map = map; |
| 6070 | pointer_to_map = &map->next; |
| 6071 | |
| 6072 | if (isec < section_count) |
| 6073 | { |
| 6074 | /* We still have not allocated all of the sections to |
| 6075 | segments. Create a new segment here, initialise it |
| 6076 | and carry on looping. */ |
| 6077 | amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); |
| 6078 | amt += ((bfd_size_type) section_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *); |
| 6079 | map = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (obfd, amt); |
| 6080 | if (map == NULL) |
| 6081 | { |
| 6082 | free (sections); |
| 6083 | return FALSE; |
| 6084 | } |
| 6085 | |
| 6086 | /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Set the physical |
| 6087 | physical address to the LMA of the first section that has |
| 6088 | not yet been assigned. */ |
| 6089 | map->next = NULL; |
| 6090 | map->p_type = segment->p_type; |
| 6091 | map->p_flags = segment->p_flags; |
| 6092 | map->p_flags_valid = 1; |
| 6093 | map->p_paddr = suggested_lma; |
| 6094 | map->p_paddr_valid = p_paddr_valid; |
| 6095 | map->includes_filehdr = 0; |
| 6096 | map->includes_phdrs = 0; |
| 6097 | } |
| 6098 | } |
| 6099 | while (isec < section_count); |
| 6100 | |
| 6101 | free (sections); |
| 6102 | } |
| 6103 | |
| 6104 | elf_seg_map (obfd) = map_first; |
| 6105 | |
| 6106 | /* If we had to estimate the number of program headers that were |
| 6107 | going to be needed, then check our estimate now and adjust |
| 6108 | the offset if necessary. */ |
| 6109 | if (phdr_adjust_seg != NULL) |
| 6110 | { |
| 6111 | unsigned int count; |
| 6112 | |
| 6113 | for (count = 0, map = map_first; map != NULL; map = map->next) |
| 6114 | count++; |
| 6115 | |
| 6116 | if (count > phdr_adjust_num) |
| 6117 | phdr_adjust_seg->p_paddr |
| 6118 | -= (count - phdr_adjust_num) * iehdr->e_phentsize; |
| 6119 | } |
| 6120 | |
| 6121 | #undef SEGMENT_END |
| 6122 | #undef SECTION_SIZE |
| 6123 | #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA |
| 6124 | #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA |
| 6125 | #undef IS_NOTE |
| 6126 | #undef IS_COREFILE_NOTE |
| 6127 | #undef IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP |
| 6128 | #undef IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT |
| 6129 | #undef INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT |
| 6130 | #undef SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT |
| 6131 | #undef SEGMENT_OVERLAPS |
| 6132 | return TRUE; |
| 6133 | } |
| 6134 | |
| 6135 | /* Copy ELF program header information. */ |
| 6136 | |
| 6137 | static bfd_boolean |
| 6138 | copy_elf_program_header (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd) |
| 6139 | { |
| 6140 | Elf_Internal_Ehdr *iehdr; |
| 6141 | struct elf_segment_map *map; |
| 6142 | struct elf_segment_map *map_first; |
| 6143 | struct elf_segment_map **pointer_to_map; |
| 6144 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment; |
| 6145 | unsigned int i; |
| 6146 | unsigned int num_segments; |
| 6147 | bfd_boolean phdr_included = FALSE; |
| 6148 | bfd_boolean p_paddr_valid; |
| 6149 | |
| 6150 | iehdr = elf_elfheader (ibfd); |
| 6151 | |
| 6152 | map_first = NULL; |
| 6153 | pointer_to_map = &map_first; |
| 6154 | |
| 6155 | /* If all the segment p_paddr fields are zero, don't set |
| 6156 | map->p_paddr_valid. */ |
| 6157 | p_paddr_valid = FALSE; |
| 6158 | num_segments = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum; |
| 6159 | for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr; |
| 6160 | i < num_segments; |
| 6161 | i++, segment++) |
| 6162 | if (segment->p_paddr != 0) |
| 6163 | { |
| 6164 | p_paddr_valid = TRUE; |
| 6165 | break; |
| 6166 | } |
| 6167 | |
| 6168 | for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr; |
| 6169 | i < num_segments; |
| 6170 | i++, segment++) |
| 6171 | { |
| 6172 | asection *section; |
| 6173 | unsigned int section_count; |
| 6174 | bfd_size_type amt; |
| 6175 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr; |
| 6176 | asection *first_section = NULL; |
| 6177 | asection *lowest_section; |
| 6178 | |
| 6179 | /* Compute how many sections are in this segment. */ |
| 6180 | for (section = ibfd->sections, section_count = 0; |
| 6181 | section != NULL; |
| 6182 | section = section->next) |
| 6183 | { |
| 6184 | this_hdr = &(elf_section_data(section)->this_hdr); |
| 6185 | if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr, segment)) |
| 6186 | { |
| 6187 | if (first_section == NULL) |
| 6188 | first_section = section; |
| 6189 | section_count++; |
| 6190 | } |
| 6191 | } |
| 6192 | |
| 6193 | /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain |
| 6194 | all of the sections we have selected. */ |
| 6195 | amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); |
| 6196 | if (section_count != 0) |
| 6197 | amt += ((bfd_size_type) section_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *); |
| 6198 | map = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (obfd, amt); |
| 6199 | if (map == NULL) |
| 6200 | return FALSE; |
| 6201 | |
| 6202 | /* Initialize the fields of the output segment map with the |
| 6203 | input segment. */ |
| 6204 | map->next = NULL; |
| 6205 | map->p_type = segment->p_type; |
| 6206 | map->p_flags = segment->p_flags; |
| 6207 | map->p_flags_valid = 1; |
| 6208 | map->p_paddr = segment->p_paddr; |
| 6209 | map->p_paddr_valid = p_paddr_valid; |
| 6210 | map->p_align = segment->p_align; |
| 6211 | map->p_align_valid = 1; |
| 6212 | map->p_vaddr_offset = 0; |
| 6213 | |
| 6214 | if (map->p_type == PT_GNU_RELRO |
| 6215 | || map->p_type == PT_GNU_STACK) |
| 6216 | { |
| 6217 | /* The PT_GNU_RELRO segment may contain the first a few |
| 6218 | bytes in the .got.plt section even if the whole .got.plt |
| 6219 | section isn't in the PT_GNU_RELRO segment. We won't |
| 6220 | change the size of the PT_GNU_RELRO segment. |
| 6221 | Similarly, PT_GNU_STACK size is significant on uclinux |
| 6222 | systems. */ |
| 6223 | map->p_size = segment->p_memsz; |
| 6224 | map->p_size_valid = 1; |
| 6225 | } |
| 6226 | |
| 6227 | /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header |
| 6228 | and if it contains the program headers themselves. */ |
| 6229 | map->includes_filehdr = (segment->p_offset == 0 |
| 6230 | && segment->p_filesz >= iehdr->e_ehsize); |
| 6231 | |
| 6232 | map->includes_phdrs = 0; |
| 6233 | if (! phdr_included || segment->p_type != PT_LOAD) |
| 6234 | { |
| 6235 | map->includes_phdrs = |
| 6236 | (segment->p_offset <= (bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff |
| 6237 | && (segment->p_offset + segment->p_filesz |
| 6238 | >= ((bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff |
| 6239 | + iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize))); |
| 6240 | |
| 6241 | if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD && map->includes_phdrs) |
| 6242 | phdr_included = TRUE; |
| 6243 | } |
| 6244 | |
| 6245 | lowest_section = first_section; |
| 6246 | if (section_count != 0) |
| 6247 | { |
| 6248 | unsigned int isec = 0; |
| 6249 | |
| 6250 | for (section = first_section; |
| 6251 | section != NULL; |
| 6252 | section = section->next) |
| 6253 | { |
| 6254 | this_hdr = &(elf_section_data(section)->this_hdr); |
| 6255 | if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr, segment)) |
| 6256 | { |
| 6257 | map->sections[isec++] = section->output_section; |
| 6258 | if ((section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) |
| 6259 | { |
| 6260 | bfd_vma seg_off; |
| 6261 | |
| 6262 | if (section->lma < lowest_section->lma) |
| 6263 | lowest_section = section; |
| 6264 | |
| 6265 | /* Section lmas are set up from PT_LOAD header |
| 6266 | p_paddr in _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr. |
| 6267 | If this header has a p_paddr that disagrees |
| 6268 | with the section lma, flag the p_paddr as |
| 6269 | invalid. */ |
| 6270 | if ((section->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0) |
| 6271 | seg_off = this_hdr->sh_offset - segment->p_offset; |
| 6272 | else |
| 6273 | seg_off = this_hdr->sh_addr - segment->p_vaddr; |
| 6274 | if (section->lma - segment->p_paddr != seg_off) |
| 6275 | map->p_paddr_valid = FALSE; |
| 6276 | } |
| 6277 | if (isec == section_count) |
| 6278 | break; |
| 6279 | } |
| 6280 | } |
| 6281 | } |
| 6282 | |
| 6283 | if (map->includes_filehdr && lowest_section != NULL) |
| 6284 | /* We need to keep the space used by the headers fixed. */ |
| 6285 | map->header_size = lowest_section->vma - segment->p_vaddr; |
| 6286 | |
| 6287 | if (!map->includes_phdrs |
| 6288 | && !map->includes_filehdr |
| 6289 | && map->p_paddr_valid) |
| 6290 | /* There is some other padding before the first section. */ |
| 6291 | map->p_vaddr_offset = ((lowest_section ? lowest_section->lma : 0) |
| 6292 | - segment->p_paddr); |
| 6293 | |
| 6294 | map->count = section_count; |
| 6295 | *pointer_to_map = map; |
| 6296 | pointer_to_map = &map->next; |
| 6297 | } |
| 6298 | |
| 6299 | elf_seg_map (obfd) = map_first; |
| 6300 | return TRUE; |
| 6301 | } |
| 6302 | |
| 6303 | /* Copy private BFD data. This copies or rewrites ELF program header |
| 6304 | information. */ |
| 6305 | |
| 6306 | static bfd_boolean |
| 6307 | copy_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd) |
| 6308 | { |
| 6309 | if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour |
| 6310 | || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour) |
| 6311 | return TRUE; |
| 6312 | |
| 6313 | if (elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr == NULL) |
| 6314 | return TRUE; |
| 6315 | |
| 6316 | if (ibfd->xvec == obfd->xvec) |
| 6317 | { |
| 6318 | /* Check to see if any sections in the input BFD |
| 6319 | covered by ELF program header have changed. */ |
| 6320 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment; |
| 6321 | asection *section, *osec; |
| 6322 | unsigned int i, num_segments; |
| 6323 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr; |
| 6324 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed; |
| 6325 | |
| 6326 | bed = get_elf_backend_data (ibfd); |
| 6327 | |
| 6328 | /* Regenerate the segment map if p_paddr is set to 0. */ |
| 6329 | if (bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero) |
| 6330 | goto rewrite; |
| 6331 | |
| 6332 | /* Initialize the segment mark field. */ |
| 6333 | for (section = obfd->sections; section != NULL; |
| 6334 | section = section->next) |
| 6335 | section->segment_mark = FALSE; |
| 6336 | |
| 6337 | num_segments = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum; |
| 6338 | for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr; |
| 6339 | i < num_segments; |
| 6340 | i++, segment++) |
| 6341 | { |
| 6342 | /* PR binutils/3535. The Solaris linker always sets the p_paddr |
| 6343 | and p_memsz fields of special segments (DYNAMIC, INTERP) to 0 |
| 6344 | which severly confuses things, so always regenerate the segment |
| 6345 | map in this case. */ |
| 6346 | if (segment->p_paddr == 0 |
| 6347 | && segment->p_memsz == 0 |
| 6348 | && (segment->p_type == PT_INTERP || segment->p_type == PT_DYNAMIC)) |
| 6349 | goto rewrite; |
| 6350 | |
| 6351 | for (section = ibfd->sections; |
| 6352 | section != NULL; section = section->next) |
| 6353 | { |
| 6354 | /* We mark the output section so that we know it comes |
| 6355 | from the input BFD. */ |
| 6356 | osec = section->output_section; |
| 6357 | if (osec) |
| 6358 | osec->segment_mark = TRUE; |
| 6359 | |
| 6360 | /* Check if this section is covered by the segment. */ |
| 6361 | this_hdr = &(elf_section_data(section)->this_hdr); |
| 6362 | if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr, segment)) |
| 6363 | { |
| 6364 | /* FIXME: Check if its output section is changed or |
| 6365 | removed. What else do we need to check? */ |
| 6366 | if (osec == NULL |
| 6367 | || section->flags != osec->flags |
| 6368 | || section->lma != osec->lma |
| 6369 | || section->vma != osec->vma |
| 6370 | || section->size != osec->size |
| 6371 | || section->rawsize != osec->rawsize |
| 6372 | || section->alignment_power != osec->alignment_power) |
| 6373 | goto rewrite; |
| 6374 | } |
| 6375 | } |
| 6376 | } |
| 6377 | |
| 6378 | /* Check to see if any output section do not come from the |
| 6379 | input BFD. */ |
| 6380 | for (section = obfd->sections; section != NULL; |
| 6381 | section = section->next) |
| 6382 | { |
| 6383 | if (section->segment_mark == FALSE) |
| 6384 | goto rewrite; |
| 6385 | else |
| 6386 | section->segment_mark = FALSE; |
| 6387 | } |
| 6388 | |
| 6389 | return copy_elf_program_header (ibfd, obfd); |
| 6390 | } |
| 6391 | |
| 6392 | rewrite: |
| 6393 | if (ibfd->xvec == obfd->xvec) |
| 6394 | { |
| 6395 | /* When rewriting program header, set the output maxpagesize to |
| 6396 | the maximum alignment of input PT_LOAD segments. */ |
| 6397 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment; |
| 6398 | unsigned int i; |
| 6399 | unsigned int num_segments = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum; |
| 6400 | bfd_vma maxpagesize = 0; |
| 6401 | |
| 6402 | for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr; |
| 6403 | i < num_segments; |
| 6404 | i++, segment++) |
| 6405 | if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD |
| 6406 | && maxpagesize < segment->p_align) |
| 6407 | maxpagesize = segment->p_align; |
| 6408 | |
| 6409 | if (maxpagesize != get_elf_backend_data (obfd)->maxpagesize) |
| 6410 | bfd_emul_set_maxpagesize (bfd_get_target (obfd), maxpagesize); |
| 6411 | } |
| 6412 | |
| 6413 | return rewrite_elf_program_header (ibfd, obfd); |
| 6414 | } |
| 6415 | |
| 6416 | /* Initialize private output section information from input section. */ |
| 6417 | |
| 6418 | bfd_boolean |
| 6419 | _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (bfd *ibfd, |
| 6420 | asection *isec, |
| 6421 | bfd *obfd, |
| 6422 | asection *osec, |
| 6423 | struct bfd_link_info *link_info) |
| 6424 | |
| 6425 | { |
| 6426 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *ihdr, *ohdr; |
| 6427 | bfd_boolean final_link = link_info != NULL && !link_info->relocatable; |
| 6428 | |
| 6429 | if (ibfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour |
| 6430 | || obfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour) |
| 6431 | return TRUE; |
| 6432 | |
| 6433 | BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (osec) != NULL); |
| 6434 | |
| 6435 | /* For objcopy and relocatable link, don't copy the output ELF |
| 6436 | section type from input if the output BFD section flags have been |
| 6437 | set to something different. For a final link allow some flags |
| 6438 | that the linker clears to differ. */ |
| 6439 | if (elf_section_type (osec) == SHT_NULL |
| 6440 | && (osec->flags == isec->flags |
| 6441 | || (final_link |
| 6442 | && ((osec->flags ^ isec->flags) |
| 6443 | & ~(SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES | SEC_RELOC)) == 0))) |
| 6444 | elf_section_type (osec) = elf_section_type (isec); |
| 6445 | |
| 6446 | /* FIXME: Is this correct for all OS/PROC specific flags? */ |
| 6447 | elf_section_flags (osec) |= (elf_section_flags (isec) |
| 6448 | & (SHF_MASKOS | SHF_MASKPROC)); |
| 6449 | |
| 6450 | /* Set things up for objcopy and relocatable link. The output |
| 6451 | SHT_GROUP section will have its elf_next_in_group pointing back |
| 6452 | to the input group members. Ignore linker created group section. |
| 6453 | See elfNN_ia64_object_p in elfxx-ia64.c. */ |
| 6454 | if (!final_link) |
| 6455 | { |
| 6456 | if (elf_sec_group (isec) == NULL |
| 6457 | || (elf_sec_group (isec)->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0) |
| 6458 | { |
| 6459 | if (elf_section_flags (isec) & SHF_GROUP) |
| 6460 | elf_section_flags (osec) |= SHF_GROUP; |
| 6461 | elf_next_in_group (osec) = elf_next_in_group (isec); |
| 6462 | elf_section_data (osec)->group = elf_section_data (isec)->group; |
| 6463 | } |
| 6464 | } |
| 6465 | |
| 6466 | ihdr = &elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr; |
| 6467 | |
| 6468 | /* We need to handle elf_linked_to_section for SHF_LINK_ORDER. We |
| 6469 | don't use the output section of the linked-to section since it |
| 6470 | may be NULL at this point. */ |
| 6471 | if ((ihdr->sh_flags & SHF_LINK_ORDER) != 0) |
| 6472 | { |
| 6473 | ohdr = &elf_section_data (osec)->this_hdr; |
| 6474 | ohdr->sh_flags |= SHF_LINK_ORDER; |
| 6475 | elf_linked_to_section (osec) = elf_linked_to_section (isec); |
| 6476 | } |
| 6477 | |
| 6478 | osec->use_rela_p = isec->use_rela_p; |
| 6479 | |
| 6480 | return TRUE; |
| 6481 | } |
| 6482 | |
| 6483 | /* Copy private section information. This copies over the entsize |
| 6484 | field, and sometimes the info field. */ |
| 6485 | |
| 6486 | bfd_boolean |
| 6487 | _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data (bfd *ibfd, |
| 6488 | asection *isec, |
| 6489 | bfd *obfd, |
| 6490 | asection *osec) |
| 6491 | { |
| 6492 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *ihdr, *ohdr; |
| 6493 | |
| 6494 | if (ibfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour |
| 6495 | || obfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour) |
| 6496 | return TRUE; |
| 6497 | |
| 6498 | ihdr = &elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr; |
| 6499 | ohdr = &elf_section_data (osec)->this_hdr; |
| 6500 | |
| 6501 | ohdr->sh_entsize = ihdr->sh_entsize; |
| 6502 | |
| 6503 | if (ihdr->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB |
| 6504 | || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM |
| 6505 | || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_verneed |
| 6506 | || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_verdef) |
| 6507 | ohdr->sh_info = ihdr->sh_info; |
| 6508 | |
| 6509 | return _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (ibfd, isec, obfd, osec, |
| 6510 | NULL); |
| 6511 | } |
| 6512 | |
| 6513 | /* Look at all the SHT_GROUP sections in IBFD, making any adjustments |
| 6514 | necessary if we are removing either the SHT_GROUP section or any of |
| 6515 | the group member sections. DISCARDED is the value that a section's |
| 6516 | output_section has if the section will be discarded, NULL when this |
| 6517 | function is called from objcopy, bfd_abs_section_ptr when called |
| 6518 | from the linker. */ |
| 6519 | |
| 6520 | bfd_boolean |
| 6521 | _bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (bfd *ibfd, asection *discarded) |
| 6522 | { |
| 6523 | asection *isec; |
| 6524 | |
| 6525 | for (isec = ibfd->sections; isec != NULL; isec = isec->next) |
| 6526 | if (elf_section_type (isec) == SHT_GROUP) |
| 6527 | { |
| 6528 | asection *first = elf_next_in_group (isec); |
| 6529 | asection *s = first; |
| 6530 | bfd_size_type removed = 0; |
| 6531 | |
| 6532 | while (s != NULL) |
| 6533 | { |
| 6534 | /* If this member section is being output but the |
| 6535 | SHT_GROUP section is not, then clear the group info |
| 6536 | set up by _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data. */ |
| 6537 | if (s->output_section != discarded |
| 6538 | && isec->output_section == discarded) |
| 6539 | { |
| 6540 | elf_section_flags (s->output_section) &= ~SHF_GROUP; |
| 6541 | elf_group_name (s->output_section) = NULL; |
| 6542 | } |
| 6543 | /* Conversely, if the member section is not being output |
| 6544 | but the SHT_GROUP section is, then adjust its size. */ |
| 6545 | else if (s->output_section == discarded |
| 6546 | && isec->output_section != discarded) |
| 6547 | removed += 4; |
| 6548 | s = elf_next_in_group (s); |
| 6549 | if (s == first) |
| 6550 | break; |
| 6551 | } |
| 6552 | if (removed != 0) |
| 6553 | { |
| 6554 | if (discarded != NULL) |
| 6555 | { |
| 6556 | /* If we've been called for ld -r, then we need to |
| 6557 | adjust the input section size. This function may |
| 6558 | be called multiple times, so save the original |
| 6559 | size. */ |
| 6560 | if (isec->rawsize == 0) |
| 6561 | isec->rawsize = isec->size; |
| 6562 | isec->size = isec->rawsize - removed; |
| 6563 | } |
| 6564 | else |
| 6565 | { |
| 6566 | /* Adjust the output section size when called from |
| 6567 | objcopy. */ |
| 6568 | isec->output_section->size -= removed; |
| 6569 | } |
| 6570 | } |
| 6571 | } |
| 6572 | |
| 6573 | return TRUE; |
| 6574 | } |
| 6575 | |
| 6576 | /* Copy private header information. */ |
| 6577 | |
| 6578 | bfd_boolean |
| 6579 | _bfd_elf_copy_private_header_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd) |
| 6580 | { |
| 6581 | if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour |
| 6582 | || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour) |
| 6583 | return TRUE; |
| 6584 | |
| 6585 | /* Copy over private BFD data if it has not already been copied. |
| 6586 | This must be done here, rather than in the copy_private_bfd_data |
| 6587 | entry point, because the latter is called after the section |
| 6588 | contents have been set, which means that the program headers have |
| 6589 | already been worked out. */ |
| 6590 | if (elf_seg_map (obfd) == NULL && elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr != NULL) |
| 6591 | { |
| 6592 | if (! copy_private_bfd_data (ibfd, obfd)) |
| 6593 | return FALSE; |
| 6594 | } |
| 6595 | |
| 6596 | return _bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (ibfd, NULL); |
| 6597 | } |
| 6598 | |
| 6599 | /* Copy private symbol information. If this symbol is in a section |
| 6600 | which we did not map into a BFD section, try to map the section |
| 6601 | index correctly. We use special macro definitions for the mapped |
| 6602 | section indices; these definitions are interpreted by the |
| 6603 | swap_out_syms function. */ |
| 6604 | |
| 6605 | #define MAP_ONESYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 1) |
| 6606 | #define MAP_DYNSYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 2) |
| 6607 | #define MAP_STRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 3) |
| 6608 | #define MAP_SHSTRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 4) |
| 6609 | #define MAP_SYM_SHNDX (SHN_HIOS + 5) |
| 6610 | |
| 6611 | bfd_boolean |
| 6612 | _bfd_elf_copy_private_symbol_data (bfd *ibfd, |
| 6613 | asymbol *isymarg, |
| 6614 | bfd *obfd, |
| 6615 | asymbol *osymarg) |
| 6616 | { |
| 6617 | elf_symbol_type *isym, *osym; |
| 6618 | |
| 6619 | if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour |
| 6620 | || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour) |
| 6621 | return TRUE; |
| 6622 | |
| 6623 | isym = elf_symbol_from (ibfd, isymarg); |
| 6624 | osym = elf_symbol_from (obfd, osymarg); |
| 6625 | |
| 6626 | if (isym != NULL |
| 6627 | && isym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx != 0 |
| 6628 | && osym != NULL |
| 6629 | && bfd_is_abs_section (isym->symbol.section)) |
| 6630 | { |
| 6631 | unsigned int shndx; |
| 6632 | |
| 6633 | shndx = isym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx; |
| 6634 | if (shndx == elf_onesymtab (ibfd)) |
| 6635 | shndx = MAP_ONESYMTAB; |
| 6636 | else if (shndx == elf_dynsymtab (ibfd)) |
| 6637 | shndx = MAP_DYNSYMTAB; |
| 6638 | else if (shndx == elf_strtab_sec (ibfd)) |
| 6639 | shndx = MAP_STRTAB; |
| 6640 | else if (shndx == elf_shstrtab_sec (ibfd)) |
| 6641 | shndx = MAP_SHSTRTAB; |
| 6642 | else if (shndx == elf_symtab_shndx (ibfd)) |
| 6643 | shndx = MAP_SYM_SHNDX; |
| 6644 | osym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx = shndx; |
| 6645 | } |
| 6646 | |
| 6647 | return TRUE; |
| 6648 | } |
| 6649 | |
| 6650 | /* Swap out the symbols. */ |
| 6651 | |
| 6652 | static bfd_boolean |
| 6653 | swap_out_syms (bfd *abfd, |
| 6654 | struct bfd_strtab_hash **sttp, |
| 6655 | int relocatable_p) |
| 6656 | { |
| 6657 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed; |
| 6658 | int symcount; |
| 6659 | asymbol **syms; |
| 6660 | struct bfd_strtab_hash *stt; |
| 6661 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; |
| 6662 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_shndx_hdr; |
| 6663 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *symstrtab_hdr; |
| 6664 | bfd_byte *outbound_syms; |
| 6665 | bfd_byte *outbound_shndx; |
| 6666 | int idx; |
| 6667 | unsigned int num_locals; |
| 6668 | bfd_size_type amt; |
| 6669 | bfd_boolean name_local_sections; |
| 6670 | |
| 6671 | if (!elf_map_symbols (abfd, &num_locals)) |
| 6672 | return FALSE; |
| 6673 | |
| 6674 | /* Dump out the symtabs. */ |
| 6675 | stt = _bfd_elf_stringtab_init (); |
| 6676 | if (stt == NULL) |
| 6677 | return FALSE; |
| 6678 | |
| 6679 | bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
| 6680 | symcount = bfd_get_symcount (abfd); |
| 6681 | symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr; |
| 6682 | symtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_SYMTAB; |
| 6683 | symtab_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_sym; |
| 6684 | symtab_hdr->sh_size = symtab_hdr->sh_entsize * (symcount + 1); |
| 6685 | symtab_hdr->sh_info = num_locals + 1; |
| 6686 | symtab_hdr->sh_addralign = (bfd_vma) 1 << bed->s->log_file_align; |
| 6687 | |
| 6688 | symstrtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr; |
| 6689 | symstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB; |
| 6690 | |
| 6691 | outbound_syms = (bfd_byte *) bfd_alloc2 (abfd, 1 + symcount, |
| 6692 | bed->s->sizeof_sym); |
| 6693 | if (outbound_syms == NULL) |
| 6694 | { |
| 6695 | _bfd_stringtab_free (stt); |
| 6696 | return FALSE; |
| 6697 | } |
| 6698 | symtab_hdr->contents = outbound_syms; |
| 6699 | |
| 6700 | outbound_shndx = NULL; |
| 6701 | symtab_shndx_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr; |
| 6702 | if (symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_name != 0) |
| 6703 | { |
| 6704 | amt = (bfd_size_type) (1 + symcount) * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx); |
| 6705 | outbound_shndx = (bfd_byte *) |
| 6706 | bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, 1 + symcount, sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx)); |
| 6707 | if (outbound_shndx == NULL) |
| 6708 | { |
| 6709 | _bfd_stringtab_free (stt); |
| 6710 | return FALSE; |
| 6711 | } |
| 6712 | |
| 6713 | symtab_shndx_hdr->contents = outbound_shndx; |
| 6714 | symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_type = SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX; |
| 6715 | symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_size = amt; |
| 6716 | symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_addralign = sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx); |
| 6717 | symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx); |
| 6718 | } |
| 6719 | |
| 6720 | /* Now generate the data (for "contents"). */ |
| 6721 | { |
| 6722 | /* Fill in zeroth symbol and swap it out. */ |
| 6723 | Elf_Internal_Sym sym; |
| 6724 | sym.st_name = 0; |
| 6725 | sym.st_value = 0; |
| 6726 | sym.st_size = 0; |
| 6727 | sym.st_info = 0; |
| 6728 | sym.st_other = 0; |
| 6729 | sym.st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF; |
| 6730 | sym.st_target_internal = 0; |
| 6731 | bed->s->swap_symbol_out (abfd, &sym, outbound_syms, outbound_shndx); |
| 6732 | outbound_syms += bed->s->sizeof_sym; |
| 6733 | if (outbound_shndx != NULL) |
| 6734 | outbound_shndx += sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx); |
| 6735 | } |
| 6736 | |
| 6737 | name_local_sections |
| 6738 | = (bed->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols |
| 6739 | && bed->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols (abfd)); |
| 6740 | |
| 6741 | syms = bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd); |
| 6742 | for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++) |
| 6743 | { |
| 6744 | Elf_Internal_Sym sym; |
| 6745 | bfd_vma value = syms[idx]->value; |
| 6746 | elf_symbol_type *type_ptr; |
| 6747 | flagword flags = syms[idx]->flags; |
| 6748 | int type; |
| 6749 | |
| 6750 | if (!name_local_sections |
| 6751 | && (flags & (BSF_SECTION_SYM | BSF_GLOBAL)) == BSF_SECTION_SYM) |
| 6752 | { |
| 6753 | /* Local section symbols have no name. */ |
| 6754 | sym.st_name = 0; |
| 6755 | } |
| 6756 | else |
| 6757 | { |
| 6758 | sym.st_name = (unsigned long) _bfd_stringtab_add (stt, |
| 6759 | syms[idx]->name, |
| 6760 | TRUE, FALSE); |
| 6761 | if (sym.st_name == (unsigned long) -1) |
| 6762 | { |
| 6763 | _bfd_stringtab_free (stt); |
| 6764 | return FALSE; |
| 6765 | } |
| 6766 | } |
| 6767 | |
| 6768 | type_ptr = elf_symbol_from (abfd, syms[idx]); |
| 6769 | |
| 6770 | if ((flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) == 0 |
| 6771 | && bfd_is_com_section (syms[idx]->section)) |
| 6772 | { |
| 6773 | /* ELF common symbols put the alignment into the `value' field, |
| 6774 | and the size into the `size' field. This is backwards from |
| 6775 | how BFD handles it, so reverse it here. */ |
| 6776 | sym.st_size = value; |
| 6777 | if (type_ptr == NULL |
| 6778 | || type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_value == 0) |
| 6779 | sym.st_value = value >= 16 ? 16 : (1 << bfd_log2 (value)); |
| 6780 | else |
| 6781 | sym.st_value = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_value; |
| 6782 | sym.st_shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section |
| 6783 | (abfd, syms[idx]->section); |
| 6784 | } |
| 6785 | else |
| 6786 | { |
| 6787 | asection *sec = syms[idx]->section; |
| 6788 | unsigned int shndx; |
| 6789 | |
| 6790 | if (sec->output_section) |
| 6791 | { |
| 6792 | value += sec->output_offset; |
| 6793 | sec = sec->output_section; |
| 6794 | } |
| 6795 | |
| 6796 | /* Don't add in the section vma for relocatable output. */ |
| 6797 | if (! relocatable_p) |
| 6798 | value += sec->vma; |
| 6799 | sym.st_value = value; |
| 6800 | sym.st_size = type_ptr ? type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_size : 0; |
| 6801 | |
| 6802 | if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec) |
| 6803 | && type_ptr != NULL |
| 6804 | && type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx != 0) |
| 6805 | { |
| 6806 | /* This symbol is in a real ELF section which we did |
| 6807 | not create as a BFD section. Undo the mapping done |
| 6808 | by copy_private_symbol_data. */ |
| 6809 | shndx = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx; |
| 6810 | switch (shndx) |
| 6811 | { |
| 6812 | case MAP_ONESYMTAB: |
| 6813 | shndx = elf_onesymtab (abfd); |
| 6814 | break; |
| 6815 | case MAP_DYNSYMTAB: |
| 6816 | shndx = elf_dynsymtab (abfd); |
| 6817 | break; |
| 6818 | case MAP_STRTAB: |
| 6819 | shndx = elf_strtab_sec (abfd); |
| 6820 | break; |
| 6821 | case MAP_SHSTRTAB: |
| 6822 | shndx = elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd); |
| 6823 | break; |
| 6824 | case MAP_SYM_SHNDX: |
| 6825 | shndx = elf_symtab_shndx (abfd); |
| 6826 | break; |
| 6827 | default: |
| 6828 | shndx = SHN_ABS; |
| 6829 | break; |
| 6830 | } |
| 6831 | } |
| 6832 | else |
| 6833 | { |
| 6834 | shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec); |
| 6835 | |
| 6836 | if (shndx == SHN_BAD) |
| 6837 | { |
| 6838 | asection *sec2; |
| 6839 | |
| 6840 | /* Writing this would be a hell of a lot easier if |
| 6841 | we had some decent documentation on bfd, and |
| 6842 | knew what to expect of the library, and what to |
| 6843 | demand of applications. For example, it |
| 6844 | appears that `objcopy' might not set the |
| 6845 | section of a symbol to be a section that is |
| 6846 | actually in the output file. */ |
| 6847 | sec2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, sec->name); |
| 6848 | if (sec2 == NULL) |
| 6849 | { |
| 6850 | _bfd_error_handler (_("\ |
| 6851 | Unable to find equivalent output section for symbol '%s' from section '%s'"), |
| 6852 | syms[idx]->name ? syms[idx]->name : "<Local sym>", |
| 6853 | sec->name); |
| 6854 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation); |
| 6855 | _bfd_stringtab_free (stt); |
| 6856 | return FALSE; |
| 6857 | } |
| 6858 | |
| 6859 | shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec2); |
| 6860 | BFD_ASSERT (shndx != SHN_BAD); |
| 6861 | } |
| 6862 | } |
| 6863 | |
| 6864 | sym.st_shndx = shndx; |
| 6865 | } |
| 6866 | |
| 6867 | if ((flags & BSF_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0) |
| 6868 | type = STT_TLS; |
| 6869 | else if ((flags & BSF_GNU_INDIRECT_FUNCTION) != 0) |
| 6870 | type = STT_GNU_IFUNC; |
| 6871 | else if ((flags & BSF_FUNCTION) != 0) |
| 6872 | type = STT_FUNC; |
| 6873 | else if ((flags & BSF_OBJECT) != 0) |
| 6874 | type = STT_OBJECT; |
| 6875 | else if ((flags & BSF_RELC) != 0) |
| 6876 | type = STT_RELC; |
| 6877 | else if ((flags & BSF_SRELC) != 0) |
| 6878 | type = STT_SRELC; |
| 6879 | else |
| 6880 | type = STT_NOTYPE; |
| 6881 | |
| 6882 | if (syms[idx]->section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) |
| 6883 | type = STT_TLS; |
| 6884 | |
| 6885 | /* Processor-specific types. */ |
| 6886 | if (type_ptr != NULL |
| 6887 | && bed->elf_backend_get_symbol_type) |
| 6888 | type = ((*bed->elf_backend_get_symbol_type) |
| 6889 | (&type_ptr->internal_elf_sym, type)); |
| 6890 | |
| 6891 | if (flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) |
| 6892 | { |
| 6893 | if (flags & BSF_GLOBAL) |
| 6894 | sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION); |
| 6895 | else |
| 6896 | sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_SECTION); |
| 6897 | } |
| 6898 | else if (bfd_is_com_section (syms[idx]->section)) |
| 6899 | { |
| 6900 | #ifdef USE_STT_COMMON |
| 6901 | if (type == STT_OBJECT) |
| 6902 | sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_COMMON); |
| 6903 | else |
| 6904 | #endif |
| 6905 | sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, type); |
| 6906 | } |
| 6907 | else if (bfd_is_und_section (syms[idx]->section)) |
| 6908 | sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (((flags & BSF_WEAK) |
| 6909 | ? STB_WEAK |
| 6910 | : STB_GLOBAL), |
| 6911 | type); |
| 6912 | else if (flags & BSF_FILE) |
| 6913 | sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_FILE); |
| 6914 | else |
| 6915 | { |
| 6916 | int bind = STB_LOCAL; |
| 6917 | |
| 6918 | if (flags & BSF_LOCAL) |
| 6919 | bind = STB_LOCAL; |
| 6920 | else if (flags & BSF_GNU_UNIQUE) |
| 6921 | bind = STB_GNU_UNIQUE; |
| 6922 | else if (flags & BSF_WEAK) |
| 6923 | bind = STB_WEAK; |
| 6924 | else if (flags & BSF_GLOBAL) |
| 6925 | bind = STB_GLOBAL; |
| 6926 | |
| 6927 | sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (bind, type); |
| 6928 | } |
| 6929 | |
| 6930 | if (type_ptr != NULL) |
| 6931 | { |
| 6932 | sym.st_other = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_other; |
| 6933 | sym.st_target_internal |
| 6934 | = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_target_internal; |
| 6935 | } |
| 6936 | else |
| 6937 | { |
| 6938 | sym.st_other = 0; |
| 6939 | sym.st_target_internal = 0; |
| 6940 | } |
| 6941 | |
| 6942 | bed->s->swap_symbol_out (abfd, &sym, outbound_syms, outbound_shndx); |
| 6943 | outbound_syms += bed->s->sizeof_sym; |
| 6944 | if (outbound_shndx != NULL) |
| 6945 | outbound_shndx += sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx); |
| 6946 | } |
| 6947 | |
| 6948 | *sttp = stt; |
| 6949 | symstrtab_hdr->sh_size = _bfd_stringtab_size (stt); |
| 6950 | symstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB; |
| 6951 | |
| 6952 | symstrtab_hdr->sh_flags = 0; |
| 6953 | symstrtab_hdr->sh_addr = 0; |
| 6954 | symstrtab_hdr->sh_entsize = 0; |
| 6955 | symstrtab_hdr->sh_link = 0; |
| 6956 | symstrtab_hdr->sh_info = 0; |
| 6957 | symstrtab_hdr->sh_addralign = 1; |
| 6958 | |
| 6959 | return TRUE; |
| 6960 | } |
| 6961 | |
| 6962 | /* Return the number of bytes required to hold the symtab vector. |
| 6963 | |
| 6964 | Note that we base it on the count plus 1, since we will null terminate |
| 6965 | the vector allocated based on this size. However, the ELF symbol table |
| 6966 | always has a dummy entry as symbol #0, so it ends up even. */ |
| 6967 | |
| 6968 | long |
| 6969 | _bfd_elf_get_symtab_upper_bound (bfd *abfd) |
| 6970 | { |
| 6971 | long symcount; |
| 6972 | long symtab_size; |
| 6973 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr; |
| 6974 | |
| 6975 | symcount = hdr->sh_size / get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym; |
| 6976 | symtab_size = (symcount + 1) * (sizeof (asymbol *)); |
| 6977 | if (symcount > 0) |
| 6978 | symtab_size -= sizeof (asymbol *); |
| 6979 | |
| 6980 | return symtab_size; |
| 6981 | } |
| 6982 | |
| 6983 | long |
| 6984 | _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound (bfd *abfd) |
| 6985 | { |
| 6986 | long symcount; |
| 6987 | long symtab_size; |
| 6988 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr; |
| 6989 | |
| 6990 | if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0) |
| 6991 | { |
| 6992 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation); |
| 6993 | return -1; |
| 6994 | } |
| 6995 | |
| 6996 | symcount = hdr->sh_size / get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym; |
| 6997 | symtab_size = (symcount + 1) * (sizeof (asymbol *)); |
| 6998 | if (symcount > 0) |
| 6999 | symtab_size -= sizeof (asymbol *); |
| 7000 | |
| 7001 | return symtab_size; |
| 7002 | } |
| 7003 | |
| 7004 | long |
| 7005 | _bfd_elf_get_reloc_upper_bound (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
| 7006 | sec_ptr asect) |
| 7007 | { |
| 7008 | return (asect->reloc_count + 1) * sizeof (arelent *); |
| 7009 | } |
| 7010 | |
| 7011 | /* Canonicalize the relocs. */ |
| 7012 | |
| 7013 | long |
| 7014 | _bfd_elf_canonicalize_reloc (bfd *abfd, |
| 7015 | sec_ptr section, |
| 7016 | arelent **relptr, |
| 7017 | asymbol **symbols) |
| 7018 | { |
| 7019 | arelent *tblptr; |
| 7020 | unsigned int i; |
| 7021 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
| 7022 | |
| 7023 | if (! bed->s->slurp_reloc_table (abfd, section, symbols, FALSE)) |
| 7024 | return -1; |
| 7025 | |
| 7026 | tblptr = section->relocation; |
| 7027 | for (i = 0; i < section->reloc_count; i++) |
| 7028 | *relptr++ = tblptr++; |
| 7029 | |
| 7030 | *relptr = NULL; |
| 7031 | |
| 7032 | return section->reloc_count; |
| 7033 | } |
| 7034 | |
| 7035 | long |
| 7036 | _bfd_elf_canonicalize_symtab (bfd *abfd, asymbol **allocation) |
| 7037 | { |
| 7038 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
| 7039 | long symcount = bed->s->slurp_symbol_table (abfd, allocation, FALSE); |
| 7040 | |
| 7041 | if (symcount >= 0) |
| 7042 | bfd_get_symcount (abfd) = symcount; |
| 7043 | return symcount; |
| 7044 | } |
| 7045 | |
| 7046 | long |
| 7047 | _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_symtab (bfd *abfd, |
| 7048 | asymbol **allocation) |
| 7049 | { |
| 7050 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
| 7051 | long symcount = bed->s->slurp_symbol_table (abfd, allocation, TRUE); |
| 7052 | |
| 7053 | if (symcount >= 0) |
| 7054 | bfd_get_dynamic_symcount (abfd) = symcount; |
| 7055 | return symcount; |
| 7056 | } |
| 7057 | |
| 7058 | /* Return the size required for the dynamic reloc entries. Any loadable |
| 7059 | section that was actually installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL |
| 7060 | or SHT_RELA, and uses the dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a |
| 7061 | dynamic reloc section. */ |
| 7062 | |
| 7063 | long |
| 7064 | _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_upper_bound (bfd *abfd) |
| 7065 | { |
| 7066 | long ret; |
| 7067 | asection *s; |
| 7068 | |
| 7069 | if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0) |
| 7070 | { |
| 7071 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation); |
| 7072 | return -1; |
| 7073 | } |
| 7074 | |
| 7075 | ret = sizeof (arelent *); |
| 7076 | for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) |
| 7077 | if (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link == elf_dynsymtab (abfd) |
| 7078 | && (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL |
| 7079 | || elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_RELA)) |
| 7080 | ret += ((s->size / elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize) |
| 7081 | * sizeof (arelent *)); |
| 7082 | |
| 7083 | return ret; |
| 7084 | } |
| 7085 | |
| 7086 | /* Canonicalize the dynamic relocation entries. Note that we return the |
| 7087 | dynamic relocations as a single block, although they are actually |
| 7088 | associated with particular sections; the interface, which was |
| 7089 | designed for SunOS style shared libraries, expects that there is only |
| 7090 | one set of dynamic relocs. Any loadable section that was actually |
| 7091 | installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL or SHT_RELA, and uses the |
| 7092 | dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a dynamic reloc section. */ |
| 7093 | |
| 7094 | long |
| 7095 | _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_reloc (bfd *abfd, |
| 7096 | arelent **storage, |
| 7097 | asymbol **syms) |
| 7098 | { |
| 7099 | bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs) (bfd *, asection *, asymbol **, bfd_boolean); |
| 7100 | asection *s; |
| 7101 | long ret; |
| 7102 | |
| 7103 | if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0) |
| 7104 | { |
| 7105 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation); |
| 7106 | return -1; |
| 7107 | } |
| 7108 | |
| 7109 | slurp_relocs = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->slurp_reloc_table; |
| 7110 | ret = 0; |
| 7111 | for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) |
| 7112 | { |
| 7113 | if (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link == elf_dynsymtab (abfd) |
| 7114 | && (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL |
| 7115 | || elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_RELA)) |
| 7116 | { |
| 7117 | arelent *p; |
| 7118 | long count, i; |
| 7119 | |
| 7120 | if (! (*slurp_relocs) (abfd, s, syms, TRUE)) |
| 7121 | return -1; |
| 7122 | count = s->size / elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize; |
| 7123 | p = s->relocation; |
| 7124 | for (i = 0; i < count; i++) |
| 7125 | *storage++ = p++; |
| 7126 | ret += count; |
| 7127 | } |
| 7128 | } |
| 7129 | |
| 7130 | *storage = NULL; |
| 7131 | |
| 7132 | return ret; |
| 7133 | } |
| 7134 | \f |
| 7135 | /* Read in the version information. */ |
| 7136 | |
| 7137 | bfd_boolean |
| 7138 | _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (bfd *abfd, bfd_boolean default_imported_symver) |
| 7139 | { |
| 7140 | bfd_byte *contents = NULL; |
| 7141 | unsigned int freeidx = 0; |
| 7142 | |
| 7143 | if (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0) |
| 7144 | { |
| 7145 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; |
| 7146 | Elf_External_Verneed *everneed; |
| 7147 | Elf_Internal_Verneed *iverneed; |
| 7148 | unsigned int i; |
| 7149 | bfd_byte *contents_end; |
| 7150 | |
| 7151 | hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverref_hdr; |
| 7152 | |
| 7153 | elf_tdata (abfd)->verref = (Elf_Internal_Verneed *) |
| 7154 | bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, hdr->sh_info, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verneed)); |
| 7155 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)->verref == NULL) |
| 7156 | goto error_return; |
| 7157 | |
| 7158 | elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs = hdr->sh_info; |
| 7159 | |
| 7160 | contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_malloc (hdr->sh_size); |
| 7161 | if (contents == NULL) |
| 7162 | { |
| 7163 | error_return_verref: |
| 7164 | elf_tdata (abfd)->verref = NULL; |
| 7165 | elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs = 0; |
| 7166 | goto error_return; |
| 7167 | } |
| 7168 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 |
| 7169 | || bfd_bread (contents, hdr->sh_size, abfd) != hdr->sh_size) |
| 7170 | goto error_return_verref; |
| 7171 | |
| 7172 | if (hdr->sh_info && hdr->sh_size < sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed)) |
| 7173 | goto error_return_verref; |
| 7174 | |
| 7175 | BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed) |
| 7176 | == sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux)); |
| 7177 | contents_end = contents + hdr->sh_size - sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed); |
| 7178 | everneed = (Elf_External_Verneed *) contents; |
| 7179 | iverneed = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref; |
| 7180 | for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; i++, iverneed++) |
| 7181 | { |
| 7182 | Elf_External_Vernaux *evernaux; |
| 7183 | Elf_Internal_Vernaux *ivernaux; |
| 7184 | unsigned int j; |
| 7185 | |
| 7186 | _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (abfd, everneed, iverneed); |
| 7187 | |
| 7188 | iverneed->vn_bfd = abfd; |
| 7189 | |
| 7190 | iverneed->vn_filename = |
| 7191 | bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link, |
| 7192 | iverneed->vn_file); |
| 7193 | if (iverneed->vn_filename == NULL) |
| 7194 | goto error_return_verref; |
| 7195 | |
| 7196 | if (iverneed->vn_cnt == 0) |
| 7197 | iverneed->vn_auxptr = NULL; |
| 7198 | else |
| 7199 | { |
| 7200 | iverneed->vn_auxptr = (struct elf_internal_vernaux *) |
| 7201 | bfd_alloc2 (abfd, iverneed->vn_cnt, |
| 7202 | sizeof (Elf_Internal_Vernaux)); |
| 7203 | if (iverneed->vn_auxptr == NULL) |
| 7204 | goto error_return_verref; |
| 7205 | } |
| 7206 | |
| 7207 | if (iverneed->vn_aux |
| 7208 | > (size_t) (contents_end - (bfd_byte *) everneed)) |
| 7209 | goto error_return_verref; |
| 7210 | |
| 7211 | evernaux = ((Elf_External_Vernaux *) |
| 7212 | ((bfd_byte *) everneed + iverneed->vn_aux)); |
| 7213 | ivernaux = iverneed->vn_auxptr; |
| 7214 | for (j = 0; j < iverneed->vn_cnt; j++, ivernaux++) |
| 7215 | { |
| 7216 | _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (abfd, evernaux, ivernaux); |
| 7217 | |
| 7218 | ivernaux->vna_nodename = |
| 7219 | bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link, |
| 7220 | ivernaux->vna_name); |
| 7221 | if (ivernaux->vna_nodename == NULL) |
| 7222 | goto error_return_verref; |
| 7223 | |
| 7224 | if (j + 1 < iverneed->vn_cnt) |
| 7225 | ivernaux->vna_nextptr = ivernaux + 1; |
| 7226 | else |
| 7227 | ivernaux->vna_nextptr = NULL; |
| 7228 | |
| 7229 | if (ivernaux->vna_next |
| 7230 | > (size_t) (contents_end - (bfd_byte *) evernaux)) |
| 7231 | goto error_return_verref; |
| 7232 | |
| 7233 | evernaux = ((Elf_External_Vernaux *) |
| 7234 | ((bfd_byte *) evernaux + ivernaux->vna_next)); |
| 7235 | |
| 7236 | if (ivernaux->vna_other > freeidx) |
| 7237 | freeidx = ivernaux->vna_other; |
| 7238 | } |
| 7239 | |
| 7240 | if (i + 1 < hdr->sh_info) |
| 7241 | iverneed->vn_nextref = iverneed + 1; |
| 7242 | else |
| 7243 | iverneed->vn_nextref = NULL; |
| 7244 | |
| 7245 | if (iverneed->vn_next |
| 7246 | > (size_t) (contents_end - (bfd_byte *) everneed)) |
| 7247 | goto error_return_verref; |
| 7248 | |
| 7249 | everneed = ((Elf_External_Verneed *) |
| 7250 | ((bfd_byte *) everneed + iverneed->vn_next)); |
| 7251 | } |
| 7252 | |
| 7253 | free (contents); |
| 7254 | contents = NULL; |
| 7255 | } |
| 7256 | |
| 7257 | if (elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0) |
| 7258 | { |
| 7259 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; |
| 7260 | Elf_External_Verdef *everdef; |
| 7261 | Elf_Internal_Verdef *iverdef; |
| 7262 | Elf_Internal_Verdef *iverdefarr; |
| 7263 | Elf_Internal_Verdef iverdefmem; |
| 7264 | unsigned int i; |
| 7265 | unsigned int maxidx; |
| 7266 | bfd_byte *contents_end_def, *contents_end_aux; |
| 7267 | |
| 7268 | hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverdef_hdr; |
| 7269 | |
| 7270 | contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_malloc (hdr->sh_size); |
| 7271 | if (contents == NULL) |
| 7272 | goto error_return; |
| 7273 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 |
| 7274 | || bfd_bread (contents, hdr->sh_size, abfd) != hdr->sh_size) |
| 7275 | goto error_return; |
| 7276 | |
| 7277 | if (hdr->sh_info && hdr->sh_size < sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef)) |
| 7278 | goto error_return; |
| 7279 | |
| 7280 | BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef) |
| 7281 | >= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux)); |
| 7282 | contents_end_def = contents + hdr->sh_size |
| 7283 | - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef); |
| 7284 | contents_end_aux = contents + hdr->sh_size |
| 7285 | - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux); |
| 7286 | |
| 7287 | /* We know the number of entries in the section but not the maximum |
| 7288 | index. Therefore we have to run through all entries and find |
| 7289 | the maximum. */ |
| 7290 | everdef = (Elf_External_Verdef *) contents; |
| 7291 | maxidx = 0; |
| 7292 | for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; ++i) |
| 7293 | { |
| 7294 | _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd, everdef, &iverdefmem); |
| 7295 | |
| 7296 | if ((iverdefmem.vd_ndx & ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION)) > maxidx) |
| 7297 | maxidx = iverdefmem.vd_ndx & ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION); |
| 7298 | |
| 7299 | if (iverdefmem.vd_next |
| 7300 | > (size_t) (contents_end_def - (bfd_byte *) everdef)) |
| 7301 | goto error_return; |
| 7302 | |
| 7303 | everdef = ((Elf_External_Verdef *) |
| 7304 | ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdefmem.vd_next)); |
| 7305 | } |
| 7306 | |
| 7307 | if (default_imported_symver) |
| 7308 | { |
| 7309 | if (freeidx > maxidx) |
| 7310 | maxidx = ++freeidx; |
| 7311 | else |
| 7312 | freeidx = ++maxidx; |
| 7313 | } |
| 7314 | elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef = (Elf_Internal_Verdef *) |
| 7315 | bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, maxidx, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef)); |
| 7316 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef == NULL) |
| 7317 | goto error_return; |
| 7318 | |
| 7319 | elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs = maxidx; |
| 7320 | |
| 7321 | everdef = (Elf_External_Verdef *) contents; |
| 7322 | iverdefarr = elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef; |
| 7323 | for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; i++) |
| 7324 | { |
| 7325 | Elf_External_Verdaux *everdaux; |
| 7326 | Elf_Internal_Verdaux *iverdaux; |
| 7327 | unsigned int j; |
| 7328 | |
| 7329 | _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd, everdef, &iverdefmem); |
| 7330 | |
| 7331 | if ((iverdefmem.vd_ndx & VERSYM_VERSION) == 0) |
| 7332 | { |
| 7333 | error_return_verdef: |
| 7334 | elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef = NULL; |
| 7335 | elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs = 0; |
| 7336 | goto error_return; |
| 7337 | } |
| 7338 | |
| 7339 | iverdef = &iverdefarr[(iverdefmem.vd_ndx & VERSYM_VERSION) - 1]; |
| 7340 | memcpy (iverdef, &iverdefmem, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef)); |
| 7341 | |
| 7342 | iverdef->vd_bfd = abfd; |
| 7343 | |
| 7344 | if (iverdef->vd_cnt == 0) |
| 7345 | iverdef->vd_auxptr = NULL; |
| 7346 | else |
| 7347 | { |
| 7348 | iverdef->vd_auxptr = (struct elf_internal_verdaux *) |
| 7349 | bfd_alloc2 (abfd, iverdef->vd_cnt, |
| 7350 | sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux)); |
| 7351 | if (iverdef->vd_auxptr == NULL) |
| 7352 | goto error_return_verdef; |
| 7353 | } |
| 7354 | |
| 7355 | if (iverdef->vd_aux |
| 7356 | > (size_t) (contents_end_aux - (bfd_byte *) everdef)) |
| 7357 | goto error_return_verdef; |
| 7358 | |
| 7359 | everdaux = ((Elf_External_Verdaux *) |
| 7360 | ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdef->vd_aux)); |
| 7361 | iverdaux = iverdef->vd_auxptr; |
| 7362 | for (j = 0; j < iverdef->vd_cnt; j++, iverdaux++) |
| 7363 | { |
| 7364 | _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (abfd, everdaux, iverdaux); |
| 7365 | |
| 7366 | iverdaux->vda_nodename = |
| 7367 | bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link, |
| 7368 | iverdaux->vda_name); |
| 7369 | if (iverdaux->vda_nodename == NULL) |
| 7370 | goto error_return_verdef; |
| 7371 | |
| 7372 | if (j + 1 < iverdef->vd_cnt) |
| 7373 | iverdaux->vda_nextptr = iverdaux + 1; |
| 7374 | else |
| 7375 | iverdaux->vda_nextptr = NULL; |
| 7376 | |
| 7377 | if (iverdaux->vda_next |
| 7378 | > (size_t) (contents_end_aux - (bfd_byte *) everdaux)) |
| 7379 | goto error_return_verdef; |
| 7380 | |
| 7381 | everdaux = ((Elf_External_Verdaux *) |
| 7382 | ((bfd_byte *) everdaux + iverdaux->vda_next)); |
| 7383 | } |
| 7384 | |
| 7385 | if (iverdef->vd_cnt) |
| 7386 | iverdef->vd_nodename = iverdef->vd_auxptr->vda_nodename; |
| 7387 | |
| 7388 | if ((size_t) (iverdef - iverdefarr) + 1 < maxidx) |
| 7389 | iverdef->vd_nextdef = iverdef + 1; |
| 7390 | else |
| 7391 | iverdef->vd_nextdef = NULL; |
| 7392 | |
| 7393 | everdef = ((Elf_External_Verdef *) |
| 7394 | ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdef->vd_next)); |
| 7395 | } |
| 7396 | |
| 7397 | free (contents); |
| 7398 | contents = NULL; |
| 7399 | } |
| 7400 | else if (default_imported_symver) |
| 7401 | { |
| 7402 | if (freeidx < 3) |
| 7403 | freeidx = 3; |
| 7404 | else |
| 7405 | freeidx++; |
| 7406 | |
| 7407 | elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef = (Elf_Internal_Verdef *) |
| 7408 | bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, freeidx, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef)); |
| 7409 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef == NULL) |
| 7410 | goto error_return; |
| 7411 | |
| 7412 | elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs = freeidx; |
| 7413 | } |
| 7414 | |
| 7415 | /* Create a default version based on the soname. */ |
| 7416 | if (default_imported_symver) |
| 7417 | { |
| 7418 | Elf_Internal_Verdef *iverdef; |
| 7419 | Elf_Internal_Verdaux *iverdaux; |
| 7420 | |
| 7421 | iverdef = &elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef[freeidx - 1]; |
| 7422 | |
| 7423 | iverdef->vd_version = VER_DEF_CURRENT; |
| 7424 | iverdef->vd_flags = 0; |
| 7425 | iverdef->vd_ndx = freeidx; |
| 7426 | iverdef->vd_cnt = 1; |
| 7427 | |
| 7428 | iverdef->vd_bfd = abfd; |
| 7429 | |
| 7430 | iverdef->vd_nodename = bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (abfd); |
| 7431 | if (iverdef->vd_nodename == NULL) |
| 7432 | goto error_return_verdef; |
| 7433 | iverdef->vd_nextdef = NULL; |
| 7434 | iverdef->vd_auxptr = (struct elf_internal_verdaux *) |
| 7435 | bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux)); |
| 7436 | if (iverdef->vd_auxptr == NULL) |
| 7437 | goto error_return_verdef; |
| 7438 | |
| 7439 | iverdaux = iverdef->vd_auxptr; |
| 7440 | iverdaux->vda_nodename = iverdef->vd_nodename; |
| 7441 | iverdaux->vda_nextptr = NULL; |
| 7442 | } |
| 7443 | |
| 7444 | return TRUE; |
| 7445 | |
| 7446 | error_return: |
| 7447 | if (contents != NULL) |
| 7448 | free (contents); |
| 7449 | return FALSE; |
| 7450 | } |
| 7451 | \f |
| 7452 | asymbol * |
| 7453 | _bfd_elf_make_empty_symbol (bfd *abfd) |
| 7454 | { |
| 7455 | elf_symbol_type *newsym; |
| 7456 | bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (elf_symbol_type); |
| 7457 | |
| 7458 | newsym = (elf_symbol_type *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); |
| 7459 | if (!newsym) |
| 7460 | return NULL; |
| 7461 | else |
| 7462 | { |
| 7463 | newsym->symbol.the_bfd = abfd; |
| 7464 | return &newsym->symbol; |
| 7465 | } |
| 7466 | } |
| 7467 | |
| 7468 | void |
| 7469 | _bfd_elf_get_symbol_info (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
| 7470 | asymbol *symbol, |
| 7471 | symbol_info *ret) |
| 7472 | { |
| 7473 | bfd_symbol_info (symbol, ret); |
| 7474 | } |
| 7475 | |
| 7476 | /* Return whether a symbol name implies a local symbol. Most targets |
| 7477 | use this function for the is_local_label_name entry point, but some |
| 7478 | override it. */ |
| 7479 | |
| 7480 | bfd_boolean |
| 7481 | _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
| 7482 | const char *name) |
| 7483 | { |
| 7484 | /* Normal local symbols start with ``.L''. */ |
| 7485 | if (name[0] == '.' && name[1] == 'L') |
| 7486 | return TRUE; |
| 7487 | |
| 7488 | /* At least some SVR4 compilers (e.g., UnixWare 2.1 cc) generate |
| 7489 | DWARF debugging symbols starting with ``..''. */ |
| 7490 | if (name[0] == '.' && name[1] == '.') |
| 7491 | return TRUE; |
| 7492 | |
| 7493 | /* gcc will sometimes generate symbols beginning with ``_.L_'' when |
| 7494 | emitting DWARF debugging output. I suspect this is actually a |
| 7495 | small bug in gcc (it calls ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL when it should call |
| 7496 | ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL, and this causes the leading |
| 7497 | underscore to be emitted on some ELF targets). For ease of use, |
| 7498 | we treat such symbols as local. */ |
| 7499 | if (name[0] == '_' && name[1] == '.' && name[2] == 'L' && name[3] == '_') |
| 7500 | return TRUE; |
| 7501 | |
| 7502 | return FALSE; |
| 7503 | } |
| 7504 | |
| 7505 | alent * |
| 7506 | _bfd_elf_get_lineno (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
| 7507 | asymbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) |
| 7508 | { |
| 7509 | abort (); |
| 7510 | return NULL; |
| 7511 | } |
| 7512 | |
| 7513 | bfd_boolean |
| 7514 | _bfd_elf_set_arch_mach (bfd *abfd, |
| 7515 | enum bfd_architecture arch, |
| 7516 | unsigned long machine) |
| 7517 | { |
| 7518 | /* If this isn't the right architecture for this backend, and this |
| 7519 | isn't the generic backend, fail. */ |
| 7520 | if (arch != get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->arch |
| 7521 | && arch != bfd_arch_unknown |
| 7522 | && get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->arch != bfd_arch_unknown) |
| 7523 | return FALSE; |
| 7524 | |
| 7525 | return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, arch, machine); |
| 7526 | } |
| 7527 | |
| 7528 | /* Find the function to a particular section and offset, |
| 7529 | for error reporting. */ |
| 7530 | |
| 7531 | static bfd_boolean |
| 7532 | elf_find_function (bfd *abfd, |
| 7533 | asection *section, |
| 7534 | asymbol **symbols, |
| 7535 | bfd_vma offset, |
| 7536 | const char **filename_ptr, |
| 7537 | const char **functionname_ptr) |
| 7538 | { |
| 7539 | struct elf_find_function_cache |
| 7540 | { |
| 7541 | asection *last_section; |
| 7542 | asymbol *func; |
| 7543 | const char *filename; |
| 7544 | bfd_size_type func_size; |
| 7545 | } *cache; |
| 7546 | |
| 7547 | if (symbols == NULL) |
| 7548 | return FALSE; |
| 7549 | |
| 7550 | cache = elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_find_function_cache; |
| 7551 | if (cache == NULL) |
| 7552 | { |
| 7553 | cache = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (*cache)); |
| 7554 | elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_find_function_cache = cache; |
| 7555 | if (cache == NULL) |
| 7556 | return FALSE; |
| 7557 | } |
| 7558 | if (cache->last_section != section |
| 7559 | || cache->func == NULL |
| 7560 | || offset < cache->func->value |
| 7561 | || offset >= cache->func->value + cache->func_size) |
| 7562 | { |
| 7563 | asymbol *file; |
| 7564 | bfd_vma low_func; |
| 7565 | asymbol **p; |
| 7566 | /* ??? Given multiple file symbols, it is impossible to reliably |
| 7567 | choose the right file name for global symbols. File symbols are |
| 7568 | local symbols, and thus all file symbols must sort before any |
| 7569 | global symbols. The ELF spec may be interpreted to say that a |
| 7570 | file symbol must sort before other local symbols, but currently |
| 7571 | ld -r doesn't do this. So, for ld -r output, it is possible to |
| 7572 | make a better choice of file name for local symbols by ignoring |
| 7573 | file symbols appearing after a given local symbol. */ |
| 7574 | enum { nothing_seen, symbol_seen, file_after_symbol_seen } state; |
| 7575 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
| 7576 | |
| 7577 | file = NULL; |
| 7578 | low_func = 0; |
| 7579 | state = nothing_seen; |
| 7580 | cache->filename = NULL; |
| 7581 | cache->func = NULL; |
| 7582 | cache->func_size = 0; |
| 7583 | cache->last_section = section; |
| 7584 | |
| 7585 | for (p = symbols; *p != NULL; p++) |
| 7586 | { |
| 7587 | asymbol *sym = *p; |
| 7588 | bfd_vma code_off; |
| 7589 | bfd_size_type size; |
| 7590 | |
| 7591 | if ((sym->flags & BSF_FILE) != 0) |
| 7592 | { |
| 7593 | file = sym; |
| 7594 | if (state == symbol_seen) |
| 7595 | state = file_after_symbol_seen; |
| 7596 | continue; |
| 7597 | } |
| 7598 | |
| 7599 | size = bed->maybe_function_sym (sym, section, &code_off); |
| 7600 | if (size != 0 |
| 7601 | && code_off <= offset |
| 7602 | && (code_off > low_func |
| 7603 | || (code_off == low_func |
| 7604 | && size > cache->func_size))) |
| 7605 | { |
| 7606 | cache->func = sym; |
| 7607 | cache->func_size = size; |
| 7608 | cache->filename = NULL; |
| 7609 | low_func = code_off; |
| 7610 | if (file != NULL |
| 7611 | && ((sym->flags & BSF_LOCAL) != 0 |
| 7612 | || state != file_after_symbol_seen)) |
| 7613 | cache->filename = bfd_asymbol_name (file); |
| 7614 | } |
| 7615 | if (state == nothing_seen) |
| 7616 | state = symbol_seen; |
| 7617 | } |
| 7618 | } |
| 7619 | |
| 7620 | if (cache->func == NULL) |
| 7621 | return FALSE; |
| 7622 | |
| 7623 | if (filename_ptr) |
| 7624 | *filename_ptr = cache->filename; |
| 7625 | if (functionname_ptr) |
| 7626 | *functionname_ptr = bfd_asymbol_name (cache->func); |
| 7627 | |
| 7628 | return TRUE; |
| 7629 | } |
| 7630 | |
| 7631 | /* Find the nearest line to a particular section and offset, |
| 7632 | for error reporting. */ |
| 7633 | |
| 7634 | bfd_boolean |
| 7635 | _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd *abfd, |
| 7636 | asection *section, |
| 7637 | asymbol **symbols, |
| 7638 | bfd_vma offset, |
| 7639 | const char **filename_ptr, |
| 7640 | const char **functionname_ptr, |
| 7641 | unsigned int *line_ptr) |
| 7642 | { |
| 7643 | return _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line_discriminator (abfd, section, symbols, |
| 7644 | offset, filename_ptr, |
| 7645 | functionname_ptr, |
| 7646 | line_ptr, |
| 7647 | NULL); |
| 7648 | } |
| 7649 | |
| 7650 | bfd_boolean |
| 7651 | _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line_discriminator (bfd *abfd, |
| 7652 | asection *section, |
| 7653 | asymbol **symbols, |
| 7654 | bfd_vma offset, |
| 7655 | const char **filename_ptr, |
| 7656 | const char **functionname_ptr, |
| 7657 | unsigned int *line_ptr, |
| 7658 | unsigned int *discriminator_ptr) |
| 7659 | { |
| 7660 | bfd_boolean found; |
| 7661 | |
| 7662 | if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset, |
| 7663 | filename_ptr, functionname_ptr, |
| 7664 | line_ptr)) |
| 7665 | { |
| 7666 | if (!*functionname_ptr) |
| 7667 | elf_find_function (abfd, section, symbols, offset, |
| 7668 | *filename_ptr ? NULL : filename_ptr, |
| 7669 | functionname_ptr); |
| 7670 | |
| 7671 | return TRUE; |
| 7672 | } |
| 7673 | |
| 7674 | if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd, dwarf_debug_sections, |
| 7675 | section, symbols, offset, |
| 7676 | filename_ptr, functionname_ptr, |
| 7677 | line_ptr, discriminator_ptr, 0, |
| 7678 | &elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info)) |
| 7679 | { |
| 7680 | if (!*functionname_ptr) |
| 7681 | elf_find_function (abfd, section, symbols, offset, |
| 7682 | *filename_ptr ? NULL : filename_ptr, |
| 7683 | functionname_ptr); |
| 7684 | |
| 7685 | return TRUE; |
| 7686 | } |
| 7687 | |
| 7688 | if (! _bfd_stab_section_find_nearest_line (abfd, symbols, section, offset, |
| 7689 | &found, filename_ptr, |
| 7690 | functionname_ptr, line_ptr, |
| 7691 | &elf_tdata (abfd)->line_info)) |
| 7692 | return FALSE; |
| 7693 | if (found && (*functionname_ptr || *line_ptr)) |
| 7694 | return TRUE; |
| 7695 | |
| 7696 | if (symbols == NULL) |
| 7697 | return FALSE; |
| 7698 | |
| 7699 | if (! elf_find_function (abfd, section, symbols, offset, |
| 7700 | filename_ptr, functionname_ptr)) |
| 7701 | return FALSE; |
| 7702 | |
| 7703 | *line_ptr = 0; |
| 7704 | return TRUE; |
| 7705 | } |
| 7706 | |
| 7707 | /* Find the line for a symbol. */ |
| 7708 | |
| 7709 | bfd_boolean |
| 7710 | _bfd_elf_find_line (bfd *abfd, asymbol **symbols, asymbol *symbol, |
| 7711 | const char **filename_ptr, unsigned int *line_ptr) |
| 7712 | { |
| 7713 | return _bfd_elf_find_line_discriminator (abfd, symbols, symbol, |
| 7714 | filename_ptr, line_ptr, |
| 7715 | NULL); |
| 7716 | } |
| 7717 | |
| 7718 | bfd_boolean |
| 7719 | _bfd_elf_find_line_discriminator (bfd *abfd, asymbol **symbols, asymbol *symbol, |
| 7720 | const char **filename_ptr, |
| 7721 | unsigned int *line_ptr, |
| 7722 | unsigned int *discriminator_ptr) |
| 7723 | { |
| 7724 | return _bfd_dwarf2_find_line (abfd, symbols, symbol, |
| 7725 | filename_ptr, line_ptr, discriminator_ptr, 0, |
| 7726 | &elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info); |
| 7727 | } |
| 7728 | |
| 7729 | /* After a call to bfd_find_nearest_line, successive calls to |
| 7730 | bfd_find_inliner_info can be used to get source information about |
| 7731 | each level of function inlining that terminated at the address |
| 7732 | passed to bfd_find_nearest_line. Currently this is only supported |
| 7733 | for DWARF2 with appropriate DWARF3 extensions. */ |
| 7734 | |
| 7735 | bfd_boolean |
| 7736 | _bfd_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd *abfd, |
| 7737 | const char **filename_ptr, |
| 7738 | const char **functionname_ptr, |
| 7739 | unsigned int *line_ptr) |
| 7740 | { |
| 7741 | bfd_boolean found; |
| 7742 | found = _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd, filename_ptr, |
| 7743 | functionname_ptr, line_ptr, |
| 7744 | & elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info); |
| 7745 | return found; |
| 7746 | } |
| 7747 | |
| 7748 | int |
| 7749 | _bfd_elf_sizeof_headers (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info) |
| 7750 | { |
| 7751 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
| 7752 | int ret = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; |
| 7753 | |
| 7754 | if (!info->relocatable) |
| 7755 | { |
| 7756 | bfd_size_type phdr_size = elf_program_header_size (abfd); |
| 7757 | |
| 7758 | if (phdr_size == (bfd_size_type) -1) |
| 7759 | { |
| 7760 | struct elf_segment_map *m; |
| 7761 | |
| 7762 | phdr_size = 0; |
| 7763 | for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd); m != NULL; m = m->next) |
| 7764 | phdr_size += bed->s->sizeof_phdr; |
| 7765 | |
| 7766 | if (phdr_size == 0) |
| 7767 | phdr_size = get_program_header_size (abfd, info); |
| 7768 | } |
| 7769 | |
| 7770 | elf_program_header_size (abfd) = phdr_size; |
| 7771 | ret += phdr_size; |
| 7772 | } |
| 7773 | |
| 7774 | return ret; |
| 7775 | } |
| 7776 | |
| 7777 | bfd_boolean |
| 7778 | _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (bfd *abfd, |
| 7779 | sec_ptr section, |
| 7780 | const void *location, |
| 7781 | file_ptr offset, |
| 7782 | bfd_size_type count) |
| 7783 | { |
| 7784 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; |
| 7785 | bfd_signed_vma pos; |
| 7786 | |
| 7787 | if (! abfd->output_has_begun |
| 7788 | && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd, NULL)) |
| 7789 | return FALSE; |
| 7790 | |
| 7791 | hdr = &elf_section_data (section)->this_hdr; |
| 7792 | pos = hdr->sh_offset + offset; |
| 7793 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0 |
| 7794 | || bfd_bwrite (location, count, abfd) != count) |
| 7795 | return FALSE; |
| 7796 | |
| 7797 | return TRUE; |
| 7798 | } |
| 7799 | |
| 7800 | void |
| 7801 | _bfd_elf_no_info_to_howto (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
| 7802 | arelent *cache_ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
| 7803 | Elf_Internal_Rela *dst ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) |
| 7804 | { |
| 7805 | abort (); |
| 7806 | } |
| 7807 | |
| 7808 | /* Try to convert a non-ELF reloc into an ELF one. */ |
| 7809 | |
| 7810 | bfd_boolean |
| 7811 | _bfd_elf_validate_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *areloc) |
| 7812 | { |
| 7813 | /* Check whether we really have an ELF howto. */ |
| 7814 | |
| 7815 | if ((*areloc->sym_ptr_ptr)->the_bfd->xvec != abfd->xvec) |
| 7816 | { |
| 7817 | bfd_reloc_code_real_type code; |
| 7818 | reloc_howto_type *howto; |
| 7819 | |
| 7820 | /* Alien reloc: Try to determine its type to replace it with an |
| 7821 | equivalent ELF reloc. */ |
| 7822 | |
| 7823 | if (areloc->howto->pc_relative) |
| 7824 | { |
| 7825 | switch (areloc->howto->bitsize) |
| 7826 | { |
| 7827 | case 8: |
| 7828 | code = BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL; |
| 7829 | break; |
| 7830 | case 12: |
| 7831 | code = BFD_RELOC_12_PCREL; |
| 7832 | break; |
| 7833 | case 16: |
| 7834 | code = BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL; |
| 7835 | break; |
| 7836 | case 24: |
| 7837 | code = BFD_RELOC_24_PCREL; |
| 7838 | break; |
| 7839 | case 32: |
| 7840 | code = BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL; |
| 7841 | break; |
| 7842 | case 64: |
| 7843 | code = BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL; |
| 7844 | break; |
| 7845 | default: |
| 7846 | goto fail; |
| 7847 | } |
| 7848 | |
| 7849 | howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd, code); |
| 7850 | |
| 7851 | if (areloc->howto->pcrel_offset != howto->pcrel_offset) |
| 7852 | { |
| 7853 | if (howto->pcrel_offset) |
| 7854 | areloc->addend += areloc->address; |
| 7855 | else |
| 7856 | areloc->addend -= areloc->address; /* addend is unsigned!! */ |
| 7857 | } |
| 7858 | } |
| 7859 | else |
| 7860 | { |
| 7861 | switch (areloc->howto->bitsize) |
| 7862 | { |
| 7863 | case 8: |
| 7864 | code = BFD_RELOC_8; |
| 7865 | break; |
| 7866 | case 14: |
| 7867 | code = BFD_RELOC_14; |
| 7868 | break; |
| 7869 | case 16: |
| 7870 | code = BFD_RELOC_16; |
| 7871 | break; |
| 7872 | case 26: |
| 7873 | code = BFD_RELOC_26; |
| 7874 | break; |
| 7875 | case 32: |
| 7876 | code = BFD_RELOC_32; |
| 7877 | break; |
| 7878 | case 64: |
| 7879 | code = BFD_RELOC_64; |
| 7880 | break; |
| 7881 | default: |
| 7882 | goto fail; |
| 7883 | } |
| 7884 | |
| 7885 | howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd, code); |
| 7886 | } |
| 7887 | |
| 7888 | if (howto) |
| 7889 | areloc->howto = howto; |
| 7890 | else |
| 7891 | goto fail; |
| 7892 | } |
| 7893 | |
| 7894 | return TRUE; |
| 7895 | |
| 7896 | fail: |
| 7897 | (*_bfd_error_handler) |
| 7898 | (_("%B: unsupported relocation type %s"), |
| 7899 | abfd, areloc->howto->name); |
| 7900 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); |
| 7901 | return FALSE; |
| 7902 | } |
| 7903 | |
| 7904 | bfd_boolean |
| 7905 | _bfd_elf_close_and_cleanup (bfd *abfd) |
| 7906 | { |
| 7907 | struct elf_obj_tdata *tdata = elf_tdata (abfd); |
| 7908 | if (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_object && tdata != NULL) |
| 7909 | { |
| 7910 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)->o != NULL && elf_shstrtab (abfd) != NULL) |
| 7911 | _bfd_elf_strtab_free (elf_shstrtab (abfd)); |
| 7912 | _bfd_dwarf2_cleanup_debug_info (abfd, &tdata->dwarf2_find_line_info); |
| 7913 | } |
| 7914 | |
| 7915 | return _bfd_generic_close_and_cleanup (abfd); |
| 7916 | } |
| 7917 | |
| 7918 | /* For Rel targets, we encode meaningful data for BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY |
| 7919 | in the relocation's offset. Thus we cannot allow any sort of sanity |
| 7920 | range-checking to interfere. There is nothing else to do in processing |
| 7921 | this reloc. */ |
| 7922 | |
| 7923 | bfd_reloc_status_type |
| 7924 | _bfd_elf_rel_vtable_reloc_fn |
| 7925 | (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, arelent *re ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
| 7926 | struct bfd_symbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
| 7927 | void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *is ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
| 7928 | bfd *obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, char **errmsg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) |
| 7929 | { |
| 7930 | return bfd_reloc_ok; |
| 7931 | } |
| 7932 | \f |
| 7933 | /* Elf core file support. Much of this only works on native |
| 7934 | toolchains, since we rely on knowing the |
| 7935 | machine-dependent procfs structure in order to pick |
| 7936 | out details about the corefile. */ |
| 7937 | |
| 7938 | #ifdef HAVE_SYS_PROCFS_H |
| 7939 | /* Needed for new procfs interface on sparc-solaris. */ |
| 7940 | # define _STRUCTURED_PROC 1 |
| 7941 | # include <sys/procfs.h> |
| 7942 | #endif |
| 7943 | |
| 7944 | /* Return a PID that identifies a "thread" for threaded cores, or the |
| 7945 | PID of the main process for non-threaded cores. */ |
| 7946 | |
| 7947 | static int |
| 7948 | elfcore_make_pid (bfd *abfd) |
| 7949 | { |
| 7950 | int pid; |
| 7951 | |
| 7952 | pid = elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid; |
| 7953 | if (pid == 0) |
| 7954 | pid = elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid; |
| 7955 | |
| 7956 | return pid; |
| 7957 | } |
| 7958 | |
| 7959 | /* If there isn't a section called NAME, make one, using |
| 7960 | data from SECT. Note, this function will generate a |
| 7961 | reference to NAME, so you shouldn't deallocate or |
| 7962 | overwrite it. */ |
| 7963 | |
| 7964 | static bfd_boolean |
| 7965 | elfcore_maybe_make_sect (bfd *abfd, char *name, asection *sect) |
| 7966 | { |
| 7967 | asection *sect2; |
| 7968 | |
| 7969 | if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name) != NULL) |
| 7970 | return TRUE; |
| 7971 | |
| 7972 | sect2 = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd, name, sect->flags); |
| 7973 | if (sect2 == NULL) |
| 7974 | return FALSE; |
| 7975 | |
| 7976 | sect2->size = sect->size; |
| 7977 | sect2->filepos = sect->filepos; |
| 7978 | sect2->alignment_power = sect->alignment_power; |
| 7979 | return TRUE; |
| 7980 | } |
| 7981 | |
| 7982 | /* Create a pseudosection containing SIZE bytes at FILEPOS. This |
| 7983 | actually creates up to two pseudosections: |
| 7984 | - For the single-threaded case, a section named NAME, unless |
| 7985 | such a section already exists. |
| 7986 | - For the multi-threaded case, a section named "NAME/PID", where |
| 7987 | PID is elfcore_make_pid (abfd). |
| 7988 | Both pseudosections have identical contents. */ |
| 7989 | bfd_boolean |
| 7990 | _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (bfd *abfd, |
| 7991 | char *name, |
| 7992 | size_t size, |
| 7993 | ufile_ptr filepos) |
| 7994 | { |
| 7995 | char buf[100]; |
| 7996 | char *threaded_name; |
| 7997 | size_t len; |
| 7998 | asection *sect; |
| 7999 | |
| 8000 | /* Build the section name. */ |
| 8001 | |
| 8002 | sprintf (buf, "%s/%d", name, elfcore_make_pid (abfd)); |
| 8003 | len = strlen (buf) + 1; |
| 8004 | threaded_name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, len); |
| 8005 | if (threaded_name == NULL) |
| 8006 | return FALSE; |
| 8007 | memcpy (threaded_name, buf, len); |
| 8008 | |
| 8009 | sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, threaded_name, |
| 8010 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS); |
| 8011 | if (sect == NULL) |
| 8012 | return FALSE; |
| 8013 | sect->size = size; |
| 8014 | sect->filepos = filepos; |
| 8015 | sect->alignment_power = 2; |
| 8016 | |
| 8017 | return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, name, sect); |
| 8018 | } |
| 8019 | |
| 8020 | /* prstatus_t exists on: |
| 8021 | solaris 2.5+ |
| 8022 | linux 2.[01] + glibc |
| 8023 | unixware 4.2 |
| 8024 | */ |
| 8025 | |
| 8026 | #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) |
| 8027 | |
| 8028 | static bfd_boolean |
| 8029 | elfcore_grok_prstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
| 8030 | { |
| 8031 | size_t size; |
| 8032 | int offset; |
| 8033 | |
| 8034 | if (note->descsz == sizeof (prstatus_t)) |
| 8035 | { |
| 8036 | prstatus_t prstat; |
| 8037 | |
| 8038 | size = sizeof (prstat.pr_reg); |
| 8039 | offset = offsetof (prstatus_t, pr_reg); |
| 8040 | memcpy (&prstat, note->descdata, sizeof (prstat)); |
| 8041 | |
| 8042 | /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it |
| 8043 | has already been set by another thread. */ |
| 8044 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal == 0) |
| 8045 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal = prstat.pr_cursig; |
| 8046 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid == 0) |
| 8047 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid = prstat.pr_pid; |
| 8048 | |
| 8049 | /* pr_who exists on: |
| 8050 | solaris 2.5+ |
| 8051 | unixware 4.2 |
| 8052 | pr_who doesn't exist on: |
| 8053 | linux 2.[01] |
| 8054 | */ |
| 8055 | #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T_PR_WHO) |
| 8056 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = prstat.pr_who; |
| 8057 | #else |
| 8058 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = prstat.pr_pid; |
| 8059 | #endif |
| 8060 | } |
| 8061 | #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T) |
| 8062 | else if (note->descsz == sizeof (prstatus32_t)) |
| 8063 | { |
| 8064 | /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */ |
| 8065 | prstatus32_t prstat; |
| 8066 | |
| 8067 | size = sizeof (prstat.pr_reg); |
| 8068 | offset = offsetof (prstatus32_t, pr_reg); |
| 8069 | memcpy (&prstat, note->descdata, sizeof (prstat)); |
| 8070 | |
| 8071 | /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it |
| 8072 | has already been set by another thread. */ |
| 8073 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal == 0) |
| 8074 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal = prstat.pr_cursig; |
| 8075 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid == 0) |
| 8076 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid = prstat.pr_pid; |
| 8077 | |
| 8078 | /* pr_who exists on: |
| 8079 | solaris 2.5+ |
| 8080 | unixware 4.2 |
| 8081 | pr_who doesn't exist on: |
| 8082 | linux 2.[01] |
| 8083 | */ |
| 8084 | #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T_PR_WHO) |
| 8085 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = prstat.pr_who; |
| 8086 | #else |
| 8087 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = prstat.pr_pid; |
| 8088 | #endif |
| 8089 | } |
| 8090 | #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T */ |
| 8091 | else |
| 8092 | { |
| 8093 | /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other |
| 8094 | note size (ie. data object type). */ |
| 8095 | return TRUE; |
| 8096 | } |
| 8097 | |
| 8098 | /* Make a ".reg/999" section and a ".reg" section. */ |
| 8099 | return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", |
| 8100 | size, note->descpos + offset); |
| 8101 | } |
| 8102 | #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) */ |
| 8103 | |
| 8104 | /* Create a pseudosection containing the exact contents of NOTE. */ |
| 8105 | static bfd_boolean |
| 8106 | elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (bfd *abfd, |
| 8107 | char *name, |
| 8108 | Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
| 8109 | { |
| 8110 | return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, name, |
| 8111 | note->descsz, note->descpos); |
| 8112 | } |
| 8113 | |
| 8114 | /* There isn't a consistent prfpregset_t across platforms, |
| 8115 | but it doesn't matter, because we don't have to pick this |
| 8116 | data structure apart. */ |
| 8117 | |
| 8118 | static bfd_boolean |
| 8119 | elfcore_grok_prfpreg (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
| 8120 | { |
| 8121 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note); |
| 8122 | } |
| 8123 | |
| 8124 | /* Linux dumps the Intel SSE regs in a note named "LINUX" with a note |
| 8125 | type of NT_PRXFPREG. Just include the whole note's contents |
| 8126 | literally. */ |
| 8127 | |
| 8128 | static bfd_boolean |
| 8129 | elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
| 8130 | { |
| 8131 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-xfp", note); |
| 8132 | } |
| 8133 | |
| 8134 | /* Linux dumps the Intel XSAVE extended state in a note named "LINUX" |
| 8135 | with a note type of NT_X86_XSTATE. Just include the whole note's |
| 8136 | contents literally. */ |
| 8137 | |
| 8138 | static bfd_boolean |
| 8139 | elfcore_grok_xstatereg (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
| 8140 | { |
| 8141 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-xstate", note); |
| 8142 | } |
| 8143 | |
| 8144 | static bfd_boolean |
| 8145 | elfcore_grok_ppc_vmx (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
| 8146 | { |
| 8147 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-ppc-vmx", note); |
| 8148 | } |
| 8149 | |
| 8150 | static bfd_boolean |
| 8151 | elfcore_grok_ppc_vsx (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
| 8152 | { |
| 8153 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-ppc-vsx", note); |
| 8154 | } |
| 8155 | |
| 8156 | static bfd_boolean |
| 8157 | elfcore_grok_s390_high_gprs (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
| 8158 | { |
| 8159 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-high-gprs", note); |
| 8160 | } |
| 8161 | |
| 8162 | static bfd_boolean |
| 8163 | elfcore_grok_s390_timer (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
| 8164 | { |
| 8165 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-timer", note); |
| 8166 | } |
| 8167 | |
| 8168 | static bfd_boolean |
| 8169 | elfcore_grok_s390_todcmp (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
| 8170 | { |
| 8171 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-todcmp", note); |
| 8172 | } |
| 8173 | |
| 8174 | static bfd_boolean |
| 8175 | elfcore_grok_s390_todpreg (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
| 8176 | { |
| 8177 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-todpreg", note); |
| 8178 | } |
| 8179 | |
| 8180 | static bfd_boolean |
| 8181 | elfcore_grok_s390_ctrs (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
| 8182 | { |
| 8183 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-ctrs", note); |
| 8184 | } |
| 8185 | |
| 8186 | static bfd_boolean |
| 8187 | elfcore_grok_s390_prefix (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
| 8188 | { |
| 8189 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-prefix", note); |
| 8190 | } |
| 8191 | |
| 8192 | static bfd_boolean |
| 8193 | elfcore_grok_s390_last_break (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
| 8194 | { |
| 8195 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-last-break", note); |
| 8196 | } |
| 8197 | |
| 8198 | static bfd_boolean |
| 8199 | elfcore_grok_s390_system_call (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
| 8200 | { |
| 8201 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-system-call", note); |
| 8202 | } |
| 8203 | |
| 8204 | static bfd_boolean |
| 8205 | elfcore_grok_s390_tdb (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
| 8206 | { |
| 8207 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-tdb", note); |
| 8208 | } |
| 8209 | |
| 8210 | static bfd_boolean |
| 8211 | elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
| 8212 | { |
| 8213 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-arm-vfp", note); |
| 8214 | } |
| 8215 | |
| 8216 | static bfd_boolean |
| 8217 | elfcore_grok_aarch_tls (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
| 8218 | { |
| 8219 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-aarch-tls", note); |
| 8220 | } |
| 8221 | |
| 8222 | static bfd_boolean |
| 8223 | elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_break (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
| 8224 | { |
| 8225 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-aarch-hw-break", note); |
| 8226 | } |
| 8227 | |
| 8228 | static bfd_boolean |
| 8229 | elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_watch (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
| 8230 | { |
| 8231 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-aarch-hw-watch", note); |
| 8232 | } |
| 8233 | |
| 8234 | #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) |
| 8235 | typedef prpsinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t; |
| 8236 | #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */ |
| 8237 | typedef prpsinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t; |
| 8238 | #endif |
| 8239 | #endif |
| 8240 | |
| 8241 | #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) |
| 8242 | typedef psinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t; |
| 8243 | #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */ |
| 8244 | typedef psinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t; |
| 8245 | #endif |
| 8246 | #endif |
| 8247 | |
| 8248 | /* return a malloc'ed copy of a string at START which is at |
| 8249 | most MAX bytes long, possibly without a terminating '\0'. |
| 8250 | the copy will always have a terminating '\0'. */ |
| 8251 | |
| 8252 | char * |
| 8253 | _bfd_elfcore_strndup (bfd *abfd, char *start, size_t max) |
| 8254 | { |
| 8255 | char *dups; |
| 8256 | char *end = (char *) memchr (start, '\0', max); |
| 8257 | size_t len; |
| 8258 | |
| 8259 | if (end == NULL) |
| 8260 | len = max; |
| 8261 | else |
| 8262 | len = end - start; |
| 8263 | |
| 8264 | dups = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, len + 1); |
| 8265 | if (dups == NULL) |
| 8266 | return NULL; |
| 8267 | |
| 8268 | memcpy (dups, start, len); |
| 8269 | dups[len] = '\0'; |
| 8270 | |
| 8271 | return dups; |
| 8272 | } |
| 8273 | |
| 8274 | #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) |
| 8275 | static bfd_boolean |
| 8276 | elfcore_grok_psinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
| 8277 | { |
| 8278 | if (note->descsz == sizeof (elfcore_psinfo_t)) |
| 8279 | { |
| 8280 | elfcore_psinfo_t psinfo; |
| 8281 | |
| 8282 | memcpy (&psinfo, note->descdata, sizeof (psinfo)); |
| 8283 | |
| 8284 | #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T_PR_PID) || defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T_PR_PID) |
| 8285 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid = psinfo.pr_pid; |
| 8286 | #endif |
| 8287 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core->program |
| 8288 | = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_fname, |
| 8289 | sizeof (psinfo.pr_fname)); |
| 8290 | |
| 8291 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command |
| 8292 | = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_psargs, |
| 8293 | sizeof (psinfo.pr_psargs)); |
| 8294 | } |
| 8295 | #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T) |
| 8296 | else if (note->descsz == sizeof (elfcore_psinfo32_t)) |
| 8297 | { |
| 8298 | /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */ |
| 8299 | elfcore_psinfo32_t psinfo; |
| 8300 | |
| 8301 | memcpy (&psinfo, note->descdata, sizeof (psinfo)); |
| 8302 | |
| 8303 | #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T_PR_PID) || defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T_PR_PID) |
| 8304 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid = psinfo.pr_pid; |
| 8305 | #endif |
| 8306 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core->program |
| 8307 | = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_fname, |
| 8308 | sizeof (psinfo.pr_fname)); |
| 8309 | |
| 8310 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command |
| 8311 | = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_psargs, |
| 8312 | sizeof (psinfo.pr_psargs)); |
| 8313 | } |
| 8314 | #endif |
| 8315 | |
| 8316 | else |
| 8317 | { |
| 8318 | /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other |
| 8319 | note size (ie. data object type). */ |
| 8320 | return TRUE; |
| 8321 | } |
| 8322 | |
| 8323 | /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked |
| 8324 | onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway) |
| 8325 | implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */ |
| 8326 | |
| 8327 | { |
| 8328 | char *command = elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command; |
| 8329 | int n = strlen (command); |
| 8330 | |
| 8331 | if (0 < n && command[n - 1] == ' ') |
| 8332 | command[n - 1] = '\0'; |
| 8333 | } |
| 8334 | |
| 8335 | return TRUE; |
| 8336 | } |
| 8337 | #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) */ |
| 8338 | |
| 8339 | #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) |
| 8340 | static bfd_boolean |
| 8341 | elfcore_grok_pstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
| 8342 | { |
| 8343 | if (note->descsz == sizeof (pstatus_t) |
| 8344 | #if defined (HAVE_PXSTATUS_T) |
| 8345 | || note->descsz == sizeof (pxstatus_t) |
| 8346 | #endif |
| 8347 | ) |
| 8348 | { |
| 8349 | pstatus_t pstat; |
| 8350 | |
| 8351 | memcpy (&pstat, note->descdata, sizeof (pstat)); |
| 8352 | |
| 8353 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid = pstat.pr_pid; |
| 8354 | } |
| 8355 | #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T) |
| 8356 | else if (note->descsz == sizeof (pstatus32_t)) |
| 8357 | { |
| 8358 | /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */ |
| 8359 | pstatus32_t pstat; |
| 8360 | |
| 8361 | memcpy (&pstat, note->descdata, sizeof (pstat)); |
| 8362 | |
| 8363 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid = pstat.pr_pid; |
| 8364 | } |
| 8365 | #endif |
| 8366 | /* Could grab some more details from the "representative" |
| 8367 | lwpstatus_t in pstat.pr_lwp, but we'll catch it all in an |
| 8368 | NT_LWPSTATUS note, presumably. */ |
| 8369 | |
| 8370 | return TRUE; |
| 8371 | } |
| 8372 | #endif /* defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) */ |
| 8373 | |
| 8374 | #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) |
| 8375 | static bfd_boolean |
| 8376 | elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
| 8377 | { |
| 8378 | lwpstatus_t lwpstat; |
| 8379 | char buf[100]; |
| 8380 | char *name; |
| 8381 | size_t len; |
| 8382 | asection *sect; |
| 8383 | |
| 8384 | if (note->descsz != sizeof (lwpstat) |
| 8385 | #if defined (HAVE_LWPXSTATUS_T) |
| 8386 | && note->descsz != sizeof (lwpxstatus_t) |
| 8387 | #endif |
| 8388 | ) |
| 8389 | return TRUE; |
| 8390 | |
| 8391 | memcpy (&lwpstat, note->descdata, sizeof (lwpstat)); |
| 8392 | |
| 8393 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = lwpstat.pr_lwpid; |
| 8394 | /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it has already been set by |
| 8395 | another thread. */ |
| 8396 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal == 0) |
| 8397 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal = lwpstat.pr_cursig; |
| 8398 | |
| 8399 | /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */ |
| 8400 | |
| 8401 | sprintf (buf, ".reg/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd)); |
| 8402 | len = strlen (buf) + 1; |
| 8403 | name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len); |
| 8404 | if (name == NULL) |
| 8405 | return FALSE; |
| 8406 | memcpy (name, buf, len); |
| 8407 | |
| 8408 | sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS); |
| 8409 | if (sect == NULL) |
| 8410 | return FALSE; |
| 8411 | |
| 8412 | #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT) |
| 8413 | sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs); |
| 8414 | sect->filepos = note->descpos |
| 8415 | + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs); |
| 8416 | #endif |
| 8417 | |
| 8418 | #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG) |
| 8419 | sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_reg); |
| 8420 | sect->filepos = note->descpos + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_reg); |
| 8421 | #endif |
| 8422 | |
| 8423 | sect->alignment_power = 2; |
| 8424 | |
| 8425 | if (!elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg", sect)) |
| 8426 | return FALSE; |
| 8427 | |
| 8428 | /* Make a ".reg2/999" section */ |
| 8429 | |
| 8430 | sprintf (buf, ".reg2/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd)); |
| 8431 | len = strlen (buf) + 1; |
| 8432 | name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len); |
| 8433 | if (name == NULL) |
| 8434 | return FALSE; |
| 8435 | memcpy (name, buf, len); |
| 8436 | |
| 8437 | sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS); |
| 8438 | if (sect == NULL) |
| 8439 | return FALSE; |
| 8440 | |
| 8441 | #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT) |
| 8442 | sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.fpregs); |
| 8443 | sect->filepos = note->descpos |
| 8444 | + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_context.uc_mcontext.fpregs); |
| 8445 | #endif |
| 8446 | |
| 8447 | #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_FPREG) |
| 8448 | sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_fpreg); |
| 8449 | sect->filepos = note->descpos + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_fpreg); |
| 8450 | #endif |
| 8451 | |
| 8452 | sect->alignment_power = 2; |
| 8453 | |
| 8454 | return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg2", sect); |
| 8455 | } |
| 8456 | #endif /* defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) */ |
| 8457 | |
| 8458 | static bfd_boolean |
| 8459 | elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
| 8460 | { |
| 8461 | char buf[30]; |
| 8462 | char *name; |
| 8463 | size_t len; |
| 8464 | asection *sect; |
| 8465 | int type; |
| 8466 | int is_active_thread; |
| 8467 | bfd_vma base_addr; |
| 8468 | |
| 8469 | if (note->descsz < 728) |
| 8470 | return TRUE; |
| 8471 | |
| 8472 | if (! CONST_STRNEQ (note->namedata, "win32")) |
| 8473 | return TRUE; |
| 8474 | |
| 8475 | type = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata); |
| 8476 | |
| 8477 | switch (type) |
| 8478 | { |
| 8479 | case 1 /* NOTE_INFO_PROCESS */: |
| 8480 | /* FIXME: need to add ->core->command. */ |
| 8481 | /* process_info.pid */ |
| 8482 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 8); |
| 8483 | /* process_info.signal */ |
| 8484 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 12); |
| 8485 | break; |
| 8486 | |
| 8487 | case 2 /* NOTE_INFO_THREAD */: |
| 8488 | /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */ |
| 8489 | /* thread_info.tid */ |
| 8490 | sprintf (buf, ".reg/%ld", (long) bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 8)); |
| 8491 | |
| 8492 | len = strlen (buf) + 1; |
| 8493 | name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, len); |
| 8494 | if (name == NULL) |
| 8495 | return FALSE; |
| 8496 | |
| 8497 | memcpy (name, buf, len); |
| 8498 | |
| 8499 | sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS); |
| 8500 | if (sect == NULL) |
| 8501 | return FALSE; |
| 8502 | |
| 8503 | /* sizeof (thread_info.thread_context) */ |
| 8504 | sect->size = 716; |
| 8505 | /* offsetof (thread_info.thread_context) */ |
| 8506 | sect->filepos = note->descpos + 12; |
| 8507 | sect->alignment_power = 2; |
| 8508 | |
| 8509 | /* thread_info.is_active_thread */ |
| 8510 | is_active_thread = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 8); |
| 8511 | |
| 8512 | if (is_active_thread) |
| 8513 | if (! elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg", sect)) |
| 8514 | return FALSE; |
| 8515 | break; |
| 8516 | |
| 8517 | case 3 /* NOTE_INFO_MODULE */: |
| 8518 | /* Make a ".module/xxxxxxxx" section. */ |
| 8519 | /* module_info.base_address */ |
| 8520 | base_addr = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 4); |
| 8521 | sprintf (buf, ".module/%08lx", (unsigned long) base_addr); |
| 8522 | |
| 8523 | len = strlen (buf) + 1; |
| 8524 | name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, len); |
| 8525 | if (name == NULL) |
| 8526 | return FALSE; |
| 8527 | |
| 8528 | memcpy (name, buf, len); |
| 8529 | |
| 8530 | sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS); |
| 8531 | |
| 8532 | if (sect == NULL) |
| 8533 | return FALSE; |
| 8534 | |
| 8535 | sect->size = note->descsz; |
| 8536 | sect->filepos = note->descpos; |
| 8537 | sect->alignment_power = 2; |
| 8538 | break; |
| 8539 | |
| 8540 | default: |
| 8541 | return TRUE; |
| 8542 | } |
| 8543 | |
| 8544 | return TRUE; |
| 8545 | } |
| 8546 | |
| 8547 | static bfd_boolean |
| 8548 | elfcore_grok_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
| 8549 | { |
| 8550 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
| 8551 | |
| 8552 | switch (note->type) |
| 8553 | { |
| 8554 | default: |
| 8555 | return TRUE; |
| 8556 | |
| 8557 | case NT_PRSTATUS: |
| 8558 | if (bed->elf_backend_grok_prstatus) |
| 8559 | if ((*bed->elf_backend_grok_prstatus) (abfd, note)) |
| 8560 | return TRUE; |
| 8561 | #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) |
| 8562 | return elfcore_grok_prstatus (abfd, note); |
| 8563 | #else |
| 8564 | return TRUE; |
| 8565 | #endif |
| 8566 | |
| 8567 | #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) |
| 8568 | case NT_PSTATUS: |
| 8569 | return elfcore_grok_pstatus (abfd, note); |
| 8570 | #endif |
| 8571 | |
| 8572 | #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) |
| 8573 | case NT_LWPSTATUS: |
| 8574 | return elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (abfd, note); |
| 8575 | #endif |
| 8576 | |
| 8577 | case NT_FPREGSET: /* FIXME: rename to NT_PRFPREG */ |
| 8578 | return elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd, note); |
| 8579 | |
| 8580 | case NT_WIN32PSTATUS: |
| 8581 | return elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (abfd, note); |
| 8582 | |
| 8583 | case NT_PRXFPREG: /* Linux SSE extension */ |
| 8584 | if (note->namesz == 6 |
| 8585 | && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0) |
| 8586 | return elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (abfd, note); |
| 8587 | else |
| 8588 | return TRUE; |
| 8589 | |
| 8590 | case NT_X86_XSTATE: /* Linux XSAVE extension */ |
| 8591 | if (note->namesz == 6 |
| 8592 | && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0) |
| 8593 | return elfcore_grok_xstatereg (abfd, note); |
| 8594 | else |
| 8595 | return TRUE; |
| 8596 | |
| 8597 | case NT_PPC_VMX: |
| 8598 | if (note->namesz == 6 |
| 8599 | && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0) |
| 8600 | return elfcore_grok_ppc_vmx (abfd, note); |
| 8601 | else |
| 8602 | return TRUE; |
| 8603 | |
| 8604 | case NT_PPC_VSX: |
| 8605 | if (note->namesz == 6 |
| 8606 | && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0) |
| 8607 | return elfcore_grok_ppc_vsx (abfd, note); |
| 8608 | else |
| 8609 | return TRUE; |
| 8610 | |
| 8611 | case NT_S390_HIGH_GPRS: |
| 8612 | if (note->namesz == 6 |
| 8613 | && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0) |
| 8614 | return elfcore_grok_s390_high_gprs (abfd, note); |
| 8615 | else |
| 8616 | return TRUE; |
| 8617 | |
| 8618 | case NT_S390_TIMER: |
| 8619 | if (note->namesz == 6 |
| 8620 | && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0) |
| 8621 | return elfcore_grok_s390_timer (abfd, note); |
| 8622 | else |
| 8623 | return TRUE; |
| 8624 | |
| 8625 | case NT_S390_TODCMP: |
| 8626 | if (note->namesz == 6 |
| 8627 | && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0) |
| 8628 | return elfcore_grok_s390_todcmp (abfd, note); |
| 8629 | else |
| 8630 | return TRUE; |
| 8631 | |
| 8632 | case NT_S390_TODPREG: |
| 8633 | if (note->namesz == 6 |
| 8634 | && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0) |
| 8635 | return elfcore_grok_s390_todpreg (abfd, note); |
| 8636 | else |
| 8637 | return TRUE; |
| 8638 | |
| 8639 | case NT_S390_CTRS: |
| 8640 | if (note->namesz == 6 |
| 8641 | && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0) |
| 8642 | return elfcore_grok_s390_ctrs (abfd, note); |
| 8643 | else |
| 8644 | return TRUE; |
| 8645 | |
| 8646 | case NT_S390_PREFIX: |
| 8647 | if (note->namesz == 6 |
| 8648 | && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0) |
| 8649 | return elfcore_grok_s390_prefix (abfd, note); |
| 8650 | else |
| 8651 | return TRUE; |
| 8652 | |
| 8653 | case NT_S390_LAST_BREAK: |
| 8654 | if (note->namesz == 6 |
| 8655 | && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0) |
| 8656 | return elfcore_grok_s390_last_break (abfd, note); |
| 8657 | else |
| 8658 | return TRUE; |
| 8659 | |
| 8660 | case NT_S390_SYSTEM_CALL: |
| 8661 | if (note->namesz == 6 |
| 8662 | && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0) |
| 8663 | return elfcore_grok_s390_system_call (abfd, note); |
| 8664 | else |
| 8665 | return TRUE; |
| 8666 | |
| 8667 | case NT_S390_TDB: |
| 8668 | if (note->namesz == 6 |
| 8669 | && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0) |
| 8670 | return elfcore_grok_s390_tdb (abfd, note); |
| 8671 | else |
| 8672 | return TRUE; |
| 8673 | |
| 8674 | case NT_ARM_VFP: |
| 8675 | if (note->namesz == 6 |
| 8676 | && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0) |
| 8677 | return elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (abfd, note); |
| 8678 | else |
| 8679 | return TRUE; |
| 8680 | |
| 8681 | case NT_ARM_TLS: |
| 8682 | if (note->namesz == 6 |
| 8683 | && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0) |
| 8684 | return elfcore_grok_aarch_tls (abfd, note); |
| 8685 | else |
| 8686 | return TRUE; |
| 8687 | |
| 8688 | case NT_ARM_HW_BREAK: |
| 8689 | if (note->namesz == 6 |
| 8690 | && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0) |
| 8691 | return elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_break (abfd, note); |
| 8692 | else |
| 8693 | return TRUE; |
| 8694 | |
| 8695 | case NT_ARM_HW_WATCH: |
| 8696 | if (note->namesz == 6 |
| 8697 | && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0) |
| 8698 | return elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_watch (abfd, note); |
| 8699 | else |
| 8700 | return TRUE; |
| 8701 | |
| 8702 | case NT_PRPSINFO: |
| 8703 | case NT_PSINFO: |
| 8704 | if (bed->elf_backend_grok_psinfo) |
| 8705 | if ((*bed->elf_backend_grok_psinfo) (abfd, note)) |
| 8706 | return TRUE; |
| 8707 | #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) |
| 8708 | return elfcore_grok_psinfo (abfd, note); |
| 8709 | #else |
| 8710 | return TRUE; |
| 8711 | #endif |
| 8712 | |
| 8713 | case NT_AUXV: |
| 8714 | { |
| 8715 | asection *sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".auxv", |
| 8716 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS); |
| 8717 | |
| 8718 | if (sect == NULL) |
| 8719 | return FALSE; |
| 8720 | sect->size = note->descsz; |
| 8721 | sect->filepos = note->descpos; |
| 8722 | sect->alignment_power = 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd) / 32; |
| 8723 | |
| 8724 | return TRUE; |
| 8725 | } |
| 8726 | |
| 8727 | case NT_FILE: |
| 8728 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".note.linuxcore.file", |
| 8729 | note); |
| 8730 | |
| 8731 | case NT_SIGINFO: |
| 8732 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".note.linuxcore.siginfo", |
| 8733 | note); |
| 8734 | } |
| 8735 | } |
| 8736 | |
| 8737 | static bfd_boolean |
| 8738 | elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
| 8739 | { |
| 8740 | struct elf_obj_tdata *t; |
| 8741 | |
| 8742 | if (note->descsz == 0) |
| 8743 | return FALSE; |
| 8744 | |
| 8745 | t = elf_tdata (abfd); |
| 8746 | t->build_id = bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (*t->build_id) - 1 + note->descsz); |
| 8747 | if (t->build_id == NULL) |
| 8748 | return FALSE; |
| 8749 | |
| 8750 | t->build_id->size = note->descsz; |
| 8751 | memcpy (t->build_id->data, note->descdata, note->descsz); |
| 8752 | |
| 8753 | return TRUE; |
| 8754 | } |
| 8755 | |
| 8756 | static bfd_boolean |
| 8757 | elfobj_grok_gnu_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
| 8758 | { |
| 8759 | switch (note->type) |
| 8760 | { |
| 8761 | default: |
| 8762 | return TRUE; |
| 8763 | |
| 8764 | case NT_GNU_BUILD_ID: |
| 8765 | return elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (abfd, note); |
| 8766 | } |
| 8767 | } |
| 8768 | |
| 8769 | static bfd_boolean |
| 8770 | elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note_1 (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
| 8771 | { |
| 8772 | struct sdt_note *cur = |
| 8773 | (struct sdt_note *) bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (struct sdt_note) |
| 8774 | + note->descsz); |
| 8775 | |
| 8776 | cur->next = (struct sdt_note *) (elf_tdata (abfd))->sdt_note_head; |
| 8777 | cur->size = (bfd_size_type) note->descsz; |
| 8778 | memcpy (cur->data, note->descdata, note->descsz); |
| 8779 | |
| 8780 | elf_tdata (abfd)->sdt_note_head = cur; |
| 8781 | |
| 8782 | return TRUE; |
| 8783 | } |
| 8784 | |
| 8785 | static bfd_boolean |
| 8786 | elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
| 8787 | { |
| 8788 | switch (note->type) |
| 8789 | { |
| 8790 | case NT_STAPSDT: |
| 8791 | return elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note_1 (abfd, note); |
| 8792 | |
| 8793 | default: |
| 8794 | return TRUE; |
| 8795 | } |
| 8796 | } |
| 8797 | |
| 8798 | static bfd_boolean |
| 8799 | elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (Elf_Internal_Note *note, int *lwpidp) |
| 8800 | { |
| 8801 | char *cp; |
| 8802 | |
| 8803 | cp = strchr (note->namedata, '@'); |
| 8804 | if (cp != NULL) |
| 8805 | { |
| 8806 | *lwpidp = atoi(cp + 1); |
| 8807 | return TRUE; |
| 8808 | } |
| 8809 | return FALSE; |
| 8810 | } |
| 8811 | |
| 8812 | static bfd_boolean |
| 8813 | elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
| 8814 | { |
| 8815 | /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */ |
| 8816 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal |
| 8817 | = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + 0x08); |
| 8818 | |
| 8819 | /* Process ID at offset 0x50. */ |
| 8820 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid |
| 8821 | = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + 0x50); |
| 8822 | |
| 8823 | /* Command name at 0x7c (max 32 bytes, including nul). */ |
| 8824 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command |
| 8825 | = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 0x7c, 31); |
| 8826 | |
| 8827 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".note.netbsdcore.procinfo", |
| 8828 | note); |
| 8829 | } |
| 8830 | |
| 8831 | static bfd_boolean |
| 8832 | elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
| 8833 | { |
| 8834 | int lwp; |
| 8835 | |
| 8836 | if (elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (note, &lwp)) |
| 8837 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = lwp; |
| 8838 | |
| 8839 | if (note->type == NT_NETBSDCORE_PROCINFO) |
| 8840 | { |
| 8841 | /* NetBSD-specific core "procinfo". Note that we expect to |
| 8842 | find this note before any of the others, which is fine, |
| 8843 | since the kernel writes this note out first when it |
| 8844 | creates a core file. */ |
| 8845 | |
| 8846 | return elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (abfd, note); |
| 8847 | } |
| 8848 | |
| 8849 | /* As of Jan 2002 there are no other machine-independent notes |
| 8850 | defined for NetBSD core files. If the note type is less |
| 8851 | than the start of the machine-dependent note types, we don't |
| 8852 | understand it. */ |
| 8853 | |
| 8854 | if (note->type < NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH) |
| 8855 | return TRUE; |
| 8856 | |
| 8857 | |
| 8858 | switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd)) |
| 8859 | { |
| 8860 | /* On the Alpha, SPARC (32-bit and 64-bit), PT_GETREGS == mach+0 and |
| 8861 | PT_GETFPREGS == mach+2. */ |
| 8862 | |
| 8863 | case bfd_arch_alpha: |
| 8864 | case bfd_arch_sparc: |
| 8865 | switch (note->type) |
| 8866 | { |
| 8867 | case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+0: |
| 8868 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", note); |
| 8869 | |
| 8870 | case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+2: |
| 8871 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note); |
| 8872 | |
| 8873 | default: |
| 8874 | return TRUE; |
| 8875 | } |
| 8876 | |
| 8877 | /* On all other arch's, PT_GETREGS == mach+1 and |
| 8878 | PT_GETFPREGS == mach+3. */ |
| 8879 | |
| 8880 | default: |
| 8881 | switch (note->type) |
| 8882 | { |
| 8883 | case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+1: |
| 8884 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", note); |
| 8885 | |
| 8886 | case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+3: |
| 8887 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note); |
| 8888 | |
| 8889 | default: |
| 8890 | return TRUE; |
| 8891 | } |
| 8892 | } |
| 8893 | /* NOTREACHED */ |
| 8894 | } |
| 8895 | |
| 8896 | static bfd_boolean |
| 8897 | elfcore_grok_openbsd_procinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
| 8898 | { |
| 8899 | /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */ |
| 8900 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal |
| 8901 | = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + 0x08); |
| 8902 | |
| 8903 | /* Process ID at offset 0x20. */ |
| 8904 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid |
| 8905 | = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + 0x20); |
| 8906 | |
| 8907 | /* Command name at 0x48 (max 32 bytes, including nul). */ |
| 8908 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command |
| 8909 | = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 0x48, 31); |
| 8910 | |
| 8911 | return TRUE; |
| 8912 | } |
| 8913 | |
| 8914 | static bfd_boolean |
| 8915 | elfcore_grok_openbsd_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
| 8916 | { |
| 8917 | if (note->type == NT_OPENBSD_PROCINFO) |
| 8918 | return elfcore_grok_openbsd_procinfo (abfd, note); |
| 8919 | |
| 8920 | if (note->type == NT_OPENBSD_REGS) |
| 8921 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", note); |
| 8922 | |
| 8923 | if (note->type == NT_OPENBSD_FPREGS) |
| 8924 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note); |
| 8925 | |
| 8926 | if (note->type == NT_OPENBSD_XFPREGS) |
| 8927 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-xfp", note); |
| 8928 | |
| 8929 | if (note->type == NT_OPENBSD_AUXV) |
| 8930 | { |
| 8931 | asection *sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".auxv", |
| 8932 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS); |
| 8933 | |
| 8934 | if (sect == NULL) |
| 8935 | return FALSE; |
| 8936 | sect->size = note->descsz; |
| 8937 | sect->filepos = note->descpos; |
| 8938 | sect->alignment_power = 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd) / 32; |
| 8939 | |
| 8940 | return TRUE; |
| 8941 | } |
| 8942 | |
| 8943 | if (note->type == NT_OPENBSD_WCOOKIE) |
| 8944 | { |
| 8945 | asection *sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".wcookie", |
| 8946 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS); |
| 8947 | |
| 8948 | if (sect == NULL) |
| 8949 | return FALSE; |
| 8950 | sect->size = note->descsz; |
| 8951 | sect->filepos = note->descpos; |
| 8952 | sect->alignment_power = 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd) / 32; |
| 8953 | |
| 8954 | return TRUE; |
| 8955 | } |
| 8956 | |
| 8957 | return TRUE; |
| 8958 | } |
| 8959 | |
| 8960 | static bfd_boolean |
| 8961 | elfcore_grok_nto_status (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note, long *tid) |
| 8962 | { |
| 8963 | void *ddata = note->descdata; |
| 8964 | char buf[100]; |
| 8965 | char *name; |
| 8966 | asection *sect; |
| 8967 | short sig; |
| 8968 | unsigned flags; |
| 8969 | |
| 8970 | /* nto_procfs_status 'pid' field is at offset 0. */ |
| 8971 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata); |
| 8972 | |
| 8973 | /* nto_procfs_status 'tid' field is at offset 4. Pass it back. */ |
| 8974 | *tid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata + 4); |
| 8975 | |
| 8976 | /* nto_procfs_status 'flags' field is at offset 8. */ |
| 8977 | flags = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata + 8); |
| 8978 | |
| 8979 | /* nto_procfs_status 'what' field is at offset 14. */ |
| 8980 | if ((sig = bfd_get_16 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata + 14)) > 0) |
| 8981 | { |
| 8982 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal = sig; |
| 8983 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = *tid; |
| 8984 | } |
| 8985 | |
| 8986 | /* _DEBUG_FLAG_CURTID (current thread) is 0x80. Some cores |
| 8987 | do not come from signals so we make sure we set the current |
| 8988 | thread just in case. */ |
| 8989 | if (flags & 0x00000080) |
| 8990 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = *tid; |
| 8991 | |
| 8992 | /* Make a ".qnx_core_status/%d" section. */ |
| 8993 | sprintf (buf, ".qnx_core_status/%ld", *tid); |
| 8994 | |
| 8995 | name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, strlen (buf) + 1); |
| 8996 | if (name == NULL) |
| 8997 | return FALSE; |
| 8998 | strcpy (name, buf); |
| 8999 | |
| 9000 | sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS); |
| 9001 | if (sect == NULL) |
| 9002 | return FALSE; |
| 9003 | |
| 9004 | sect->size = note->descsz; |
| 9005 | sect->filepos = note->descpos; |
| 9006 | sect->alignment_power = 2; |
| 9007 | |
| 9008 | return (elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".qnx_core_status", sect)); |
| 9009 | } |
| 9010 | |
| 9011 | static bfd_boolean |
| 9012 | elfcore_grok_nto_regs (bfd *abfd, |
| 9013 | Elf_Internal_Note *note, |
| 9014 | long tid, |
| 9015 | char *base) |
| 9016 | { |
| 9017 | char buf[100]; |
| 9018 | char *name; |
| 9019 | asection *sect; |
| 9020 | |
| 9021 | /* Make a "(base)/%d" section. */ |
| 9022 | sprintf (buf, "%s/%ld", base, tid); |
| 9023 | |
| 9024 | name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, strlen (buf) + 1); |
| 9025 | if (name == NULL) |
| 9026 | return FALSE; |
| 9027 | strcpy (name, buf); |
| 9028 | |
| 9029 | sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS); |
| 9030 | if (sect == NULL) |
| 9031 | return FALSE; |
| 9032 | |
| 9033 | sect->size = note->descsz; |
| 9034 | sect->filepos = note->descpos; |
| 9035 | sect->alignment_power = 2; |
| 9036 | |
| 9037 | /* This is the current thread. */ |
| 9038 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid == tid) |
| 9039 | return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, base, sect); |
| 9040 | |
| 9041 | return TRUE; |
| 9042 | } |
| 9043 | |
| 9044 | #define BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO 7 |
| 9045 | #define BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS 8 |
| 9046 | #define BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG 9 |
| 9047 | #define BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG 10 |
| 9048 | |
| 9049 | static bfd_boolean |
| 9050 | elfcore_grok_nto_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
| 9051 | { |
| 9052 | /* Every GREG section has a STATUS section before it. Store the |
| 9053 | tid from the previous call to pass down to the next gregs |
| 9054 | function. */ |
| 9055 | static long tid = 1; |
| 9056 | |
| 9057 | switch (note->type) |
| 9058 | { |
| 9059 | case BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO: |
| 9060 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".qnx_core_info", note); |
| 9061 | case BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS: |
| 9062 | return elfcore_grok_nto_status (abfd, note, &tid); |
| 9063 | case BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG: |
| 9064 | return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd, note, tid, ".reg"); |
| 9065 | case BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG: |
| 9066 | return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd, note, tid, ".reg2"); |
| 9067 | default: |
| 9068 | return TRUE; |
| 9069 | } |
| 9070 | } |
| 9071 | |
| 9072 | static bfd_boolean |
| 9073 | elfcore_grok_spu_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
| 9074 | { |
| 9075 | char *name; |
| 9076 | asection *sect; |
| 9077 | size_t len; |
| 9078 | |
| 9079 | /* Use note name as section name. */ |
| 9080 | len = note->namesz; |
| 9081 | name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, len); |
| 9082 | if (name == NULL) |
| 9083 | return FALSE; |
| 9084 | memcpy (name, note->namedata, len); |
| 9085 | name[len - 1] = '\0'; |
| 9086 | |
| 9087 | sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS); |
| 9088 | if (sect == NULL) |
| 9089 | return FALSE; |
| 9090 | |
| 9091 | sect->size = note->descsz; |
| 9092 | sect->filepos = note->descpos; |
| 9093 | sect->alignment_power = 1; |
| 9094 | |
| 9095 | return TRUE; |
| 9096 | } |
| 9097 | |
| 9098 | /* Function: elfcore_write_note |
| 9099 | |
| 9100 | Inputs: |
| 9101 | buffer to hold note, and current size of buffer |
| 9102 | name of note |
| 9103 | type of note |
| 9104 | data for note |
| 9105 | size of data for note |
| 9106 | |
| 9107 | Writes note to end of buffer. ELF64 notes are written exactly as |
| 9108 | for ELF32, despite the current (as of 2006) ELF gabi specifying |
| 9109 | that they ought to have 8-byte namesz and descsz field, and have |
| 9110 | 8-byte alignment. Other writers, eg. Linux kernel, do the same. |
| 9111 | |
| 9112 | Return: |
| 9113 | Pointer to realloc'd buffer, *BUFSIZ updated. */ |
| 9114 | |
| 9115 | char * |
| 9116 | elfcore_write_note (bfd *abfd, |
| 9117 | char *buf, |
| 9118 | int *bufsiz, |
| 9119 | const char *name, |
| 9120 | int type, |
| 9121 | const void *input, |
| 9122 | int size) |
| 9123 | { |
| 9124 | Elf_External_Note *xnp; |
| 9125 | size_t namesz; |
| 9126 | size_t newspace; |
| 9127 | char *dest; |
| 9128 | |
| 9129 | namesz = 0; |
| 9130 | if (name != NULL) |
| 9131 | namesz = strlen (name) + 1; |
| 9132 | |
| 9133 | newspace = 12 + ((namesz + 3) & -4) + ((size + 3) & -4); |
| 9134 | |
| 9135 | buf = (char *) realloc (buf, *bufsiz + newspace); |
| 9136 | if (buf == NULL) |
| 9137 | return buf; |
| 9138 | dest = buf + *bufsiz; |
| 9139 | *bufsiz += newspace; |
| 9140 | xnp = (Elf_External_Note *) dest; |
| 9141 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, namesz, xnp->namesz); |
| 9142 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, size, xnp->descsz); |
| 9143 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, type, xnp->type); |
| 9144 | dest = xnp->name; |
| 9145 | if (name != NULL) |
| 9146 | { |
| 9147 | memcpy (dest, name, namesz); |
| 9148 | dest += namesz; |
| 9149 | while (namesz & 3) |
| 9150 | { |
| 9151 | *dest++ = '\0'; |
| 9152 | ++namesz; |
| 9153 | } |
| 9154 | } |
| 9155 | memcpy (dest, input, size); |
| 9156 | dest += size; |
| 9157 | while (size & 3) |
| 9158 | { |
| 9159 | *dest++ = '\0'; |
| 9160 | ++size; |
| 9161 | } |
| 9162 | return buf; |
| 9163 | } |
| 9164 | |
| 9165 | char * |
| 9166 | elfcore_write_prpsinfo (bfd *abfd, |
| 9167 | char *buf, |
| 9168 | int *bufsiz, |
| 9169 | const char *fname, |
| 9170 | const char *psargs) |
| 9171 | { |
| 9172 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
| 9173 | |
| 9174 | if (bed->elf_backend_write_core_note != NULL) |
| 9175 | { |
| 9176 | char *ret; |
| 9177 | ret = (*bed->elf_backend_write_core_note) (abfd, buf, bufsiz, |
| 9178 | NT_PRPSINFO, fname, psargs); |
| 9179 | if (ret != NULL) |
| 9180 | return ret; |
| 9181 | } |
| 9182 | |
| 9183 | #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) |
| 9184 | #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T) |
| 9185 | if (bed->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS32) |
| 9186 | { |
| 9187 | #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T) |
| 9188 | psinfo32_t data; |
| 9189 | int note_type = NT_PSINFO; |
| 9190 | #else |
| 9191 | prpsinfo32_t data; |
| 9192 | int note_type = NT_PRPSINFO; |
| 9193 | #endif |
| 9194 | |
| 9195 | memset (&data, 0, sizeof (data)); |
| 9196 | strncpy (data.pr_fname, fname, sizeof (data.pr_fname)); |
| 9197 | strncpy (data.pr_psargs, psargs, sizeof (data.pr_psargs)); |
| 9198 | return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, |
| 9199 | "CORE", note_type, &data, sizeof (data)); |
| 9200 | } |
| 9201 | else |
| 9202 | #endif |
| 9203 | { |
| 9204 | #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) |
| 9205 | psinfo_t data; |
| 9206 | int note_type = NT_PSINFO; |
| 9207 | #else |
| 9208 | prpsinfo_t data; |
| 9209 | int note_type = NT_PRPSINFO; |
| 9210 | #endif |
| 9211 | |
| 9212 | memset (&data, 0, sizeof (data)); |
| 9213 | strncpy (data.pr_fname, fname, sizeof (data.pr_fname)); |
| 9214 | strncpy (data.pr_psargs, psargs, sizeof (data.pr_psargs)); |
| 9215 | return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, |
| 9216 | "CORE", note_type, &data, sizeof (data)); |
| 9217 | } |
| 9218 | #endif /* PSINFO_T or PRPSINFO_T */ |
| 9219 | |
| 9220 | free (buf); |
| 9221 | return NULL; |
| 9222 | } |
| 9223 | |
| 9224 | char * |
| 9225 | elfcore_write_linux_prpsinfo32 |
| 9226 | (bfd *abfd, char *buf, int *bufsiz, |
| 9227 | const struct elf_internal_linux_prpsinfo *prpsinfo) |
| 9228 | { |
| 9229 | struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo32 data; |
| 9230 | |
| 9231 | memset (&data, 0, sizeof (data)); |
| 9232 | LINUX_PRPSINFO32_SWAP_FIELDS (abfd, prpsinfo, data); |
| 9233 | |
| 9234 | return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO, |
| 9235 | &data, sizeof (data)); |
| 9236 | } |
| 9237 | |
| 9238 | char * |
| 9239 | elfcore_write_linux_prpsinfo64 |
| 9240 | (bfd *abfd, char *buf, int *bufsiz, |
| 9241 | const struct elf_internal_linux_prpsinfo *prpsinfo) |
| 9242 | { |
| 9243 | struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo64 data; |
| 9244 | |
| 9245 | memset (&data, 0, sizeof (data)); |
| 9246 | LINUX_PRPSINFO64_SWAP_FIELDS (abfd, prpsinfo, data); |
| 9247 | |
| 9248 | return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, |
| 9249 | "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO, &data, sizeof (data)); |
| 9250 | } |
| 9251 | |
| 9252 | char * |
| 9253 | elfcore_write_prstatus (bfd *abfd, |
| 9254 | char *buf, |
| 9255 | int *bufsiz, |
| 9256 | long pid, |
| 9257 | int cursig, |
| 9258 | const void *gregs) |
| 9259 | { |
| 9260 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
| 9261 | |
| 9262 | if (bed->elf_backend_write_core_note != NULL) |
| 9263 | { |
| 9264 | char *ret; |
| 9265 | ret = (*bed->elf_backend_write_core_note) (abfd, buf, bufsiz, |
| 9266 | NT_PRSTATUS, |
| 9267 | pid, cursig, gregs); |
| 9268 | if (ret != NULL) |
| 9269 | return ret; |
| 9270 | } |
| 9271 | |
| 9272 | #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) |
| 9273 | #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T) |
| 9274 | if (bed->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS32) |
| 9275 | { |
| 9276 | prstatus32_t prstat; |
| 9277 | |
| 9278 | memset (&prstat, 0, sizeof (prstat)); |
| 9279 | prstat.pr_pid = pid; |
| 9280 | prstat.pr_cursig = cursig; |
| 9281 | memcpy (&prstat.pr_reg, gregs, sizeof (prstat.pr_reg)); |
| 9282 | return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, "CORE", |
| 9283 | NT_PRSTATUS, &prstat, sizeof (prstat)); |
| 9284 | } |
| 9285 | else |
| 9286 | #endif |
| 9287 | { |
| 9288 | prstatus_t prstat; |
| 9289 | |
| 9290 | memset (&prstat, 0, sizeof (prstat)); |
| 9291 | prstat.pr_pid = pid; |
| 9292 | prstat.pr_cursig = cursig; |
| 9293 | memcpy (&prstat.pr_reg, gregs, sizeof (prstat.pr_reg)); |
| 9294 | return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, "CORE", |
| 9295 | NT_PRSTATUS, &prstat, sizeof (prstat)); |
| 9296 | } |
| 9297 | #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS_T */ |
| 9298 | |
| 9299 | free (buf); |
| 9300 | return NULL; |
| 9301 | } |
| 9302 | |
| 9303 | #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) |
| 9304 | char * |
| 9305 | elfcore_write_lwpstatus (bfd *abfd, |
| 9306 | char *buf, |
| 9307 | int *bufsiz, |
| 9308 | long pid, |
| 9309 | int cursig, |
| 9310 | const void *gregs) |
| 9311 | { |
| 9312 | lwpstatus_t lwpstat; |
| 9313 | const char *note_name = "CORE"; |
| 9314 | |
| 9315 | memset (&lwpstat, 0, sizeof (lwpstat)); |
| 9316 | lwpstat.pr_lwpid = pid >> 16; |
| 9317 | lwpstat.pr_cursig = cursig; |
| 9318 | #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG) |
| 9319 | memcpy (lwpstat.pr_reg, gregs, sizeof (lwpstat.pr_reg)); |
| 9320 | #elif defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT) |
| 9321 | #if !defined(gregs) |
| 9322 | memcpy (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs, |
| 9323 | gregs, sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs)); |
| 9324 | #else |
| 9325 | memcpy (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.__gregs, |
| 9326 | gregs, sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.__gregs)); |
| 9327 | #endif |
| 9328 | #endif |
| 9329 | return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name, |
| 9330 | NT_LWPSTATUS, &lwpstat, sizeof (lwpstat)); |
| 9331 | } |
| 9332 | #endif /* HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T */ |
| 9333 | |
| 9334 | #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) |
| 9335 | char * |
| 9336 | elfcore_write_pstatus (bfd *abfd, |
| 9337 | char *buf, |
| 9338 | int *bufsiz, |
| 9339 | long pid, |
| 9340 | int cursig ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
| 9341 | const void *gregs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) |
| 9342 | { |
| 9343 | const char *note_name = "CORE"; |
| 9344 | #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T) |
| 9345 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
| 9346 | |
| 9347 | if (bed->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS32) |
| 9348 | { |
| 9349 | pstatus32_t pstat; |
| 9350 | |
| 9351 | memset (&pstat, 0, sizeof (pstat)); |
| 9352 | pstat.pr_pid = pid & 0xffff; |
| 9353 | buf = elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name, |
| 9354 | NT_PSTATUS, &pstat, sizeof (pstat)); |
| 9355 | return buf; |
| 9356 | } |
| 9357 | else |
| 9358 | #endif |
| 9359 | { |
| 9360 | pstatus_t pstat; |
| 9361 | |
| 9362 | memset (&pstat, 0, sizeof (pstat)); |
| 9363 | pstat.pr_pid = pid & 0xffff; |
| 9364 | buf = elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name, |
| 9365 | NT_PSTATUS, &pstat, sizeof (pstat)); |
| 9366 | return buf; |
| 9367 | } |
| 9368 | } |
| 9369 | #endif /* HAVE_PSTATUS_T */ |
| 9370 | |
| 9371 | char * |
| 9372 | elfcore_write_prfpreg (bfd *abfd, |
| 9373 | char *buf, |
| 9374 | int *bufsiz, |
| 9375 | const void *fpregs, |
| 9376 | int size) |
| 9377 | { |
| 9378 | const char *note_name = "CORE"; |
| 9379 | return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, |
| 9380 | note_name, NT_FPREGSET, fpregs, size); |
| 9381 | } |
| 9382 | |
| 9383 | char * |
| 9384 | elfcore_write_prxfpreg (bfd *abfd, |
| 9385 | char *buf, |
| 9386 | int *bufsiz, |
| 9387 | const void *xfpregs, |
| 9388 | int size) |
| 9389 | { |
| 9390 | char *note_name = "LINUX"; |
| 9391 | return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, |
| 9392 | note_name, NT_PRXFPREG, xfpregs, size); |
| 9393 | } |
| 9394 | |
| 9395 | char * |
| 9396 | elfcore_write_xstatereg (bfd *abfd, char *buf, int *bufsiz, |
| 9397 | const void *xfpregs, int size) |
| 9398 | { |
| 9399 | char *note_name = "LINUX"; |
| 9400 | return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, |
| 9401 | note_name, NT_X86_XSTATE, xfpregs, size); |
| 9402 | } |
| 9403 | |
| 9404 | char * |
| 9405 | elfcore_write_ppc_vmx (bfd *abfd, |
| 9406 | char *buf, |
| 9407 | int *bufsiz, |
| 9408 | const void *ppc_vmx, |
| 9409 | int size) |
| 9410 | { |
| 9411 | char *note_name = "LINUX"; |
| 9412 | return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, |
| 9413 | note_name, NT_PPC_VMX, ppc_vmx, size); |
| 9414 | } |
| 9415 | |
| 9416 | char * |
| 9417 | elfcore_write_ppc_vsx (bfd *abfd, |
| 9418 | char *buf, |
| 9419 | int *bufsiz, |
| 9420 | const void *ppc_vsx, |
| 9421 | int size) |
| 9422 | { |
| 9423 | char *note_name = "LINUX"; |
| 9424 | return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, |
| 9425 | note_name, NT_PPC_VSX, ppc_vsx, size); |
| 9426 | } |
| 9427 | |
| 9428 | static char * |
| 9429 | elfcore_write_s390_high_gprs (bfd *abfd, |
| 9430 | char *buf, |
| 9431 | int *bufsiz, |
| 9432 | const void *s390_high_gprs, |
| 9433 | int size) |
| 9434 | { |
| 9435 | char *note_name = "LINUX"; |
| 9436 | return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, |
| 9437 | note_name, NT_S390_HIGH_GPRS, |
| 9438 | s390_high_gprs, size); |
| 9439 | } |
| 9440 | |
| 9441 | char * |
| 9442 | elfcore_write_s390_timer (bfd *abfd, |
| 9443 | char *buf, |
| 9444 | int *bufsiz, |
| 9445 | const void *s390_timer, |
| 9446 | int size) |
| 9447 | { |
| 9448 | char *note_name = "LINUX"; |
| 9449 | return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, |
| 9450 | note_name, NT_S390_TIMER, s390_timer, size); |
| 9451 | } |
| 9452 | |
| 9453 | char * |
| 9454 | elfcore_write_s390_todcmp (bfd *abfd, |
| 9455 | char *buf, |
| 9456 | int *bufsiz, |
| 9457 | const void *s390_todcmp, |
| 9458 | int size) |
| 9459 | { |
| 9460 | char *note_name = "LINUX"; |
| 9461 | return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, |
| 9462 | note_name, NT_S390_TODCMP, s390_todcmp, size); |
| 9463 | } |
| 9464 | |
| 9465 | char * |
| 9466 | elfcore_write_s390_todpreg (bfd *abfd, |
| 9467 | char *buf, |
| 9468 | int *bufsiz, |
| 9469 | const void *s390_todpreg, |
| 9470 | int size) |
| 9471 | { |
| 9472 | char *note_name = "LINUX"; |
| 9473 | return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, |
| 9474 | note_name, NT_S390_TODPREG, s390_todpreg, size); |
| 9475 | } |
| 9476 | |
| 9477 | char * |
| 9478 | elfcore_write_s390_ctrs (bfd *abfd, |
| 9479 | char *buf, |
| 9480 | int *bufsiz, |
| 9481 | const void *s390_ctrs, |
| 9482 | int size) |
| 9483 | { |
| 9484 | char *note_name = "LINUX"; |
| 9485 | return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, |
| 9486 | note_name, NT_S390_CTRS, s390_ctrs, size); |
| 9487 | } |
| 9488 | |
| 9489 | char * |
| 9490 | elfcore_write_s390_prefix (bfd *abfd, |
| 9491 | char *buf, |
| 9492 | int *bufsiz, |
| 9493 | const void *s390_prefix, |
| 9494 | int size) |
| 9495 | { |
| 9496 | char *note_name = "LINUX"; |
| 9497 | return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, |
| 9498 | note_name, NT_S390_PREFIX, s390_prefix, size); |
| 9499 | } |
| 9500 | |
| 9501 | char * |
| 9502 | elfcore_write_s390_last_break (bfd *abfd, |
| 9503 | char *buf, |
| 9504 | int *bufsiz, |
| 9505 | const void *s390_last_break, |
| 9506 | int size) |
| 9507 | { |
| 9508 | char *note_name = "LINUX"; |
| 9509 | return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, |
| 9510 | note_name, NT_S390_LAST_BREAK, |
| 9511 | s390_last_break, size); |
| 9512 | } |
| 9513 | |
| 9514 | char * |
| 9515 | elfcore_write_s390_system_call (bfd *abfd, |
| 9516 | char *buf, |
| 9517 | int *bufsiz, |
| 9518 | const void *s390_system_call, |
| 9519 | int size) |
| 9520 | { |
| 9521 | char *note_name = "LINUX"; |
| 9522 | return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, |
| 9523 | note_name, NT_S390_SYSTEM_CALL, |
| 9524 | s390_system_call, size); |
| 9525 | } |
| 9526 | |
| 9527 | char * |
| 9528 | elfcore_write_s390_tdb (bfd *abfd, |
| 9529 | char *buf, |
| 9530 | int *bufsiz, |
| 9531 | const void *s390_tdb, |
| 9532 | int size) |
| 9533 | { |
| 9534 | char *note_name = "LINUX"; |
| 9535 | return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, |
| 9536 | note_name, NT_S390_TDB, s390_tdb, size); |
| 9537 | } |
| 9538 | |
| 9539 | char * |
| 9540 | elfcore_write_arm_vfp (bfd *abfd, |
| 9541 | char *buf, |
| 9542 | int *bufsiz, |
| 9543 | const void *arm_vfp, |
| 9544 | int size) |
| 9545 | { |
| 9546 | char *note_name = "LINUX"; |
| 9547 | return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, |
| 9548 | note_name, NT_ARM_VFP, arm_vfp, size); |
| 9549 | } |
| 9550 | |
| 9551 | char * |
| 9552 | elfcore_write_aarch_tls (bfd *abfd, |
| 9553 | char *buf, |
| 9554 | int *bufsiz, |
| 9555 | const void *aarch_tls, |
| 9556 | int size) |
| 9557 | { |
| 9558 | char *note_name = "LINUX"; |
| 9559 | return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, |
| 9560 | note_name, NT_ARM_TLS, aarch_tls, size); |
| 9561 | } |
| 9562 | |
| 9563 | char * |
| 9564 | elfcore_write_aarch_hw_break (bfd *abfd, |
| 9565 | char *buf, |
| 9566 | int *bufsiz, |
| 9567 | const void *aarch_hw_break, |
| 9568 | int size) |
| 9569 | { |
| 9570 | char *note_name = "LINUX"; |
| 9571 | return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, |
| 9572 | note_name, NT_ARM_HW_BREAK, aarch_hw_break, size); |
| 9573 | } |
| 9574 | |
| 9575 | char * |
| 9576 | elfcore_write_aarch_hw_watch (bfd *abfd, |
| 9577 | char *buf, |
| 9578 | int *bufsiz, |
| 9579 | const void *aarch_hw_watch, |
| 9580 | int size) |
| 9581 | { |
| 9582 | char *note_name = "LINUX"; |
| 9583 | return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, |
| 9584 | note_name, NT_ARM_HW_WATCH, aarch_hw_watch, size); |
| 9585 | } |
| 9586 | |
| 9587 | char * |
| 9588 | elfcore_write_register_note (bfd *abfd, |
| 9589 | char *buf, |
| 9590 | int *bufsiz, |
| 9591 | const char *section, |
| 9592 | const void *data, |
| 9593 | int size) |
| 9594 | { |
| 9595 | if (strcmp (section, ".reg2") == 0) |
| 9596 | return elfcore_write_prfpreg (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size); |
| 9597 | if (strcmp (section, ".reg-xfp") == 0) |
| 9598 | return elfcore_write_prxfpreg (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size); |
| 9599 | if (strcmp (section, ".reg-xstate") == 0) |
| 9600 | return elfcore_write_xstatereg (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size); |
| 9601 | if (strcmp (section, ".reg-ppc-vmx") == 0) |
| 9602 | return elfcore_write_ppc_vmx (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size); |
| 9603 | if (strcmp (section, ".reg-ppc-vsx") == 0) |
| 9604 | return elfcore_write_ppc_vsx (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size); |
| 9605 | if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-high-gprs") == 0) |
| 9606 | return elfcore_write_s390_high_gprs (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size); |
| 9607 | if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-timer") == 0) |
| 9608 | return elfcore_write_s390_timer (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size); |
| 9609 | if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-todcmp") == 0) |
| 9610 | return elfcore_write_s390_todcmp (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size); |
| 9611 | if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-todpreg") == 0) |
| 9612 | return elfcore_write_s390_todpreg (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size); |
| 9613 | if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-ctrs") == 0) |
| 9614 | return elfcore_write_s390_ctrs (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size); |
| 9615 | if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-prefix") == 0) |
| 9616 | return elfcore_write_s390_prefix (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size); |
| 9617 | if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-last-break") == 0) |
| 9618 | return elfcore_write_s390_last_break (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size); |
| 9619 | if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-system-call") == 0) |
| 9620 | return elfcore_write_s390_system_call (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size); |
| 9621 | if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-tdb") == 0) |
| 9622 | return elfcore_write_s390_tdb (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size); |
| 9623 | if (strcmp (section, ".reg-arm-vfp") == 0) |
| 9624 | return elfcore_write_arm_vfp (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size); |
| 9625 | if (strcmp (section, ".reg-aarch-tls") == 0) |
| 9626 | return elfcore_write_aarch_tls (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size); |
| 9627 | if (strcmp (section, ".reg-aarch-hw-break") == 0) |
| 9628 | return elfcore_write_aarch_hw_break (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size); |
| 9629 | if (strcmp (section, ".reg-aarch-hw-watch") == 0) |
| 9630 | return elfcore_write_aarch_hw_watch (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size); |
| 9631 | return NULL; |
| 9632 | } |
| 9633 | |
| 9634 | static bfd_boolean |
| 9635 | elf_parse_notes (bfd *abfd, char *buf, size_t size, file_ptr offset) |
| 9636 | { |
| 9637 | char *p; |
| 9638 | |
| 9639 | p = buf; |
| 9640 | while (p < buf + size) |
| 9641 | { |
| 9642 | /* FIXME: bad alignment assumption. */ |
| 9643 | Elf_External_Note *xnp = (Elf_External_Note *) p; |
| 9644 | Elf_Internal_Note in; |
| 9645 | |
| 9646 | if (offsetof (Elf_External_Note, name) > buf - p + size) |
| 9647 | return FALSE; |
| 9648 | |
| 9649 | in.type = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->type); |
| 9650 | |
| 9651 | in.namesz = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->namesz); |
| 9652 | in.namedata = xnp->name; |
| 9653 | if (in.namesz > buf - in.namedata + size) |
| 9654 | return FALSE; |
| 9655 | |
| 9656 | in.descsz = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->descsz); |
| 9657 | in.descdata = in.namedata + BFD_ALIGN (in.namesz, 4); |
| 9658 | in.descpos = offset + (in.descdata - buf); |
| 9659 | if (in.descsz != 0 |
| 9660 | && (in.descdata >= buf + size |
| 9661 | || in.descsz > buf - in.descdata + size)) |
| 9662 | return FALSE; |
| 9663 | |
| 9664 | switch (bfd_get_format (abfd)) |
| 9665 | { |
| 9666 | default: |
| 9667 | return TRUE; |
| 9668 | |
| 9669 | case bfd_core: |
| 9670 | if (CONST_STRNEQ (in.namedata, "NetBSD-CORE")) |
| 9671 | { |
| 9672 | if (! elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (abfd, &in)) |
| 9673 | return FALSE; |
| 9674 | } |
| 9675 | else if (CONST_STRNEQ (in.namedata, "OpenBSD")) |
| 9676 | { |
| 9677 | if (! elfcore_grok_openbsd_note (abfd, &in)) |
| 9678 | return FALSE; |
| 9679 | } |
| 9680 | else if (CONST_STRNEQ (in.namedata, "QNX")) |
| 9681 | { |
| 9682 | if (! elfcore_grok_nto_note (abfd, &in)) |
| 9683 | return FALSE; |
| 9684 | } |
| 9685 | else if (CONST_STRNEQ (in.namedata, "SPU/")) |
| 9686 | { |
| 9687 | if (! elfcore_grok_spu_note (abfd, &in)) |
| 9688 | return FALSE; |
| 9689 | } |
| 9690 | else |
| 9691 | { |
| 9692 | if (! elfcore_grok_note (abfd, &in)) |
| 9693 | return FALSE; |
| 9694 | } |
| 9695 | break; |
| 9696 | |
| 9697 | case bfd_object: |
| 9698 | if (in.namesz == sizeof "GNU" && strcmp (in.namedata, "GNU") == 0) |
| 9699 | { |
| 9700 | if (! elfobj_grok_gnu_note (abfd, &in)) |
| 9701 | return FALSE; |
| 9702 | } |
| 9703 | else if (in.namesz == sizeof "stapsdt" |
| 9704 | && strcmp (in.namedata, "stapsdt") == 0) |
| 9705 | { |
| 9706 | if (! elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note (abfd, &in)) |
| 9707 | return FALSE; |
| 9708 | } |
| 9709 | break; |
| 9710 | } |
| 9711 | |
| 9712 | p = in.descdata + BFD_ALIGN (in.descsz, 4); |
| 9713 | } |
| 9714 | |
| 9715 | return TRUE; |
| 9716 | } |
| 9717 | |
| 9718 | static bfd_boolean |
| 9719 | elf_read_notes (bfd *abfd, file_ptr offset, bfd_size_type size) |
| 9720 | { |
| 9721 | char *buf; |
| 9722 | |
| 9723 | if (size <= 0) |
| 9724 | return TRUE; |
| 9725 | |
| 9726 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, offset, SEEK_SET) != 0) |
| 9727 | return FALSE; |
| 9728 | |
| 9729 | buf = (char *) bfd_malloc (size); |
| 9730 | if (buf == NULL) |
| 9731 | return FALSE; |
| 9732 | |
| 9733 | if (bfd_bread (buf, size, abfd) != size |
| 9734 | || !elf_parse_notes (abfd, buf, size, offset)) |
| 9735 | { |
| 9736 | free (buf); |
| 9737 | return FALSE; |
| 9738 | } |
| 9739 | |
| 9740 | free (buf); |
| 9741 | return TRUE; |
| 9742 | } |
| 9743 | \f |
| 9744 | /* Providing external access to the ELF program header table. */ |
| 9745 | |
| 9746 | /* Return an upper bound on the number of bytes required to store a |
| 9747 | copy of ABFD's program header table entries. Return -1 if an error |
| 9748 | occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */ |
| 9749 | |
| 9750 | long |
| 9751 | bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound (bfd *abfd) |
| 9752 | { |
| 9753 | if (abfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour) |
| 9754 | { |
| 9755 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format); |
| 9756 | return -1; |
| 9757 | } |
| 9758 | |
| 9759 | return elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr); |
| 9760 | } |
| 9761 | |
| 9762 | /* Copy ABFD's program header table entries to *PHDRS. The entries |
| 9763 | will be stored as an array of Elf_Internal_Phdr structures, as |
| 9764 | defined in include/elf/internal.h. To find out how large the |
| 9765 | buffer needs to be, call bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound. |
| 9766 | |
| 9767 | Return the number of program header table entries read, or -1 if an |
| 9768 | error occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */ |
| 9769 | |
| 9770 | int |
| 9771 | bfd_get_elf_phdrs (bfd *abfd, void *phdrs) |
| 9772 | { |
| 9773 | int num_phdrs; |
| 9774 | |
| 9775 | if (abfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour) |
| 9776 | { |
| 9777 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format); |
| 9778 | return -1; |
| 9779 | } |
| 9780 | |
| 9781 | num_phdrs = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum; |
| 9782 | memcpy (phdrs, elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr, |
| 9783 | num_phdrs * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr)); |
| 9784 | |
| 9785 | return num_phdrs; |
| 9786 | } |
| 9787 | |
| 9788 | enum elf_reloc_type_class |
| 9789 | _bfd_elf_reloc_type_class (const struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
| 9790 | const asection *rel_sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
| 9791 | const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) |
| 9792 | { |
| 9793 | return reloc_class_normal; |
| 9794 | } |
| 9795 | |
| 9796 | /* For RELA architectures, return the relocation value for a |
| 9797 | relocation against a local symbol. */ |
| 9798 | |
| 9799 | bfd_vma |
| 9800 | _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (bfd *abfd, |
| 9801 | Elf_Internal_Sym *sym, |
| 9802 | asection **psec, |
| 9803 | Elf_Internal_Rela *rel) |
| 9804 | { |
| 9805 | asection *sec = *psec; |
| 9806 | bfd_vma relocation; |
| 9807 | |
| 9808 | relocation = (sec->output_section->vma |
| 9809 | + sec->output_offset |
| 9810 | + sym->st_value); |
| 9811 | if ((sec->flags & SEC_MERGE) |
| 9812 | && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION |
| 9813 | && sec->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE) |
| 9814 | { |
| 9815 | rel->r_addend = |
| 9816 | _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd, psec, |
| 9817 | elf_section_data (sec)->sec_info, |
| 9818 | sym->st_value + rel->r_addend); |
| 9819 | if (sec != *psec) |
| 9820 | { |
| 9821 | /* If we have changed the section, and our original section is |
| 9822 | marked with SEC_EXCLUDE, it means that the original |
| 9823 | SEC_MERGE section has been completely subsumed in some |
| 9824 | other SEC_MERGE section. In this case, we need to leave |
| 9825 | some info around for --emit-relocs. */ |
| 9826 | if ((sec->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0) |
| 9827 | sec->kept_section = *psec; |
| 9828 | sec = *psec; |
| 9829 | } |
| 9830 | rel->r_addend -= relocation; |
| 9831 | rel->r_addend += sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset; |
| 9832 | } |
| 9833 | return relocation; |
| 9834 | } |
| 9835 | |
| 9836 | bfd_vma |
| 9837 | _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (bfd *abfd, |
| 9838 | Elf_Internal_Sym *sym, |
| 9839 | asection **psec, |
| 9840 | bfd_vma addend) |
| 9841 | { |
| 9842 | asection *sec = *psec; |
| 9843 | |
| 9844 | if (sec->sec_info_type != SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE) |
| 9845 | return sym->st_value + addend; |
| 9846 | |
| 9847 | return _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd, psec, |
| 9848 | elf_section_data (sec)->sec_info, |
| 9849 | sym->st_value + addend); |
| 9850 | } |
| 9851 | |
| 9852 | bfd_vma |
| 9853 | _bfd_elf_section_offset (bfd *abfd, |
| 9854 | struct bfd_link_info *info, |
| 9855 | asection *sec, |
| 9856 | bfd_vma offset) |
| 9857 | { |
| 9858 | switch (sec->sec_info_type) |
| 9859 | { |
| 9860 | case SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS: |
| 9861 | return _bfd_stab_section_offset (sec, elf_section_data (sec)->sec_info, |
| 9862 | offset); |
| 9863 | case SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME: |
| 9864 | return _bfd_elf_eh_frame_section_offset (abfd, info, sec, offset); |
| 9865 | default: |
| 9866 | if ((sec->flags & SEC_ELF_REVERSE_COPY) != 0) |
| 9867 | { |
| 9868 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
| 9869 | bfd_size_type address_size = bed->s->arch_size / 8; |
| 9870 | offset = sec->size - offset - address_size; |
| 9871 | } |
| 9872 | return offset; |
| 9873 | } |
| 9874 | } |
| 9875 | \f |
| 9876 | /* Create a new BFD as if by bfd_openr. Rather than opening a file, |
| 9877 | reconstruct an ELF file by reading the segments out of remote memory |
| 9878 | based on the ELF file header at EHDR_VMA and the ELF program headers it |
| 9879 | points to. If not null, *LOADBASEP is filled in with the difference |
| 9880 | between the VMAs from which the segments were read, and the VMAs the |
| 9881 | file headers (and hence BFD's idea of each section's VMA) put them at. |
| 9882 | |
| 9883 | The function TARGET_READ_MEMORY is called to copy LEN bytes from the |
| 9884 | remote memory at target address VMA into the local buffer at MYADDR; it |
| 9885 | should return zero on success or an `errno' code on failure. TEMPL must |
| 9886 | be a BFD for an ELF target with the word size and byte order found in |
| 9887 | the remote memory. */ |
| 9888 | |
| 9889 | bfd * |
| 9890 | bfd_elf_bfd_from_remote_memory |
| 9891 | (bfd *templ, |
| 9892 | bfd_vma ehdr_vma, |
| 9893 | bfd_vma *loadbasep, |
| 9894 | int (*target_read_memory) (bfd_vma, bfd_byte *, bfd_size_type)) |
| 9895 | { |
| 9896 | return (*get_elf_backend_data (templ)->elf_backend_bfd_from_remote_memory) |
| 9897 | (templ, ehdr_vma, loadbasep, target_read_memory); |
| 9898 | } |
| 9899 | \f |
| 9900 | long |
| 9901 | _bfd_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd *abfd, |
| 9902 | long symcount ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
| 9903 | asymbol **syms ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
| 9904 | long dynsymcount, |
| 9905 | asymbol **dynsyms, |
| 9906 | asymbol **ret) |
| 9907 | { |
| 9908 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
| 9909 | asection *relplt; |
| 9910 | asymbol *s; |
| 9911 | const char *relplt_name; |
| 9912 | bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs) (bfd *, asection *, asymbol **, bfd_boolean); |
| 9913 | arelent *p; |
| 9914 | long count, i, n; |
| 9915 | size_t size; |
| 9916 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; |
| 9917 | char *names; |
| 9918 | asection *plt; |
| 9919 | |
| 9920 | *ret = NULL; |
| 9921 | |
| 9922 | if ((abfd->flags & (DYNAMIC | EXEC_P)) == 0) |
| 9923 | return 0; |
| 9924 | |
| 9925 | if (dynsymcount <= 0) |
| 9926 | return 0; |
| 9927 | |
| 9928 | if (!bed->plt_sym_val) |
| 9929 | return 0; |
| 9930 | |
| 9931 | relplt_name = bed->relplt_name; |
| 9932 | if (relplt_name == NULL) |
| 9933 | relplt_name = bed->rela_plts_and_copies_p ? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt"; |
| 9934 | relplt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, relplt_name); |
| 9935 | if (relplt == NULL) |
| 9936 | return 0; |
| 9937 | |
| 9938 | hdr = &elf_section_data (relplt)->this_hdr; |
| 9939 | if (hdr->sh_link != elf_dynsymtab (abfd) |
| 9940 | || (hdr->sh_type != SHT_REL && hdr->sh_type != SHT_RELA)) |
| 9941 | return 0; |
| 9942 | |
| 9943 | plt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".plt"); |
| 9944 | if (plt == NULL) |
| 9945 | return 0; |
| 9946 | |
| 9947 | slurp_relocs = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->slurp_reloc_table; |
| 9948 | if (! (*slurp_relocs) (abfd, relplt, dynsyms, TRUE)) |
| 9949 | return -1; |
| 9950 | |
| 9951 | count = relplt->size / hdr->sh_entsize; |
| 9952 | size = count * sizeof (asymbol); |
| 9953 | p = relplt->relocation; |
| 9954 | for (i = 0; i < count; i++, p += bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel) |
| 9955 | { |
| 9956 | size += strlen ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name) + sizeof ("@plt"); |
| 9957 | if (p->addend != 0) |
| 9958 | { |
| 9959 | #ifdef BFD64 |
| 9960 | size += sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8 + 8 * (bed->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS64); |
| 9961 | #else |
| 9962 | size += sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8; |
| 9963 | #endif |
| 9964 | } |
| 9965 | } |
| 9966 | |
| 9967 | s = *ret = (asymbol *) bfd_malloc (size); |
| 9968 | if (s == NULL) |
| 9969 | return -1; |
| 9970 | |
| 9971 | names = (char *) (s + count); |
| 9972 | p = relplt->relocation; |
| 9973 | n = 0; |
| 9974 | for (i = 0; i < count; i++, p += bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel) |
| 9975 | { |
| 9976 | size_t len; |
| 9977 | bfd_vma addr; |
| 9978 | |
| 9979 | addr = bed->plt_sym_val (i, plt, p); |
| 9980 | if (addr == (bfd_vma) -1) |
| 9981 | continue; |
| 9982 | |
| 9983 | *s = **p->sym_ptr_ptr; |
| 9984 | /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since |
| 9985 | we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */ |
| 9986 | if ((s->flags & BSF_LOCAL) == 0) |
| 9987 | s->flags |= BSF_GLOBAL; |
| 9988 | s->flags |= BSF_SYNTHETIC; |
| 9989 | s->section = plt; |
| 9990 | s->value = addr - plt->vma; |
| 9991 | s->name = names; |
| 9992 | s->udata.p = NULL; |
| 9993 | len = strlen ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name); |
| 9994 | memcpy (names, (*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name, len); |
| 9995 | names += len; |
| 9996 | if (p->addend != 0) |
| 9997 | { |
| 9998 | char buf[30], *a; |
| 9999 | |
| 10000 | memcpy (names, "+0x", sizeof ("+0x") - 1); |
| 10001 | names += sizeof ("+0x") - 1; |
| 10002 | bfd_sprintf_vma (abfd, buf, p->addend); |
| 10003 | for (a = buf; *a == '0'; ++a) |
| 10004 | ; |
| 10005 | len = strlen (a); |
| 10006 | memcpy (names, a, len); |
| 10007 | names += len; |
| 10008 | } |
| 10009 | memcpy (names, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt")); |
| 10010 | names += sizeof ("@plt"); |
| 10011 | ++s, ++n; |
| 10012 | } |
| 10013 | |
| 10014 | return n; |
| 10015 | } |
| 10016 | |
| 10017 | /* It is only used by x86-64 so far. */ |
| 10018 | asection _bfd_elf_large_com_section |
| 10019 | = BFD_FAKE_SECTION (_bfd_elf_large_com_section, |
| 10020 | SEC_IS_COMMON, NULL, "LARGE_COMMON", 0); |
| 10021 | |
| 10022 | void |
| 10023 | _bfd_elf_post_process_headers (bfd * abfd, |
| 10024 | struct bfd_link_info * link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) |
| 10025 | { |
| 10026 | Elf_Internal_Ehdr * i_ehdrp; /* ELF file header, internal form. */ |
| 10027 | |
| 10028 | i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd); |
| 10029 | |
| 10030 | i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_OSABI] = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_osabi; |
| 10031 | |
| 10032 | /* To make things simpler for the loader on Linux systems we set the |
| 10033 | osabi field to ELFOSABI_GNU if the binary contains symbols of |
| 10034 | the STT_GNU_IFUNC type or STB_GNU_UNIQUE binding. */ |
| 10035 | if (i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_OSABI] == ELFOSABI_NONE |
| 10036 | && elf_tdata (abfd)->has_gnu_symbols) |
| 10037 | i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_OSABI] = ELFOSABI_GNU; |
| 10038 | } |
| 10039 | |
| 10040 | |
| 10041 | /* Return TRUE for ELF symbol types that represent functions. |
| 10042 | This is the default version of this function, which is sufficient for |
| 10043 | most targets. It returns true if TYPE is STT_FUNC or STT_GNU_IFUNC. */ |
| 10044 | |
| 10045 | bfd_boolean |
| 10046 | _bfd_elf_is_function_type (unsigned int type) |
| 10047 | { |
| 10048 | return (type == STT_FUNC |
| 10049 | || type == STT_GNU_IFUNC); |
| 10050 | } |
| 10051 | |
| 10052 | /* If the ELF symbol SYM might be a function in SEC, return the |
| 10053 | function size and set *CODE_OFF to the function's entry point, |
| 10054 | otherwise return zero. */ |
| 10055 | |
| 10056 | bfd_size_type |
| 10057 | _bfd_elf_maybe_function_sym (const asymbol *sym, asection *sec, |
| 10058 | bfd_vma *code_off) |
| 10059 | { |
| 10060 | bfd_size_type size; |
| 10061 | |
| 10062 | if ((sym->flags & (BSF_SECTION_SYM | BSF_FILE | BSF_OBJECT |
| 10063 | | BSF_THREAD_LOCAL | BSF_RELC | BSF_SRELC)) != 0 |
| 10064 | || sym->section != sec) |
| 10065 | return 0; |
| 10066 | |
| 10067 | *code_off = sym->value; |
| 10068 | size = 0; |
| 10069 | if (!(sym->flags & BSF_SYNTHETIC)) |
| 10070 | size = ((elf_symbol_type *) sym)->internal_elf_sym.st_size; |
| 10071 | if (size == 0) |
| 10072 | size = 1; |
| 10073 | return size; |
| 10074 | } |